[simulator] upgrade SDL2.0 to 2.0.20

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL.h

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL.h
- *
- *  Main include header for the SDL library
- */
-
-
-#ifndef SDL_h_
-#define SDL_h_
-
-#include "SDL_main.h"
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_assert.h"
-#include "SDL_atomic.h"
-#include "SDL_audio.h"
-#include "SDL_clipboard.h"
-#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
-#include "SDL_endian.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_events.h"
-#include "SDL_filesystem.h"
-#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
-#include "SDL_haptic.h"
-#include "SDL_hints.h"
-#include "SDL_joystick.h"
-#include "SDL_loadso.h"
-#include "SDL_log.h"
-#include "SDL_messagebox.h"
-#include "SDL_mutex.h"
-#include "SDL_power.h"
-#include "SDL_render.h"
-#include "SDL_rwops.h"
-#include "SDL_shape.h"
-#include "SDL_system.h"
-#include "SDL_thread.h"
-#include "SDL_timer.h"
-#include "SDL_version.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
-
-/**
- *  \name SDL_INIT_*
- *
- *  These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init().  You should
- *  specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define SDL_INIT_TIMER          0x00000001u
-#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO          0x00000010u
-#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO          0x00000020u  /**< SDL_INIT_VIDEO implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
-#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK       0x00000200u  /**< SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
-#define SDL_INIT_HAPTIC         0x00001000u
-#define SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER 0x00002000u  /**< SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER implies SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK */
-#define SDL_INIT_EVENTS         0x00004000u
-#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE    0x00100000u  /**< compatibility; this flag is ignored. */
-#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING ( \
-                SDL_INIT_TIMER | SDL_INIT_AUDIO | SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | \
-                SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC | SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER \
-            )
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  This function initializes  the subsystems specified by \c flags
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
- *
- *  Subsystem initialization is ref-counted, you must call
- *  SDL_QuitSubSystem() for each SDL_InitSubSystem() to correctly
- *  shutdown a subsystem manually (or call SDL_Quit() to force shutdown).
- *  If a subsystem is already loaded then this call will
- *  increase the ref-count and return.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns a mask of the specified subsystems which have
- *  previously been initialized.
- *
- *  If \c flags is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  This function cleans up all initialized subsystems. You should
- *  call it upon all exit conditions.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_audio.h

@@ -1,825 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_audio.h
- *
- *  Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_audio_h_
-#define SDL_audio_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_endian.h"
-#include "SDL_mutex.h"
-#include "SDL_thread.h"
-#include "SDL_rwops.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief Audio format flags.
- *
- *  These are what the 16 bits in SDL_AudioFormat currently mean...
- *  (Unspecified bits are always zero).
- *
- *  \verbatim
-    ++-----------------------sample is signed if set
-    ||
-    ||       ++-----------sample is bigendian if set
-    ||       ||
-    ||       ||          ++---sample is float if set
-    ||       ||          ||
-    ||       ||          || +---sample bit size---+
-    ||       ||          || |                     |
-    15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
-    \endverbatim
- *
- *  There are macros in SDL 2.0 and later to query these bits.
- */
-typedef Uint16 SDL_AudioFormat;
-
-/**
- *  \name Audio flags
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE       (0xFF)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE      (1<<8)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN        (1<<12)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED        (1<<15)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_BITSIZE(x)         (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x)         (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x)     (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x)        (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED)
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ISINT(x)           (!SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x))
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ISLITTLEENDIAN(x)  (!SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x))
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ISUNSIGNED(x)      (!SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x))
-
-/**
- *  \name Audio format flags
- *
- *  Defaults to LSB byte order.
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define AUDIO_U8        0x0008  /**< Unsigned 8-bit samples */
-#define AUDIO_S8        0x8008  /**< Signed 8-bit samples */
-#define AUDIO_U16LSB    0x0010  /**< Unsigned 16-bit samples */
-#define AUDIO_S16LSB    0x8010  /**< Signed 16-bit samples */
-#define AUDIO_U16MSB    0x1010  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
-#define AUDIO_S16MSB    0x9010  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
-#define AUDIO_U16       AUDIO_U16LSB
-#define AUDIO_S16       AUDIO_S16LSB
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  \name int32 support
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define AUDIO_S32LSB    0x8020  /**< 32-bit integer samples */
-#define AUDIO_S32MSB    0x9020  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
-#define AUDIO_S32       AUDIO_S32LSB
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  \name float32 support
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define AUDIO_F32LSB    0x8120  /**< 32-bit floating point samples */
-#define AUDIO_F32MSB    0x9120  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
-#define AUDIO_F32       AUDIO_F32LSB
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  \name Native audio byte ordering
- */
-/* @{ */
-#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
-#define AUDIO_U16SYS    AUDIO_U16LSB
-#define AUDIO_S16SYS    AUDIO_S16LSB
-#define AUDIO_S32SYS    AUDIO_S32LSB
-#define AUDIO_F32SYS    AUDIO_F32LSB
-#else
-#define AUDIO_U16SYS    AUDIO_U16MSB
-#define AUDIO_S16SYS    AUDIO_S16MSB
-#define AUDIO_S32SYS    AUDIO_S32MSB
-#define AUDIO_F32SYS    AUDIO_F32MSB
-#endif
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  \name Allow change flags
- *
- *  Which audio format changes are allowed when opening a device.
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE    0x00000001
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE       0x00000002
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE     0x00000004
-#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE          (SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE)
-/* @} */
-
-/* @} *//* Audio flags */
-
-/**
- *  This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
- *
- *  \param userdata An application-specific parameter saved in
- *                  the SDL_AudioSpec structure
- *  \param stream A pointer to the audio data buffer.
- *  \param len    The length of that buffer in bytes.
- *
- *  Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
- *  Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
- *
- *  You can choose to avoid callbacks and use SDL_QueueAudio() instead, if
- *  you like. Just open your audio device with a NULL callback.
- */
-typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioCallback) (void *userdata, Uint8 * stream,
-                                            int len);
-
-/**
- *  The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- *
- *  For multi-channel audio, the default SDL channel mapping is:
- *  2:  FL FR                       (stereo)
- *  3:  FL FR LFE                   (2.1 surround)
- *  4:  FL FR BL BR                 (quad)
- *  5:  FL FR FC BL BR              (quad + center)
- *  6:  FL FR FC LFE SL SR          (5.1 surround - last two can also be BL BR)
- *  7:  FL FR FC LFE BC SL SR       (6.1 surround)
- *  8:  FL FR FC LFE BL BR SL SR    (7.1 surround)
- */
-typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec
-{
-    int freq;                   /**< DSP frequency -- samples per second */
-    SDL_AudioFormat format;     /**< Audio data format */
-    Uint8 channels;             /**< Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
-    Uint8 silence;              /**< Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
-    Uint16 samples;             /**< Audio buffer size in sample FRAMES (total samples divided by channel count) */
-    Uint16 padding;             /**< Necessary for some compile environments */
-    Uint32 size;                /**< Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
-    SDL_AudioCallback callback; /**< Callback that feeds the audio device (NULL to use SDL_QueueAudio()). */
-    void *userdata;             /**< Userdata passed to callback (ignored for NULL callbacks). */
-} SDL_AudioSpec;
-
-
-struct SDL_AudioCVT;
-typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioFilter) (struct SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
-                                          SDL_AudioFormat format);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Upper limit of filters in SDL_AudioCVT
- *
- *  The maximum number of SDL_AudioFilter functions in SDL_AudioCVT is
- *  currently limited to 9. The SDL_AudioCVT.filters array has 10 pointers,
- *  one of which is the terminating NULL pointer.
- */
-#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_MAX_FILTERS 9
-
-/**
- *  \struct SDL_AudioCVT
- *  \brief A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers.
- *
- *  Note that various parts of the conversion pipeline can take advantage
- *  of SIMD operations (like SSE2, for example). SDL_AudioCVT doesn't require
- *  you to pass it aligned data, but can possibly run much faster if you
- *  set both its (buf) field to a pointer that is aligned to 16 bytes, and its
- *  (len) field to something that's a multiple of 16, if possible.
- */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* This structure is 84 bytes on 32-bit architectures, make sure GCC doesn't
-   pad it out to 88 bytes to guarantee ABI compatibility between compilers.
-   vvv
-   The next time we rev the ABI, make sure to size the ints and add padding.
-*/
-#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
-#else
-#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED
-#endif
-/* */
-typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT
-{
-    int needed;                 /**< Set to 1 if conversion possible */
-    SDL_AudioFormat src_format; /**< Source audio format */
-    SDL_AudioFormat dst_format; /**< Target audio format */
-    double rate_incr;           /**< Rate conversion increment */
-    Uint8 *buf;                 /**< Buffer to hold entire audio data */
-    int len;                    /**< Length of original audio buffer */
-    int len_cvt;                /**< Length of converted audio buffer */
-    int len_mult;               /**< buffer must be len*len_mult big */
-    double len_ratio;           /**< Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
-    SDL_AudioFilter filters[SDL_AUDIOCVT_MAX_FILTERS + 1]; /**< NULL-terminated list of filter functions */
-    int filter_index;           /**< Current audio conversion function */
-} SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED SDL_AudioCVT;
-
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- *  \name Driver discovery functions
- *
- *  These functions return the list of built in audio drivers, in the
- *  order that they are normally initialized by default.
- */
-/* @{ */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(void);
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDriver(int index);
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  \name Initialization and cleanup
- *
- *  \internal These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless
- *            you have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to
- *            use.  You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
- */
-/* @{ */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  This function returns the name of the current audio driver, or NULL
- *  if no driver has been initialized.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
- *  returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
- *  structure pointed to by \c obtained.  If \c obtained is NULL, the audio
- *  data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
- *  requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
- *  audio format if necessary.  This function returns -1 if it failed
- *  to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
- *
- *  When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
- *    - \c desired->freq should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-
- *      second.
- *    - \c desired->format should be the desired audio format.
- *    - \c desired->samples is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
- *      samples.  This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by
- *      the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware.  Good values
- *      seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the
- *      application and CPU speed.  Smaller values yield faster response time,
- *      but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing
- *      and cannot fill the audio buffer in time.  A stereo sample consists of
- *      both right and left channels in LR ordering.
- *      Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
- *      following formula:  \code ms = (samples*1000)/freq \endcode
- *    - \c desired->size is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
- *      calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- *    - \c desired->silence is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
- *      and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- *    - \c desired->callback should be set to a function that will be called
- *      when the audio device is ready for more data.  It is passed a pointer
- *      to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
- *      This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
- *      protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
- *      and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code. Alternately, you may pass a NULL
- *      pointer here, and call SDL_QueueAudio() with some frequency, to queue
- *      more audio samples to be played (or for capture devices, call
- *      SDL_DequeueAudio() with some frequency, to obtain audio samples).
- *    - \c desired->userdata is passed as the first parameter to your callback
- *      function. If you passed a NULL callback, this value is ignored.
- *
- *  The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
- *  be enabled for playing by calling \c SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
- *  for your audio callback function to be called.  Since the audio driver
- *  may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
- *  any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
-                                          SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
-
-/**
- *  SDL Audio Device IDs.
- *
- *  A successful call to SDL_OpenAudio() is always device id 1, and legacy
- *  SDL audio APIs assume you want this device ID. SDL_OpenAudioDevice() calls
- *  always returns devices >= 2 on success. The legacy calls are good both
- *  for backwards compatibility and when you don't care about multiple,
- *  specific, or capture devices.
- */
-typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of available devices exposed by the current driver.
- *  Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
- *  Returns -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined; this is
- *  not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to talk to a remote audio
- *  server, it can't list every one available on the Internet, but it will
- *  still allow a specific host to be specified to SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
- *
- *  In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
- *  successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
- *  SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
-
-/**
- *  Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
- *  Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
- *  Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
- *  The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
- *  SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
- *  hardware.
- *
- *  The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
- *  managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the
- *  string for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it
- *  will be invalid next time any of several other SDL functions is called.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
-                                                           int iscapture);
-
-
-/**
- *  Open a specific audio device. Passing in a device name of NULL requests
- *  the most reasonable default (and is equivalent to calling SDL_OpenAudio()).
- *
- *  The device name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
- *  some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
- *  hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
- *  diskaudio driver.
- *
- *  \return 0 on error, a valid device ID that is >= 2 on success.
- *
- *  SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(const char
-                                                              *device,
-                                                              int iscapture,
-                                                              const
-                                                              SDL_AudioSpec *
-                                                              desired,
-                                                              SDL_AudioSpec *
-                                                              obtained,
-                                                              int
-                                                              allowed_changes);
-
-
-
-/**
- *  \name Audio state
- *
- *  Get the current audio state.
- */
-/* @{ */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
-    SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
-    SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
-} SDL_AudioStatus;
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
-
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL
-SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
-/* @} *//* Audio State */
-
-/**
- *  \name Pause audio functions
- *
- *  These functions pause and unpause the audio callback processing.
- *  They should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
- *  device to start playing sound.  This is so you can safely initialize
- *  data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
- *  Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
- */
-/* @{ */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
-                                                  int pause_on);
-/* @} *//* Pause audio functions */
-
-/**
- *  This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
- *  that source if \c freesrc is non-zero.  For example, to load a WAVE file,
- *  you could do:
- *  \code
- *      SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
- *  filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
- *  \c *audio_buf to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
- *  and sets \c *audio_len to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
- *  You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
- *  done with it.
- *
- *  This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
- *  wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
- *  corrupt.  Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
-                                                      int freesrc,
-                                                      SDL_AudioSpec * spec,
-                                                      Uint8 ** audio_buf,
-                                                      Uint32 * audio_len);
-
-/**
- *  Loads a WAV from a file.
- *  Compatibility convenience function.
- */
-#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
-    SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
-
-/**
- *  This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
-
-/**
- *  This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
- *  and rate, and initializes the \c cvt structure with information needed
- *  by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
- *  to the other. An unsupported format causes an error and -1 will be returned.
- *
- *  \return 0 if no conversion is needed, 1 if the audio filter is set up,
- *  or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
-                                              SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
-                                              Uint8 src_channels,
-                                              int src_rate,
-                                              SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
-                                              Uint8 dst_channels,
-                                              int dst_rate);
-
-/**
- *  Once you have initialized the \c cvt structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
- *  created an audio buffer \c cvt->buf, and filled it with \c cvt->len bytes of
- *  audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
- *  to the desired format.
- *
- *  The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
- *  \c cvt->buf should be allocated after the \c cvt structure is initialized by
- *  SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be \c cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 if \c cvt->buf is NULL.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
-
-/* SDL_AudioStream is a new audio conversion interface.
-   The benefits vs SDL_AudioCVT:
-    - it can handle resampling data in chunks without generating
-      artifacts, when it doesn't have the complete buffer available.
-    - it can handle incoming data in any variable size.
-    - You push data as you have it, and pull it when you need it
- */
-/* this is opaque to the outside world. */
-struct _SDL_AudioStream;
-typedef struct _SDL_AudioStream SDL_AudioStream;
-
-/**
- *  Create a new audio stream
- *
- *  \param src_format The format of the source audio
- *  \param src_channels The number of channels of the source audio
- *  \param src_rate The sampling rate of the source audio
- *  \param dst_format The format of the desired audio output
- *  \param dst_channels The number of channels of the desired audio output
- *  \param dst_rate The sampling rate of the desired audio output
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
- *  \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStream * SDLCALL SDL_NewAudioStream(const SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
-                                           const Uint8 src_channels,
-                                           const int src_rate,
-                                           const SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
-                                           const Uint8 dst_channels,
-                                           const int dst_rate);
-
-/**
- *  Add data to be converted/resampled to the stream
- *
- *  \param stream The stream the audio data is being added to
- *  \param buf A pointer to the audio data to add
- *  \param int The number of bytes to write to the stream
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
- *  \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamPut(SDL_AudioStream *stream, const void *buf, int len);
-
-/**
- *  Get converted/resampled data from the stream
- *
- *  \param stream The stream the audio is being requested from
- *  \param buf A buffer to fill with audio data
- *  \param len The maximum number of bytes to fill
- *  \return The number of bytes read from the stream, or -1 on error
- *
- *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
- *  \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamGet(SDL_AudioStream *stream, void *buf, int len);
-
-/**
- * Get the number of converted/resampled bytes available. The stream may be
- *  buffering data behind the scenes until it has enough to resample
- *  correctly, so this number might be lower than what you expect, or even
- *  be zero. Add more data or flush the stream if you need the data now.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
- *  \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamAvailable(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
-
-/**
- * Tell the stream that you're done sending data, and anything being buffered
- *  should be converted/resampled and made available immediately.
- *
- * It is legal to add more data to a stream after flushing, but there will
- *  be audio gaps in the output. Generally this is intended to signal the
- *  end of input, so the complete output becomes available.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
- *  \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamFlush(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
-
-/**
- *  Clear any pending data in the stream without converting it
- *
- *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
- *  \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamClear(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
-
-/**
- * Free an audio stream
- *
- *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
- *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeAudioStream(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
-
-#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
-/**
- *  This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
- *  them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
- *  The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to ::SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
- *  for full audio volume.  Note this does not change hardware volume.
- *  This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
-                                          Uint32 len, int volume);
-
-/**
- *  This works like SDL_MixAudio(), but you specify the audio format instead of
- *  using the format of audio device 1. Thus it can be used when no audio
- *  device is open at all.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
-                                                const Uint8 * src,
-                                                SDL_AudioFormat format,
-                                                Uint32 len, int volume);
-
-/**
- *  Queue more audio on non-callback devices.
- *
- *  (If you are looking to retrieve queued audio from a non-callback capture
- *  device, you want SDL_DequeueAudio() instead. This will return -1 to
- *  signify an error if you use it with capture devices.)
- *
- *  SDL offers two ways to feed audio to the device: you can either supply a
- *  callback that SDL triggers with some frequency to obtain more audio
- *  (pull method), or you can supply no callback, and then SDL will expect
- *  you to supply data at regular intervals (push method) with this function.
- *
- *  There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
- *  exhaustion of address space. Queued data will drain to the device as
- *  necessary without further intervention from you. If the device needs
- *  audio but there is not enough queued, it will play silence to make up
- *  the difference. This means you will have skips in your audio playback
- *  if you aren't routinely queueing sufficient data.
- *
- *  This function copies the supplied data, so you are safe to free it when
- *  the function returns. This function is thread-safe, but queueing to the
- *  same device from two threads at once does not promise which buffer will
- *  be queued first.
- *
- *  You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
- *  callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use the audio callback
- *  or queue audio with this function, but not both.
- *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
- *  handles locking internally for this function.
- *
- *  \param dev The device ID to which we will queue audio.
- *  \param data The data to queue to the device for later playback.
- *  \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
- *  \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, const void *data, Uint32 len);
-
-/**
- *  Dequeue more audio on non-callback devices.
- *
- *  (If you are looking to queue audio for output on a non-callback playback
- *  device, you want SDL_QueueAudio() instead. This will always return 0
- *  if you use it with playback devices.)
- *
- *  SDL offers two ways to retrieve audio from a capture device: you can
- *  either supply a callback that SDL triggers with some frequency as the
- *  device records more audio data, (push method), or you can supply no
- *  callback, and then SDL will expect you to retrieve data at regular
- *  intervals (pull method) with this function.
- *
- *  There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
- *  exhaustion of address space. Data from the device will keep queuing as
- *  necessary without further intervention from you. This means you will
- *  eventually run out of memory if you aren't routinely dequeueing data.
- *
- *  Capture devices will not queue data when paused; if you are expecting
- *  to not need captured audio for some length of time, use
- *  SDL_PauseAudioDevice() to stop the capture device from queueing more
- *  data. This can be useful during, say, level loading times. When
- *  unpaused, capture devices will start queueing data from that point,
- *  having flushed any capturable data available while paused.
- *
- *  This function is thread-safe, but dequeueing from the same device from
- *  two threads at once does not promise which thread will dequeued data
- *  first.
- *
- *  You may not dequeue audio from a device that is using an
- *  application-supplied callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use
- *  the audio callback, or dequeue audio with this function, but not both.
- *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
- *  handles locking internally for this function.
- *
- *  \param dev The device ID from which we will dequeue audio.
- *  \param data A pointer into where audio data should be copied.
- *  \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
- *  \return number of bytes dequeued, which could be less than requested.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
- *  \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_DequeueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, void *data, Uint32 len);
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of bytes of still-queued audio.
- *
- *  For playback device:
- *
- *    This is the number of bytes that have been queued for playback with
- *    SDL_QueueAudio(), but have not yet been sent to the hardware. This
- *    number may shrink at any time, so this only informs of pending data.
- *
- *    Once we've sent it to the hardware, this function can not decide the
- *    exact byte boundary of what has been played. It's possible that we just
- *    gave the hardware several kilobytes right before you called this
- *    function, but it hasn't played any of it yet, or maybe half of it, etc.
- *
- *  For capture devices:
- *
- *    This is the number of bytes that have been captured by the device and
- *    are waiting for you to dequeue. This number may grow at any time, so
- *    this only informs of the lower-bound of available data.
- *
- *  You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
- *  callback; calling this function on such a device always returns 0.
- *  You have to queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio()/SDL_DequeueAudio(), or use
- *  the audio callback, but not both.
- *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before querying; SDL
- *  handles locking internally for this function.
- *
- *  \param dev The device ID of which we will query queued audio size.
- *  \return Number of bytes (not samples!) of queued audio.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_QueueAudio
- *  \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
-
-/**
- *  Drop any queued audio data. For playback devices, this is any queued data
- *  still waiting to be submitted to the hardware. For capture devices, this
- *  is any data that was queued by the device that hasn't yet been dequeued by
- *  the application.
- *
- *  Immediately after this call, SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize() will return 0. For
- *  playback devices, the hardware will start playing silence if more audio
- *  isn't queued. Unpaused capture devices will start filling the queue again
- *  as soon as they have more data available (which, depending on the state
- *  of the hardware and the thread, could be before this function call
- *  returns!).
- *
- *  This will not prevent playback of queued audio that's already been sent
- *  to the hardware, as we can not undo that, so expect there to be some
- *  fraction of a second of audio that might still be heard. This can be
- *  useful if you want to, say, drop any pending music during a level change
- *  in your game.
- *
- *  You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
- *  callback; calling this function on such a device is always a no-op.
- *  You have to queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio()/SDL_DequeueAudio(), or use
- *  the audio callback, but not both.
- *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before clearing the
- *  queue; SDL handles locking internally for this function.
- *
- *  This function always succeeds and thus returns void.
- *
- *  \param dev The device ID of which to clear the audio queue.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_QueueAudio
- *  \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearQueuedAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
-
-
-/**
- *  \name Audio lock functions
- *
- *  The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
- *  During a SDL_LockAudio()/SDL_UnlockAudio() pair, you can be guaranteed that
- *  the callback function is not running.  Do not call these from the callback
- *  function or you will cause deadlock.
- */
-/* @{ */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
-/* @} *//* Audio lock functions */
-
-/**
- *  This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_audio_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_blendmode.h

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_blendmode.h
- *
- *  Header file declaring the SDL_BlendMode enumeration
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_blendmode_h_
-#define SDL_blendmode_h_
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief The blend mode used in SDL_RenderCopy() and drawing operations.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE = 0x00000000,     /**< no blending
-                                              dstRGBA = srcRGBA */
-    SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND = 0x00000001,    /**< alpha blending
-                                              dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
-                                              dstA = srcA + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
-    SDL_BLENDMODE_ADD = 0x00000002,      /**< additive blending
-                                              dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + dstRGB
-                                              dstA = dstA */
-    SDL_BLENDMODE_MOD = 0x00000004,      /**< color modulate
-                                              dstRGB = srcRGB * dstRGB
-                                              dstA = dstA */
-    SDL_BLENDMODE_INVALID = 0x7FFFFFFF
-
-    /* Additional custom blend modes can be returned by SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode() */
-
-} SDL_BlendMode;
-
-/**
- *  \brief The blend operation used when combining source and destination pixel components
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD              = 0x1,  /**< dst + src: supported by all renderers */
-    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT         = 0x2,  /**< dst - src : supported by D3D9, D3D11, OpenGL, OpenGLES */
-    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT     = 0x3,  /**< src - dst : supported by D3D9, D3D11, OpenGL, OpenGLES */
-    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MINIMUM          = 0x4,  /**< min(dst, src) : supported by D3D11 */
-    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MAXIMUM          = 0x5   /**< max(dst, src) : supported by D3D11 */
-
-} SDL_BlendOperation;
-
-/**
- *  \brief The normalized factor used to multiply pixel components
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ZERO                = 0x1,  /**< 0, 0, 0, 0 */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE                 = 0x2,  /**< 1, 1, 1, 1 */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_SRC_COLOR           = 0x3,  /**< srcR, srcG, srcB, srcA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR = 0x4,  /**< 1-srcR, 1-srcG, 1-srcB, 1-srcA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_SRC_ALPHA           = 0x5,  /**< srcA, srcA, srcA, srcA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA = 0x6,  /**< 1-srcA, 1-srcA, 1-srcA, 1-srcA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_COLOR           = 0x7,  /**< dstR, dstG, dstB, dstA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR = 0x8,  /**< 1-dstR, 1-dstG, 1-dstB, 1-dstA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_ALPHA           = 0x9,  /**< dstA, dstA, dstA, dstA */
-    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA = 0xA   /**< 1-dstA, 1-dstA, 1-dstA, 1-dstA */
-
-} SDL_BlendFactor;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a custom blend mode, which may or may not be supported by a given renderer
- *
- *  \param srcColorFactor
- *  \param dstColorFactor
- *  \param colorOperation
- *  \param srcAlphaFactor
- *  \param dstAlphaFactor
- *  \param alphaOperation
- *
- *  The result of the blend mode operation will be:
- *      dstRGB = dstRGB * dstColorFactor colorOperation srcRGB * srcColorFactor
- *  and
- *      dstA = dstA * dstAlphaFactor alphaOperation srcA * srcAlphaFactor
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_BlendMode SDLCALL SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode(SDL_BlendFactor srcColorFactor,
-                                                                 SDL_BlendFactor dstColorFactor,
-                                                                 SDL_BlendOperation colorOperation,
-                                                                 SDL_BlendFactor srcAlphaFactor,
-                                                                 SDL_BlendFactor dstAlphaFactor,
-                                                                 SDL_BlendOperation alphaOperation);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_blendmode_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_cpuinfo.h

@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_cpuinfo.h
- *
- *  CPU feature detection for SDL.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_cpuinfo_h_
-#define SDL_cpuinfo_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
-/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500) && (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64))
-#ifdef __clang__
-/* Many of the intrinsics SDL uses are not implemented by clang with Visual Studio */
-#undef __MMX__
-#undef __SSE__
-#undef __SSE2__
-#else
-#include <intrin.h>
-#ifndef _WIN64
-#define __MMX__
-#define __3dNOW__
-#endif
-#define __SSE__
-#define __SSE2__
-#endif /* __clang__ */
-#elif defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
-#include <intrin.h>
-#else
-#ifdef __ALTIVEC__
-#if HAVE_ALTIVEC_H && !defined(__APPLE_ALTIVEC__)
-#include <altivec.h>
-#undef pixel
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef __MMX__
-#include <mmintrin.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __3dNOW__
-#include <mm3dnow.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __SSE__
-#include <xmmintrin.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __SSE2__
-#include <emmintrin.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __SSE3__
-#include <pmmintrin.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* This is a guess for the cacheline size used for padding.
- * Most x86 processors have a 64 byte cache line.
- * The 64-bit PowerPC processors have a 128 byte cache line.
- * We'll use the larger value to be generally safe.
- */
-#define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE  128
-
-/**
- *  This function returns the number of CPU cores available.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU
- *
- *  This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding
- *  or SIMD prefetch sizes.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE3 features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AVX features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AVX2 features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX2(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has NEON (ARM SIMD) features.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasNEON(void);
-
-/**
- *  This function returns the amount of RAM configured in the system, in MB.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSystemRAM(void);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_cpuinfo_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_error.h

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_error.h
- *
- *  Simple error message routines for SDL.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_error_h_
-#define SDL_error_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Public functions */
-/* SDL_SetError() unconditionally returns -1. */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
-
-/**
- *  \name Internal error functions
- *
- *  \internal
- *  Private error reporting function - used internally.
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define SDL_OutOfMemory()   SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
-#define SDL_Unsupported()   SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
-#define SDL_InvalidParamError(param)    SDL_SetError("Parameter '%s' is invalid", (param))
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_ENOMEM,
-    SDL_EFREAD,
-    SDL_EFWRITE,
-    SDL_EFSEEK,
-    SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
-    SDL_LASTERROR
-} SDL_errorcode;
-/* SDL_Error() unconditionally returns -1. */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
-/* @} *//* Internal error functions */
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_error_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_filesystem.h

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_filesystem.h
- *
- *  \brief Include file for filesystem SDL API functions
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_filesystem_h_
-#define SDL_filesystem_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * \brief Get the path where the application resides.
- *
- * Get the "base path". This is the directory where the application was run
- *  from, which is probably the installation directory, and may or may not
- *  be the process's current working directory.
- *
- * This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
- *  end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
- *
- * The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
- *  SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
- *  memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
- *  call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
- *
- * Some platforms can't determine the application's path, and on other
- *  platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
- *  return NULL.
- *
- *  \return String of base dir in UTF-8 encoding, or NULL on error.
- *
- * \sa SDL_GetPrefPath
- */
-extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetBasePath(void);
-
-/**
- * \brief Get the user-and-app-specific path where files can be written.
- *
- * Get the "pref dir". This is meant to be where users can write personal
- *  files (preferences and save games, etc) that are specific to your
- *  application. This directory is unique per user, per application.
- *
- * This function will decide the appropriate location in the native filesystem,
- *  create the directory if necessary, and return a string of the absolute
- *  path to the directory in UTF-8 encoding.
- *
- * On Windows, the string might look like:
- *  "C:\\Users\\bob\\AppData\\Roaming\\My Company\\My Program Name\\"
- *
- * On Linux, the string might look like:
- *  "/home/bob/.local/share/My Program Name/"
- *
- * On Mac OS X, the string might look like:
- *  "/Users/bob/Library/Application Support/My Program Name/"
- *
- * (etc.)
- *
- * You specify the name of your organization (if it's not a real organization,
- *  your name or an Internet domain you own might do) and the name of your
- *  application. These should be untranslated proper names.
- *
- * Both the org and app strings may become part of a directory name, so
- *  please follow these rules:
- *
- *    - Try to use the same org string (including case-sensitivity) for
- *      all your applications that use this function.
- *    - Always use a unique app string for each one, and make sure it never
- *      changes for an app once you've decided on it.
- *    - Unicode characters are legal, as long as it's UTF-8 encoded, but...
- *    - ...only use letters, numbers, and spaces. Avoid punctuation like
- *      "Game Name 2: Bad Guy's Revenge!" ... "Game Name 2" is sufficient.
- *
- * This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
- *  end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
- *
- * The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
- *  SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
- *  memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
- *  call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
- *
- * You should assume the path returned by this function is the only safe
- *  place to write files (and that SDL_GetBasePath(), while it might be
- *  writable, or even the parent of the returned path, aren't where you
- *  should be writing things).
- *
- * Some platforms can't determine the pref path, and on other
- *  platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
- *  return NULL.
- *
- *   \param org The name of your organization.
- *   \param app The name of your application.
- *  \return UTF-8 string of user dir in platform-dependent notation. NULL
- *          if there's a problem (creating directory failed, etc).
- *
- * \sa SDL_GetBasePath
- */
-extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetPrefPath(const char *org, const char *app);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_filesystem_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_gamecontroller.h

@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
- *
- *  Include file for SDL game controller event handling
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_gamecontroller_h_
-#define SDL_gamecontroller_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_rwops.h"
-#include "SDL_joystick.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
- *
- *  In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
- *  with the ::SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
- *  for game controllers, and load appropriate drivers.
- *
- *  If you would like to receive controller updates while the application
- *  is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
- *  SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
- */
-
-/**
- * The gamecontroller structure used to identify an SDL game controller
- */
-struct _SDL_GameController;
-typedef struct _SDL_GameController SDL_GameController;
-
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE = 0,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_BUTTON,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_AXIS,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_HAT
-} SDL_GameControllerBindType;
-
-/**
- *  Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button/axis mapping
- */
-typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
-{
-    SDL_GameControllerBindType bindType;
-    union
-    {
-        int button;
-        int axis;
-        struct {
-            int hat;
-            int hat_mask;
-        } hat;
-    } value;
-
-} SDL_GameControllerButtonBind;
-
-
-/**
- *  To count the number of game controllers in the system for the following:
- *  int nJoysticks = SDL_NumJoysticks();
- *  int nGameControllers = 0;
- *  for (int i = 0; i < nJoysticks; i++) {
- *      if (SDL_IsGameController(i)) {
- *          nGameControllers++;
- *      }
- *  }
- *
- *  Using the SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG hint or the SDL_GameControllerAddMapping() you can add support for controllers SDL is unaware of or cause an existing controller to have a different binding. The format is:
- *  guid,name,mappings
- *
- *  Where GUID is the string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick ones.
- *  Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers any XInput devices.
- *  The mapping format for joystick is:
- *      bX - a joystick button, index X
- *      hX.Y - hat X with value Y
- *      aX - axis X of the joystick
- *  Buttons can be used as a controller axis and vice versa.
- *
- *  This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller
- *  "03000000341a00003608000000000000,PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7",
- *
- */
-
-/**
- *  Load a set of mappings from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file), filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
- *  A community sourced database of controllers is available at https://raw.github.com/gabomdq/SDL_GameControllerDB/master/gamecontrollerdb.txt
- *
- *  If \c freerw is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
- *
- * \return number of mappings added, -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWops * rw, int freerw);
-
-/**
- *  Load a set of mappings from a file, filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
- *
- *  Convenience macro.
- */
-#define SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile(file)   SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
-
-/**
- *  Add or update an existing mapping configuration
- *
- * \return 1 if mapping is added, 0 if updated, -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping(const char* mappingString);
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of mappings installed
- *
- *  \return the number of mappings
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNumMappings(void);
-
-/**
- *  Get the mapping at a particular index.
- *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if the index is out of range.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForIndex(int mapping_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get a mapping string for a GUID
- *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if no mapping is available
- */
-extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID(SDL_JoystickGUID guid);
-
-/**
- *  Get a mapping string for an open GameController
- *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if no mapping is available
- */
-extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Is the joystick on this index supported by the game controller interface?
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get the implementation dependent name of a game controller.
- *  This can be called before any controllers are opened.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
-
-/**
- *  Open a game controller for use.
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the system.
- *  This index is not the value which will identify this controller in future
- *  controller events.  The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be
- *  used there instead.
- *
- *  \return A controller identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
-
-/**
- * Return the SDL_GameController associated with an instance id.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
-
-/**
- *  Return the name for this currently opened controller
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Get the USB vendor ID of an opened controller, if available.
- *  If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetVendor(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Get the USB product ID of an opened controller, if available.
- *  If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProduct(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Get the product version of an opened controller, if available.
- *  If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProductVersion(SDL_GameController * gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and currently connected,
- *  or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Get the underlying joystick object used by a controller
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
-
-/**
- *  Enable/disable controller event polling.
- *
- *  If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
- *  yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
- *  information.
- *
- *  The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
-
-/**
- *  Update the current state of the open game controllers.
- *
- *  This is called automatically by the event loop if any game controller
- *  events are enabled.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
-
-
-/**
- *  The list of axes available from a controller
- *
- *  Thumbstick axis values range from SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN to SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX,
- *  and are centered within ~8000 of zero, though advanced UI will allow users to set
- *  or autodetect the dead zone, which varies between controllers.
- *
- *  Trigger axis values range from 0 to SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID = -1,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX
-} SDL_GameControllerAxis;
-
-/**
- *  turn this string into a axis mapping
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *pchString);
-
-/**
- *  turn this axis enum into a string mapping
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
-
-/**
- *  Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
-SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
-                                 SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
-
-/**
- *  Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
- *
- *  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767 (except for the triggers,
- *  which range from 0 to 32767).
- *
- *  The axis indices start at index 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
-SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
-                          SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
-
-/**
- *  The list of buttons available from a controller
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID = -1,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,
-    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX
-} SDL_GameControllerButton;
-
-/**
- *  turn this string into a button mapping
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *pchString);
-
-/**
- *  turn this button enum into a string mapping
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
-
-/**
- *  Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
-SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
-                                   SDL_GameControllerButton button);
-
-
-/**
- *  Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
- *
- *  The button indices start at index 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
-                                                          SDL_GameControllerButton button);
-
-/**
- *  Close a controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_gamecontroller_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_hints.h

@@ -1,959 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_hints.h
- *
- *  Official documentation for SDL configuration variables
- *
- *  This file contains functions to set and get configuration hints,
- *  as well as listing each of them alphabetically.
- *
- *  The convention for naming hints is SDL_HINT_X, where "SDL_X" is
- *  the environment variable that can be used to override the default.
- *
- *  In general these hints are just that - they may or may not be
- *  supported or applicable on any given platform, but they provide
- *  a way for an application or user to give the library a hint as
- *  to how they would like the library to work.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_hints_h_
-#define SDL_hints_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling how 3D acceleration is used to accelerate the SDL screen surface.
- *
- *  SDL can try to accelerate the SDL screen surface by using streaming
- *  textures with a 3D rendering engine.  This variable controls whether and
- *  how this is done.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable 3D acceleration
- *    "1"       - Enable 3D acceleration, using the default renderer.
- *    "X"       - Enable 3D acceleration, using X where X is one of the valid rendering drivers.  (e.g. "direct3d", "opengl", etc.)
- *
- *  By default SDL tries to make a best guess for each platform whether
- *  to use acceleration or not.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION   "SDL_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable specifying which render driver to use.
- *
- *  If the application doesn't pick a specific renderer to use, this variable
- *  specifies the name of the preferred renderer.  If the preferred renderer
- *  can't be initialized, the normal default renderer is used.
- *
- *  This variable is case insensitive and can be set to the following values:
- *    "direct3d"
- *    "opengl"
- *    "opengles2"
- *    "opengles"
- *    "software"
- *
- *  The default varies by platform, but it's the first one in the list that
- *  is available on the current platform.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DRIVER              "SDL_RENDER_DRIVER"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the OpenGL render driver uses shaders if they are available.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable shaders
- *    "1"       - Enable shaders
- *
- *  By default shaders are used if OpenGL supports them.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS      "SDL_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the Direct3D device is initialized for thread-safe operations.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Thread-safety is not enabled (faster)
- *    "1"       - Thread-safety is enabled
- *
- *  By default the Direct3D device is created with thread-safety disabled.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DIRECT3D_THREADSAFE "SDL_RENDER_DIRECT3D_THREADSAFE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether to enable Direct3D 11+'s Debug Layer.
- *
- *  This variable does not have any effect on the Direct3D 9 based renderer.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable Debug Layer use
- *    "1"       - Enable Debug Layer use
- *
- *  By default, SDL does not use Direct3D Debug Layer.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DIRECT3D11_DEBUG    "SDL_RENDER_DIRECT3D11_DEBUG"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling the scaling policy for SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0" or "letterbox" - Uses letterbox/sidebars to fit the entire rendering on screen
- *    "1" or "overscan"  - Will zoom the rendering so it fills the entire screen, allowing edges to be drawn offscreen
- *
- *  By default letterbox is used
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_LOGICAL_SIZE_MODE       "SDL_RENDER_LOGICAL_SIZE_MODE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling the scaling quality
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0" or "nearest" - Nearest pixel sampling
- *    "1" or "linear"  - Linear filtering (supported by OpenGL and Direct3D)
- *    "2" or "best"    - Currently this is the same as "linear"
- *
- *  By default nearest pixel sampling is used
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY       "SDL_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether updates to the SDL screen surface should be synchronized with the vertical refresh, to avoid tearing.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable vsync
- *    "1"       - Enable vsync
- *
- *  By default SDL does not sync screen surface updates with vertical refresh.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_VSYNC               "SDL_RENDER_VSYNC"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the screensaver is enabled.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable screensaver
- *    "1"       - Enable screensaver
- *
- *  By default SDL will disable the screensaver.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_ALLOW_SCREENSAVER    "SDL_VIDEO_ALLOW_SCREENSAVER"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 VidMode extension should be used.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable XVidMode
- *    "1"       - Enable XVidMode
- *
- *  By default SDL will use XVidMode if it is available.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE         "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 Xinerama extension should be used.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable Xinerama
- *    "1"       - Enable Xinerama
- *
- *  By default SDL will use Xinerama if it is available.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA         "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 XRandR extension should be used.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable XRandR
- *    "1"       - Enable XRandR
- *
- *  By default SDL will not use XRandR because of window manager issues.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR           "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 _NET_WM_PING protocol should be supported.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable _NET_WM_PING
- *    "1"       - Enable _NET_WM_PING
- *
- *  By default SDL will use _NET_WM_PING, but for applications that know they
- *  will not always be able to respond to ping requests in a timely manner they can
- *  turn it off to avoid the window manager thinking the app is hung.
- *  The hint is checked in CreateWindow.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_PING      "SDL_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_PING"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the window frame and title bar are interactive when the cursor is hidden
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - The window frame is not interactive when the cursor is hidden (no move, resize, etc)
- *    "1"       - The window frame is interactive when the cursor is hidden
- *
- *  By default SDL will allow interaction with the window frame when the cursor is hidden
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINDOW_FRAME_USABLE_WHILE_CURSOR_HIDDEN    "SDL_WINDOW_FRAME_USABLE_WHILE_CURSOR_HIDDEN"
-
-/**
- * \brief A variable to specify custom icon resource id from RC file on Windows platform
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON       "SDL_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON"
-#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON_SMALL "SDL_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON_SMALL"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the windows message loop is processed by SDL
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - The window message loop is not run
- *    "1"       - The window message loop is processed in SDL_PumpEvents()
- *
- *  By default SDL will process the windows message loop
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_ENABLE_MESSAGELOOP "SDL_WINDOWS_ENABLE_MESSAGELOOP"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether grabbing input grabs the keyboard
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Grab will affect only the mouse
- *    "1"       - Grab will affect mouse and keyboard
- *
- *  By default SDL will not grab the keyboard so system shortcuts still work.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_GRAB_KEYBOARD              "SDL_GRAB_KEYBOARD"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable setting the speed scale for mouse motion, in floating point, when the mouse is not in relative mode
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_NORMAL_SPEED_SCALE    "SDL_MOUSE_NORMAL_SPEED_SCALE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable setting the scale for mouse motion, in floating point, when the mouse is in relative mode
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SPEED_SCALE    "SDL_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SPEED_SCALE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether relative mouse mode is implemented using mouse warping
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Relative mouse mode uses raw input
- *    "1"       - Relative mouse mode uses mouse warping
- *
- *  By default SDL will use raw input for relative mouse mode
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP    "SDL_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP"
-
-/**
- *  \brief Allow mouse click events when clicking to focus an SDL window
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Ignore mouse clicks that activate a window
- *    "1"       - Generate events for mouse clicks that activate a window
- *
- *  By default SDL will ignore mouse clicks that activate a window
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH "SDL_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether touch events should generate synthetic mouse events
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Touch events will not generate mouse events
- *    "1"       - Touch events will generate mouse events
- *
- *  By default SDL will generate mouse events for touch events
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_TOUCH_MOUSE_EVENTS    "SDL_TOUCH_MOUSE_EVENTS"
-
-/**
- *  \brief Minimize your SDL_Window if it loses key focus when in fullscreen mode. Defaults to true.
- *
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS   "SDL_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the idle timer is disabled on iOS.
- *
- *  When an iOS app does not receive touches for some time, the screen is
- *  dimmed automatically. For games where the accelerometer is the only input
- *  this is problematic. This functionality can be disabled by setting this
- *  hint.
- *
- *  As of SDL 2.0.4, SDL_EnableScreenSaver() and SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
- *  accomplish the same thing on iOS. They should be preferred over this hint.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Enable idle timer
- *    "1"       - Disable idle timer
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED "SDL_IOS_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling which orientations are allowed on iOS.
- *
- *  In some circumstances it is necessary to be able to explicitly control
- *  which UI orientations are allowed.
- *
- *  This variable is a space delimited list of the following values:
- *    "LandscapeLeft", "LandscapeRight", "Portrait" "PortraitUpsideDown"
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_ORIENTATIONS "SDL_IOS_ORIENTATIONS"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether controllers used with the Apple TV
- *  generate UI events.
- *
- * When UI events are generated by controller input, the app will be
- * backgrounded when the Apple TV remote's menu button is pressed, and when the
- * pause or B buttons on gamepads are pressed.
- *
- * More information about properly making use of controllers for the Apple TV
- * can be found here:
- * https://developer.apple.com/tvos/human-interface-guidelines/remote-and-controllers/
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Controller input does not generate UI events (the default).
- *    "1"       - Controller input generates UI events.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_APPLE_TV_CONTROLLER_UI_EVENTS "SDL_APPLE_TV_CONTROLLER_UI_EVENTS"
-
-/**
- * \brief  A variable controlling whether the Apple TV remote's joystick axes
- *         will automatically match the rotation of the remote.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Remote orientation does not affect joystick axes (the default).
- *    "1"       - Joystick axes are based on the orientation of the remote.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_APPLE_TV_REMOTE_ALLOW_ROTATION "SDL_APPLE_TV_REMOTE_ALLOW_ROTATION"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the Android / iOS built-in
- *  accelerometer should be listed as a joystick device, rather than listing
- *  actual joysticks only.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - List only real joysticks and accept input from them
- *    "1"       - List real joysticks along with the accelerometer as if it were a 3 axis joystick (the default).
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK "SDL_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable that lets you disable the detection and use of Xinput gamepad devices
- *
- *  The variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable XInput detection (only uses direct input)
- *    "1"       - Enable XInput detection (the default)
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_ENABLED "SDL_XINPUT_ENABLED"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable that causes SDL to use the old axis and button mapping for XInput devices.
- *
- *  This hint is for backwards compatibility only and will be removed in SDL 2.1
- *
- *  The default value is "0".  This hint must be set before SDL_Init()
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_USE_OLD_JOYSTICK_MAPPING "SDL_XINPUT_USE_OLD_JOYSTICK_MAPPING"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable that lets you manually hint extra gamecontroller db entries.
- *
- *  The variable should be newline delimited rows of gamecontroller config data, see SDL_gamecontroller.h
- *
- *  This hint must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
- *  You can update mappings after the system is initialized with SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID() and SDL_GameControllerAddMapping()
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable containing a list of devices to skip when scanning for game controllers.
- *
- *  The format of the string is a comma separated list of USB VID/PID pairs
- *  in hexadecimal form, e.g.
- *
- *      0xAAAA/0xBBBB,0xCCCC/0xDDDD
- *
- *  The variable can also take the form of @file, in which case the named
- *  file will be loaded and interpreted as the value of the variable.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES "SDL_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  If set, all devices will be skipped when scanning for game controllers except for the ones listed in this variable.
- *
- *  The format of the string is a comma separated list of USB VID/PID pairs
- *  in hexadecimal form, e.g.
- *
- *      0xAAAA/0xBBBB,0xCCCC/0xDDDD
- *
- *  The variable can also take the form of @file, in which case the named
- *  file will be loaded and interpreted as the value of the variable.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES_EXCEPT "SDL_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES_EXCEPT"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable that lets you enable joystick (and gamecontroller) events even when your app is in the background.
- *
- *  The variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
- *                application is in the background.
- *    "1"       - Enable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
- *                application is in the background.
- *
- *  The default value is "0".  This hint may be set at any time.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS "SDL_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS"
-
-/**
- *  \brief If set to "0" then never set the top most bit on a SDL Window, even if the video mode expects it.
- *      This is a debugging aid for developers and not expected to be used by end users. The default is "1"
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - don't allow topmost
- *    "1"       - allow topmost
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_ALLOW_TOPMOST "SDL_ALLOW_TOPMOST"
-
-/**
- *  \brief A variable that controls the timer resolution, in milliseconds.
- *
- *  The higher resolution the timer, the more frequently the CPU services
- *  timer interrupts, and the more precise delays are, but this takes up
- *  power and CPU time.  This hint is only used on Windows 7 and earlier.
- *
- *  See this blog post for more information:
- *  http://randomascii.wordpress.com/2013/07/08/windows-timer-resolution-megawatts-wasted/
- *
- *  If this variable is set to "0", the system timer resolution is not set.
- *
- *  The default value is "1". This hint may be set at any time.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_TIMER_RESOLUTION "SDL_TIMER_RESOLUTION"
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable describing the content orientation on QtWayland-based platforms.
- *
- *  On QtWayland platforms, windows are rotated client-side to allow for custom
- *  transitions. In order to correctly position overlays (e.g. volume bar) and
- *  gestures (e.g. events view, close/minimize gestures), the system needs to
- *  know in which orientation the application is currently drawing its contents.
- *
- *  This does not cause the window to be rotated or resized, the application
- *  needs to take care of drawing the content in the right orientation (the
- *  framebuffer is always in portrait mode).
- *
- *  This variable can be one of the following values:
- *    "primary" (default), "portrait", "landscape", "inverted-portrait", "inverted-landscape"
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_QTWAYLAND_CONTENT_ORIENTATION "SDL_QTWAYLAND_CONTENT_ORIENTATION"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  Flags to set on QtWayland windows to integrate with the native window manager.
- *
- *  On QtWayland platforms, this hint controls the flags to set on the windows.
- *  For example, on Sailfish OS "OverridesSystemGestures" disables swipe gestures.
- *
- *  This variable is a space-separated list of the following values (empty = no flags):
- *    "OverridesSystemGestures", "StaysOnTop", "BypassWindowManager"
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_QTWAYLAND_WINDOW_FLAGS "SDL_QTWAYLAND_WINDOW_FLAGS"
-
-/**
-*  \brief  A string specifying SDL's threads stack size in bytes or "0" for the backend's default size
-*
-*  Use this hint in case you need to set SDL's threads stack size to other than the default.
-*  This is specially useful if you build SDL against a non glibc libc library (such as musl) which
-*  provides a relatively small default thread stack size (a few kilobytes versus the default 8MB glibc uses).
-*  Support for this hint is currently available only in the pthread, Windows, and PSP backend.
-*/
-#define SDL_HINT_THREAD_STACK_SIZE              "SDL_THREAD_STACK_SIZE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief If set to 1, then do not allow high-DPI windows. ("Retina" on Mac and iOS)
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED "SDL_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED"
-
-/**
- *  \brief A variable that determines whether ctrl+click should generate a right-click event on Mac
- *
- *  If present, holding ctrl while left clicking will generate a right click
- *  event when on Mac.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_MAC_CTRL_CLICK_EMULATE_RIGHT_CLICK "SDL_MAC_CTRL_CLICK_EMULATE_RIGHT_CLICK"
-
-/**
-*  \brief  A variable specifying which shader compiler to preload when using the Chrome ANGLE binaries
-*
-*  SDL has EGL and OpenGL ES2 support on Windows via the ANGLE project. It
-*  can use two different sets of binaries, those compiled by the user from source
-*  or those provided by the Chrome browser. In the later case, these binaries require
-*  that SDL loads a DLL providing the shader compiler.
-*
-*  This variable can be set to the following values:
-*    "d3dcompiler_46.dll" - default, best for Vista or later.
-*    "d3dcompiler_43.dll" - for XP support.
-*    "none" - do not load any library, useful if you compiled ANGLE from source and included the compiler in your binaries.
-*
-*/
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WIN_D3DCOMPILER              "SDL_VIDEO_WIN_D3DCOMPILER"
-
-/**
-*  \brief  A variable that is the address of another SDL_Window* (as a hex string formatted with "%p").
-*
-*  If this hint is set before SDL_CreateWindowFrom() and the SDL_Window* it is set to has
-*  SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL set (and running on WGL only, currently), then two things will occur on the newly
-*  created SDL_Window:
-*
-*  1. Its pixel format will be set to the same pixel format as this SDL_Window.  This is
-*  needed for example when sharing an OpenGL context across multiple windows.
-*
-*  2. The flag SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL will be set on the new window so it can be used for
-*  OpenGL rendering.
-*
-*  This variable can be set to the following values:
-*    The address (as a string "%p") of the SDL_Window* that new windows created with SDL_CreateWindowFrom() should
-*    share a pixel format with.
-*/
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WINDOW_SHARE_PIXEL_FORMAT    "SDL_VIDEO_WINDOW_SHARE_PIXEL_FORMAT"
-
-/**
- *  \brief A URL to a WinRT app's privacy policy
- *
- *  All network-enabled WinRT apps must make a privacy policy available to its
- *  users.  On Windows 8, 8.1, and RT, Microsoft mandates that this policy be
- *  be available in the Windows Settings charm, as accessed from within the app.
- *  SDL provides code to add a URL-based link there, which can point to the app's
- *  privacy policy.
- *
- *  To setup a URL to an app's privacy policy, set SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL
- *  before calling any SDL_Init() functions.  The contents of the hint should
- *  be a valid URL.  For example, "http://www.example.com".
- *
- *  The default value is "", which will prevent SDL from adding a privacy policy
- *  link to the Settings charm.  This hint should only be set during app init.
- *
- *  The label text of an app's "Privacy Policy" link may be customized via another
- *  hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL.
- *
- *  Please note that on Windows Phone, Microsoft does not provide standard UI
- *  for displaying a privacy policy link, and as such, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL
- *  will not get used on that platform.  Network-enabled phone apps should display
- *  their privacy policy through some other, in-app means.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL "SDL_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL"
-
-/** \brief Label text for a WinRT app's privacy policy link
- *
- *  Network-enabled WinRT apps must include a privacy policy.  On Windows 8, 8.1, and RT,
- *  Microsoft mandates that this policy be available via the Windows Settings charm.
- *  SDL provides code to add a link there, with its label text being set via the
- *  optional hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL.
- *
- *  Please note that a privacy policy's contents are not set via this hint.  A separate
- *  hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL, is used to link to the actual text of the
- *  policy.
- *
- *  The contents of this hint should be encoded as a UTF8 string.
- *
- *  The default value is "Privacy Policy".  This hint should only be set during app
- *  initialization, preferably before any calls to SDL_Init().
- *
- *  For additional information on linking to a privacy policy, see the documentation for
- *  SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL "SDL_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL"
-
-/** \brief Allows back-button-press events on Windows Phone to be marked as handled
- *
- *  Windows Phone devices typically feature a Back button.  When pressed,
- *  the OS will emit back-button-press events, which apps are expected to
- *  handle in an appropriate manner.  If apps do not explicitly mark these
- *  events as 'Handled', then the OS will invoke its default behavior for
- *  unhandled back-button-press events, which on Windows Phone 8 and 8.1 is to
- *  terminate the app (and attempt to switch to the previous app, or to the
- *  device's home screen).
- *
- *  Setting the SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON hint to "1" will cause SDL
- *  to mark back-button-press events as Handled, if and when one is sent to
- *  the app.
- *
- *  Internally, Windows Phone sends back button events as parameters to
- *  special back-button-press callback functions.  Apps that need to respond
- *  to back-button-press events are expected to register one or more
- *  callback functions for such, shortly after being launched (during the
- *  app's initialization phase).  After the back button is pressed, the OS
- *  will invoke these callbacks.  If the app's callback(s) do not explicitly
- *  mark the event as handled by the time they return, or if the app never
- *  registers one of these callback, the OS will consider the event
- *  un-handled, and it will apply its default back button behavior (terminate
- *  the app).
- *
- *  SDL registers its own back-button-press callback with the Windows Phone
- *  OS.  This callback will emit a pair of SDL key-press events (SDL_KEYDOWN
- *  and SDL_KEYUP), each with a scancode of SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK, after which
- *  it will check the contents of the hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON.
- *  If the hint's value is set to "1", the back button event's Handled
- *  property will get set to 'true'.  If the hint's value is set to something
- *  else, or if it is unset, SDL will leave the event's Handled property
- *  alone.  (By default, the OS sets this property to 'false', to note.)
- *
- *  SDL apps can either set SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON well before a
- *  back button is pressed, or can set it in direct-response to a back button
- *  being pressed.
- *
- *  In order to get notified when a back button is pressed, SDL apps should
- *  register a callback function with SDL_AddEventWatch(), and have it listen
- *  for SDL_KEYDOWN events that have a scancode of SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK.
- *  (Alternatively, SDL_KEYUP events can be listened-for.  Listening for
- *  either event type is suitable.)  Any value of SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON
- *  set by such a callback, will be applied to the OS' current
- *  back-button-press event.
- *
- *  More details on back button behavior in Windows Phone apps can be found
- *  at the following page, on Microsoft's developer site:
- *  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windowsphone/develop/jj247550(v=vs.105).aspx
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON "SDL_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable that dictates policy for fullscreen Spaces on Mac OS X.
- *
- *  This hint only applies to Mac OS X.
- *
- *  The variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Disable Spaces support (FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP won't use them and
- *                SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE windows won't offer the "fullscreen"
- *                button on their titlebars).
- *    "1"       - Enable Spaces support (FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP will use them and
- *                SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE windows will offer the "fullscreen"
- *                button on their titlebars).
- *
- *  The default value is "1". Spaces are disabled regardless of this hint if
- *   the OS isn't at least Mac OS X Lion (10.7). This hint must be set before
- *   any windows are created.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MAC_FULLSCREEN_SPACES    "SDL_VIDEO_MAC_FULLSCREEN_SPACES"
-
-/**
-*  \brief  When set don't force the SDL app to become a foreground process
-*
-*  This hint only applies to Mac OS X.
-*
-*/
-#define SDL_HINT_MAC_BACKGROUND_APP    "SDL_MAC_BACKGROUND_APP"
-
-/**
- * \brief Android APK expansion main file version. Should be a string number like "1", "2" etc.
- *
- * Must be set together with SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION.
- *
- * If both hints were set then SDL_RWFromFile() will look into expansion files
- * after a given relative path was not found in the internal storage and assets.
- *
- * By default this hint is not set and the APK expansion files are not searched.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION "SDL_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION"
-
-/**
- * \brief Android APK expansion patch file version. Should be a string number like "1", "2" etc.
- *
- * Must be set together with SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION.
- *
- * If both hints were set then SDL_RWFromFile() will look into expansion files
- * after a given relative path was not found in the internal storage and assets.
- *
- * By default this hint is not set and the APK expansion files are not searched.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION "SDL_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION"
-
-/**
- * \brief A variable to control whether certain IMEs should handle text editing internally instead of sending SDL_TEXTEDITING events.
- *
- * The variable can be set to the following values:
- *   "0"       - SDL_TEXTEDITING events are sent, and it is the application's
- *               responsibility to render the text from these events and
- *               differentiate it somehow from committed text. (default)
- *   "1"       - If supported by the IME then SDL_TEXTEDITING events are not sent,
- *               and text that is being composed will be rendered in its own UI.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_IME_INTERNAL_EDITING "SDL_IME_INTERNAL_EDITING"
-
- /**
- * \brief A variable to control whether mouse and touch events are to be treated together or separately
- *
- * The variable can be set to the following values:
- *   "0"       - Mouse events will be handled as touch events, and touch will raise fake mouse
- *               events. This is the behaviour of SDL <= 2.0.3. (default)
- *   "1"       - Mouse events will be handled separately from pure touch events.
- *
- * The value of this hint is used at runtime, so it can be changed at any time.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_SEPARATE_MOUSE_AND_TOUCH "SDL_ANDROID_SEPARATE_MOUSE_AND_TOUCH"
-
-/**
- *  \brief override the binding element for keyboard inputs for Emscripten builds
- *
- * This hint only applies to the emscripten platform
- *
- * The variable can be one of
- *    "#window"      - The javascript window object (this is the default)
- *    "#document"    - The javascript document object
- *    "#screen"      - the javascript window.screen object
- *    "#canvas"      - the WebGL canvas element
- *    any other string without a leading # sign applies to the element on the page with that ID.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_EMSCRIPTEN_KEYBOARD_ELEMENT   "SDL_EMSCRIPTEN_KEYBOARD_ELEMENT"
-
-/**
- *  \brief Tell SDL not to catch the SIGINT or SIGTERM signals.
- *
- * This hint only applies to Unix-like platforms.
- *
- * The variable can be set to the following values:
- *   "0"       - SDL will install a SIGINT and SIGTERM handler, and when it
- *               catches a signal, convert it into an SDL_QUIT event.
- *   "1"       - SDL will not install a signal handler at all.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_NO_SIGNAL_HANDLERS   "SDL_NO_SIGNAL_HANDLERS"
-
-/**
- *  \brief Tell SDL not to generate window-close events for Alt+F4 on Windows.
- *
- * The variable can be set to the following values:
- *   "0"       - SDL will generate a window-close event when it sees Alt+F4.
- *   "1"       - SDL will only do normal key handling for Alt+F4.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_NO_CLOSE_ON_ALT_F4 "SDL_WINDOWS_NO_CLOSE_ON_ALT_F4"
-
-/**
- *  \brief Prevent SDL from using version 4 of the bitmap header when saving BMPs.
- *
- * The bitmap header version 4 is required for proper alpha channel support and
- * SDL will use it when required. Should this not be desired, this hint can
- * force the use of the 40 byte header version which is supported everywhere.
- *
- * The variable can be set to the following values:
- *   "0"       - Surfaces with a colorkey or an alpha channel are saved to a
- *               32-bit BMP file with an alpha mask. SDL will use the bitmap
- *               header version 4 and set the alpha mask accordingly.
- *   "1"       - Surfaces with a colorkey or an alpha channel are saved to a
- *               32-bit BMP file without an alpha mask. The alpha channel data
- *               will be in the file, but applications are going to ignore it.
- *
- * The default value is "0".
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_BMP_SAVE_LEGACY_FORMAT "SDL_BMP_SAVE_LEGACY_FORMAT"
-
-/**
- * \brief Tell SDL not to name threads on Windows with the 0x406D1388 Exception.
- *        The 0x406D1388 Exception is a trick used to inform Visual Studio of a
- *        thread's name, but it tends to cause problems with other debuggers,
- *        and the .NET runtime. Note that SDL 2.0.6 and later will still use
- *        the (safer) SetThreadDescription API, introduced in the Windows 10
- *        Creators Update, if available.
- *
- * The variable can be set to the following values:
- *   "0"       - SDL will raise the 0x406D1388 Exception to name threads.
- *               This is the default behavior of SDL <= 2.0.4.
- *   "1"       - SDL will not raise this exception, and threads will be unnamed. (default)
- *               This is necessary with .NET languages or debuggers that aren't Visual Studio.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_DISABLE_THREAD_NAMING "SDL_WINDOWS_DISABLE_THREAD_NAMING"
-
-/**
- * \brief Tell SDL which Dispmanx layer to use on a Raspberry PI
- *
- * Also known as Z-order. The variable can take a negative or positive value.
- * The default is 10000.
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_RPI_VIDEO_LAYER           "SDL_RPI_VIDEO_LAYER"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling what driver to use for OpenGL ES contexts.
- *
- *  On some platforms, currently Windows and X11, OpenGL drivers may support
- *  creating contexts with an OpenGL ES profile. By default SDL uses these
- *  profiles, when available, otherwise it attempts to load an OpenGL ES
- *  library, e.g. that provided by the ANGLE project. This variable controls
- *  whether SDL follows this default behaviour or will always load an
- *  OpenGL ES library.
- *
- *  Circumstances where this is useful include
- *  - Testing an app with a particular OpenGL ES implementation, e.g ANGLE,
- *    or emulator, e.g. those from ARM, Imagination or Qualcomm.
- *  - Resolving OpenGL ES function addresses at link time by linking with
- *    the OpenGL ES library instead of querying them at run time with
- *    SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
- *
- *  Caution: for an application to work with the default behaviour across
- *  different OpenGL drivers it must query the OpenGL ES function
- *  addresses at run time using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
- *
- *  This variable is ignored on most platforms because OpenGL ES is native
- *  or not supported.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *    "0"       - Use ES profile of OpenGL, if available. (Default when not set.)
- *    "1"       - Load OpenGL ES library using the default library names.
- *
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_OPENGL_ES_DRIVER   "SDL_OPENGL_ES_DRIVER"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling speed/quality tradeoff of audio resampling.
- *
- *  If available, SDL can use libsamplerate ( http://www.mega-nerd.com/SRC/ )
- *  to handle audio resampling. There are different resampling modes available
- *  that produce different levels of quality, using more CPU.
- *
- *  If this hint isn't specified to a valid setting, or libsamplerate isn't
- *  available, SDL will use the default, internal resampling algorithm.
- *
- *  Note that this is currently only applicable to resampling audio that is
- *  being written to a device for playback or audio being read from a device
- *  for capture. SDL_AudioCVT always uses the default resampler (although this
- *  might change for SDL 2.1).
- *
- *  This hint is currently only checked at audio subsystem initialization.
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *
- *    "0" or "default" - Use SDL's internal resampling (Default when not set - low quality, fast)
- *    "1" or "fast"    - Use fast, slightly higher quality resampling, if available
- *    "2" or "medium"  - Use medium quality resampling, if available
- *    "3" or "best"    - Use high quality resampling, if available
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_RESAMPLING_MODE   "SDL_AUDIO_RESAMPLING_MODE"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  A variable controlling the audio category on iOS and Mac OS X
- *
- *  This variable can be set to the following values:
- *
- *    "ambient"     - Use the AVAudioSessionCategoryAmbient audio category, will be muted by the phone mute switch (default)
- *    "playback"    - Use the AVAudioSessionCategoryPlayback category
- *
- *  For more information, see Apple's documentation:
- *  https://developer.apple.com/library/content/documentation/Audio/Conceptual/AudioSessionProgrammingGuide/AudioSessionCategoriesandModes/AudioSessionCategoriesandModes.html
- */
-#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_CATEGORY   "SDL_AUDIO_CATEGORY"
-
-/**
- *  \brief  An enumeration of hint priorities
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_HINT_DEFAULT,
-    SDL_HINT_NORMAL,
-    SDL_HINT_OVERRIDE
-} SDL_HintPriority;
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set a hint with a specific priority
- *
- *  The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already
- *  has a value.  Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and
- *  lower.  Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHintWithPriority(const char *name,
-                                                         const char *value,
-                                                         SDL_HintPriority priority);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set a hint with normal priority
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHint(const char *name,
-                                             const char *value);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a hint
- *
- *  \return The string value of a hint variable.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetHint(const char *name);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a hint
- *
- *  \return The boolean value of a hint variable.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetHintBoolean(const char *name, SDL_bool default_value);
-
-/**
- * \brief type definition of the hint callback function.
- */
-typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_HintCallback)(void *userdata, const char *name, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Add a function to watch a particular hint
- *
- *  \param name The hint to watch
- *  \param callback The function to call when the hint value changes
- *  \param userdata A pointer to pass to the callback function
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddHintCallback(const char *name,
-                                                 SDL_HintCallback callback,
-                                                 void *userdata);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Remove a function watching a particular hint
- *
- *  \param name The hint being watched
- *  \param callback The function being called when the hint value changes
- *  \param userdata A pointer being passed to the callback function
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelHintCallback(const char *name,
-                                                 SDL_HintCallback callback,
-                                                 void *userdata);
-
-/**
- *  \brief  Clear all hints
- *
- *  This function is called during SDL_Quit() to free stored hints.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearHints(void);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_hints_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_joystick.h

@@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_joystick.h
- *
- *  Include file for SDL joystick event handling
- *
- * The term "device_index" identifies currently plugged in joystick devices between 0 and SDL_NumJoysticks(), with the exact joystick
- *   behind a device_index changing as joysticks are plugged and unplugged.
- *
- * The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
- *   then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
- *
- * The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
- *   the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_joystick_h_
-#define SDL_joystick_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_joystick.h
- *
- *  In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
- *  with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
- *  for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
- *
- *  If you would like to receive joystick updates while the application
- *  is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
- *  SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
- */
-
-/**
- * The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick
- */
-struct _SDL_Joystick;
-typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
-
-/* A structure that encodes the stable unique id for a joystick device */
-typedef struct {
-    Uint8 data[16];
-} SDL_JoystickGUID;
-
-/**
- * This is a unique ID for a joystick for the time it is connected to the system,
- * and is never reused for the lifetime of the application. If the joystick is
- * disconnected and reconnected, it will get a new ID.
- *
- * The ID value starts at 0 and increments from there. The value -1 is an invalid ID.
- */
-typedef Sint32 SDL_JoystickID;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_GAMECONTROLLER,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_WHEEL,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_ARCADE_STICK,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_FLIGHT_STICK,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_DANCE_PAD,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_GUITAR,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_DRUM_KIT,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_ARCADE_PAD,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_THROTTLE
-} SDL_JoystickType;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_UNKNOWN = -1,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_EMPTY,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_LOW,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MEDIUM,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_FULL,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_WIRED,
-    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MAX
-} SDL_JoystickPowerLevel;
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- * Locking for multi-threaded access to the joystick API
- *
- * If you are using the joystick API or handling events from multiple threads
- * you should use these locking functions to protect access to the joysticks.
- *
- * In particular, you are guaranteed that the joystick list won't change, so
- * the API functions that take a joystick index will be valid, and joystick
- * and game controller events will not be delivered.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockJoysticks(void);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockJoysticks(void);
-
-/**
- *  Count the number of joysticks attached to the system right now
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
-
-/**
- *  Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Return the GUID for the joystick at this index
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get the USB vendor ID of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceVendor(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get the USB product ID of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProduct(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get the product version of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProductVersion(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get the type of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceType(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Get the instance ID of a joystick.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the index is out of range, this function will return -1.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
-
-/**
- *  Open a joystick for use.
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th joystick on the system.
- *  This index is not the value which will identify this joystick in future
- *  joystick events.  The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be used
- *  there instead.
- *
- *  \return A joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
-
-/**
- * Return the SDL_Joystick associated with an instance id.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
-
-/**
- *  Return the name for this currently opened joystick.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Return the GUID for this opened joystick
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the USB vendor ID of an opened joystick, if available.
- *  If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetVendor(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the USB product ID of an opened joystick, if available.
- *  If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProduct(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the product version of an opened joystick, if available.
- *  If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProductVersion(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the type of an opened joystick.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetType(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Return a string representation for this guid. pszGUID must point to at least 33 bytes
- *  (32 for the string plus a NULL terminator).
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
-
-/**
- *  Convert a string into a joystick guid
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
-
-/**
- *  Returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened and currently connected, or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the instance ID of an opened joystick or -1 if the joystick is invalid.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
- *
- *  Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
- *  with them and their state cannot be polled.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Update the current state of the open joysticks.
- *
- *  This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
- *  events are enabled.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
-
-/**
- *  Enable/disable joystick event polling.
- *
- *  If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
- *  yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
- *  information.
- *
- *  The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
-
-#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX   32767
-#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN   -32768
-/**
- *  Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
- *
- *  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
- *
- *  The axis indices start at index 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
-                                                   int axis);
-
-/**
- *  Get the initial state of an axis control on a joystick.
- *
- *  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
- *
- *  The axis indices start at index 0.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if this axis has any initial value, or SDL_FALSE if not.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxisInitialState(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
-                                                   int axis, Sint16 *state);
-
-/**
- *  \name Hat positions
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED    0x00
-#define SDL_HAT_UP          0x01
-#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT       0x02
-#define SDL_HAT_DOWN        0x04
-#define SDL_HAT_LEFT        0x08
-#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP     (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
-#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN   (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
-#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP      (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
-#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN    (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
-/* @} */
-
-/**
- *  Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
- *
- *  The hat indices start at index 0.
- *
- *  \return The return value is one of the following positions:
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_UP
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_DOWN
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_LEFT
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
-                                                 int hat);
-
-/**
- *  Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
- *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
- *
- *  The ball indices start at index 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
-                                                int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
-
-/**
- *  Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
- *
- *  The button indices start at index 0.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
-                                                    int button);
-
-/**
- *  Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/**
- *  Return the battery level of this joystick
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickPowerLevel SDLCALL SDL_JoystickCurrentPowerLevel(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_joystick_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_keyboard.h

@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_keyboard.h
- *
- *  Include file for SDL keyboard event handling
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_keyboard_h_
-#define SDL_keyboard_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_keycode.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief The SDL keysym structure, used in key events.
- *
- *  \note  If you are looking for translated character input, see the ::SDL_TEXTINPUT event.
- */
-typedef struct SDL_Keysym
-{
-    SDL_Scancode scancode;      /**< SDL physical key code - see ::SDL_Scancode for details */
-    SDL_Keycode sym;            /**< SDL virtual key code - see ::SDL_Keycode for details */
-    Uint16 mod;                 /**< current key modifiers */
-    Uint32 unused;
-} SDL_Keysym;
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the window which currently has keyboard focus.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
- *
- *  \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array.
- *
- *  \return An array of key states. Indexes into this array are obtained by using ::SDL_Scancode values.
- *
- *  \b Example:
- *  \code
- *  const Uint8 *state = SDL_GetKeyboardState(NULL);
- *  if ( state[SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN] )   {
- *      printf("<RETURN> is pressed.\n");
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const Uint8 *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardState(int *numkeys);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keymod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
- *
- *  \note This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDL_Keymod modstate);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode according
- *         to the current keyboard layout.
- *
- *  See ::SDL_Keycode for details.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetKeyName()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromScancode(SDL_Scancode scancode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code according to the
- *         current keyboard layout.
- *
- *  See ::SDL_Scancode for details.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetScancodeName()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromKey(SDL_Keycode key);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
- *
- *  \return A pointer to the name for the scancode.
- *          If the scancode doesn't have a name, this function returns
- *          an empty string ("").
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Scancode
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeName(SDL_Scancode scancode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a scancode from a human-readable name
- *
- *  \return scancode, or SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Scancode
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromName(const char *name);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a human-readable name for a key.
- *
- *  \return A pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the next
- *          call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you must
- *          copy it.  If the key doesn't have a name, this function returns an
- *          empty string ("").
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Keycode
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDL_Keycode key);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a key code from a human-readable name
- *
- *  \return key code, or SDLK_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Keycode
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromName(const char *name);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Start accepting Unicode text input events.
- *         This function will show the on-screen keyboard if supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
- *  \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect()
- *  \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StartTextInput(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Return whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
- *  \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTextInputActive(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Stop receiving any text input events.
- *         This function will hide the on-screen keyboard if supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
- *  \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StopTextInput(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
- *         This is used as a hint for IME and on-screen keyboard placement.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetTextInputRect(SDL_Rect *rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns whether the platform has some screen keyboard support.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if some keyboard support is available else SDL_FALSE.
- *
- *  \note Not all screen keyboard functions are supported on all platforms.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
- *
- *  \param window The window for which screen keyboard should be queried.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown else SDL_FALSE.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown(SDL_Window *window);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_keyboard_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_log.h

@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_log.h
- *
- *  Simple log messages with categories and priorities.
- *
- *  By default logs are quiet, but if you're debugging SDL you might want:
- *
- *      SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN);
- *
- *  Here's where the messages go on different platforms:
- *      Windows: debug output stream
- *      Android: log output
- *      Others: standard error output (stderr)
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_log_h_
-#define SDL_log_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief The maximum size of a log message
- *
- *  Messages longer than the maximum size will be truncated
- */
-#define SDL_MAX_LOG_MESSAGE 4096
-
-/**
- *  \brief The predefined log categories
- *
- *  By default the application category is enabled at the INFO level,
- *  the assert category is enabled at the WARN level, test is enabled
- *  at the VERBOSE level and all other categories are enabled at the
- *  CRITICAL level.
- */
-enum
-{
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ERROR,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ASSERT,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_SYSTEM,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_AUDIO,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_VIDEO,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RENDER,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_INPUT,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_TEST,
-
-    /* Reserved for future SDL library use */
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED1,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED2,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED3,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED4,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED5,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED6,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED7,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED8,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED9,
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED10,
-
-    /* Beyond this point is reserved for application use, e.g.
-       enum {
-           MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME1 = SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM,
-           MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME2,
-           MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME3,
-           ...
-       };
-     */
-    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM
-};
-
-/**
- *  \brief The predefined log priorities
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE = 1,
-    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG,
-    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO,
-    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN,
-    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR,
-    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL,
-    SDL_NUM_LOG_PRIORITIES
-} SDL_LogPriority;
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the priority of all log categories
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LogPriority priority);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the priority of a particular log category
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetPriority(int category,
-                                                SDL_LogPriority priority);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the priority of a particular log category
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_LogPriority SDLCALL SDL_LogGetPriority(int category);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Reset all priorities to default.
- *
- *  \note This is called in SDL_Quit().
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogResetPriorities(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Log(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogVerbose(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogDebug(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogInfo(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogWarn(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogError(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogCritical(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessage(int category,
-                                            SDL_LogPriority priority,
-                                            SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(3);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessageV(int category,
-                                             SDL_LogPriority priority,
-                                             const char *fmt, va_list ap);
-
-/**
- *  \brief The prototype for the log output function
- */
-typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_LogOutputFunction)(void *userdata, int category, SDL_LogPriority priority, const char *message);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the current log output function.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogGetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction *callback, void **userdata);
-
-/**
- *  \brief This function allows you to replace the default log output
- *         function with one of your own.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction callback, void *userdata);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_log_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_main.h

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SDL_main_h_
-#define SDL_main_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_main.h
- *
- *  Redefine main() on some platforms so that it is called by SDL.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-/* On Windows SDL provides WinMain(), which parses the command line and passes
-   the arguments to your main function.
-
-   If you provide your own WinMain(), you may define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
- */
-#define SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE
-
-#elif defined(__WINRT__)
-/* On WinRT, SDL provides a main function that initializes CoreApplication,
-   creating an instance of IFrameworkView in the process.
-
-   Please note that #include'ing SDL_main.h is not enough to get a main()
-   function working.  In non-XAML apps, the file,
-   src/main/winrt/SDL_WinRT_main_NonXAML.cpp, or a copy of it, must be compiled
-   into the app itself.  In XAML apps, the function, SDL_WinRTRunApp must be
-   called, with a pointer to the Direct3D-hosted XAML control passed in.
-*/
-#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
-
-#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
-/* On iOS SDL provides a main function that creates an application delegate
-   and starts the iOS application run loop.
-
-   See src/video/uikit/SDL_uikitappdelegate.m for more details.
- */
-#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
-
-#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
-/* On Android SDL provides a Java class in SDLActivity.java that is the
-   main activity entry point.
-
-   See README-android.md for more details on extending that class.
- */
-#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
-
-#elif defined(__NACL__)
-/* On NACL we use ppapi_simple to set up the application helper code,
-   then wait for the first PSE_INSTANCE_DIDCHANGEVIEW event before
-   starting the user main function.
-   All user code is run in a separate thread by ppapi_simple, thus
-   allowing for blocking io to take place via nacl_io
-*/
-#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
-
-#endif
-#endif /* SDL_MAIN_HANDLED */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define C_LINKAGE   "C"
-#else
-#define C_LINKAGE
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_main.h
- *
- *  The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
- *  and should be declared like this:
- *  \code
- *  #ifdef __cplusplus
- *  extern "C"
- *  #endif
- *  int main(int argc, char *argv[])
- *  {
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- */
-
-#if defined(SDL_MAIN_NEEDED) || defined(SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE)
-#define main    SDL_main
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  The prototype for the application's main() function
- */
-extern C_LINKAGE DECLSPEC int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
-
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  This is called by the real SDL main function to let the rest of the
- *  library know that initialization was done properly.
- *
- *  Calling this yourself without knowing what you're doing can cause
- *  crashes and hard to diagnose problems with your application.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetMainReady(void);
-
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-
-/**
- *  This can be called to set the application class at startup
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style,
-                                            void *hInst);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
-
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
-
-
-#ifdef __WINRT__
-
-/**
- *  \brief Initializes and launches an SDL/WinRT application.
- *
- *  \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main().
- *  \param reserved Reserved for future use; should be NULL
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on failure.  On failure, use SDL_GetError to retrieve more
- *      information on the failure.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WinRTRunApp(int (*mainFunction)(int, char **), void * reserved);
-
-#endif /* __WINRT__ */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_main_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_messagebox.h

@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SDL_messagebox_h_
-#define SDL_messagebox_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"      /* For SDL_Window */
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * \brief SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR        = 0x00000010,   /**< error dialog */
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING      = 0x00000020,   /**< warning dialog */
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION  = 0x00000040    /**< informational dialog */
-} SDL_MessageBoxFlags;
-
-/**
- * \brief Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_RETURNKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000001,  /**< Marks the default button when return is hit */
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_ESCAPEKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000002   /**< Marks the default button when escape is hit */
-} SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Individual button data.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
-    Uint32 flags;       /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags */
-    int buttonid;       /**< User defined button id (value returned via SDL_ShowMessageBox) */
-    const char * text;  /**< The UTF-8 button text */
-} SDL_MessageBoxButtonData;
-
-/**
- * \brief RGB value used in a message box color scheme
- */
-typedef struct
-{
-    Uint8 r, g, b;
-} SDL_MessageBoxColor;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BACKGROUND,
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_TEXT,
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BORDER,
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BACKGROUND,
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_SELECTED,
-    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX
-} SDL_MessageBoxColorType;
-
-/**
- * \brief A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
- */
-typedef struct
-{
-    SDL_MessageBoxColor colors[SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX];
-} SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme;
-
-/**
- *  \brief MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
-    Uint32 flags;                       /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags */
-    SDL_Window *window;                 /**< Parent window, can be NULL */
-    const char *title;                  /**< UTF-8 title */
-    const char *message;                /**< UTF-8 message text */
-
-    int numbuttons;
-    const SDL_MessageBoxButtonData *buttons;
-
-    const SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme *colorScheme;   /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme, can be NULL to use system settings */
-} SDL_MessageBoxData;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a modal message box.
- *
- *  \param messageboxdata The SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text, etc.
- *  \param buttonid The pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied.
- *
- *  \return -1 on error, otherwise 0 and buttonid contains user id of button
- *          hit or -1 if dialog was closed.
- *
- *  \note This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
- *        window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent.  It will
- *        block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or
- *        closes the messagebox.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowMessageBox(const SDL_MessageBoxData *messageboxdata, int *buttonid);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a simple modal message box
- *
- *  \param flags    ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags
- *  \param title    UTF-8 title text
- *  \param message  UTF-8 message text
- *  \param window   The parent window, or NULL for no parent
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error
- *
- *  \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(Uint32 flags, const char *title, const char *message, SDL_Window *window);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_messagebox_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_mouse.h

@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_mouse.h
- *
- *  Include file for SDL mouse event handling.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_mouse_h_
-#define SDL_mouse_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef struct SDL_Cursor SDL_Cursor;   /**< Implementation dependent */
-
-/**
- * \brief Cursor types for SDL_CreateSystemCursor().
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW,     /**< Arrow */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM,     /**< I-beam */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT,      /**< Wait */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR, /**< Crosshair */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAITARROW, /**< Small wait cursor (or Wait if not available) */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE,  /**< Double arrow pointing northwest and southeast */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW,  /**< Double arrow pointing northeast and southwest */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE,    /**< Double arrow pointing west and east */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS,    /**< Double arrow pointing north and south */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL,   /**< Four pointed arrow pointing north, south, east, and west */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO,        /**< Slashed circle or crossbones */
-    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND,      /**< Hand */
-    SDL_NUM_SYSTEM_CURSORS
-} SDL_SystemCursor;
-
-/**
- * \brief Scroll direction types for the Scroll event
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_NORMAL,    /**< The scroll direction is normal */
-    SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_FLIPPED    /**< The scroll direction is flipped / natural */
-} SDL_MouseWheelDirection;
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseFocus(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
- *
- *  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- *  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- *  mouse cursor position relative to the focus window for the currently
- *  selected mouse.  You can pass NULL for either x or y.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the current state of the mouse, in relation to the desktop
- *
- *  This works just like SDL_GetMouseState(), but the coordinates will be
- *  reported relative to the top-left of the desktop. This can be useful if
- *  you need to track the mouse outside of a specific window and
- *  SDL_CaptureMouse() doesn't fit your needs. For example, it could be
- *  useful if you need to track the mouse while dragging a window, where
- *  coordinates relative to a window might not be in sync at all times.
- *
- *  \note SDL_GetMouseState() returns the mouse position as SDL understands
- *        it from the last pump of the event queue. This function, however,
- *        queries the OS for the current mouse position, and as such, might
- *        be a slightly less efficient function. Unless you know what you're
- *        doing and have a good reason to use this function, you probably want
- *        SDL_GetMouseState() instead.
- *
- *  \param x Returns the current X coord, relative to the desktop. Can be NULL.
- *  \param y Returns the current Y coord, relative to the desktop. Can be NULL.
- *  \return The current button state as a bitmask, which can be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetMouseState
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(int *x, int *y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
- *
- *  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- *  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- *  mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Moves the mouse to the given position within the window.
- *
- *  \param window The window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current mouse focus
- *  \param x The x coordinate within the window
- *  \param y The y coordinate within the window
- *
- *  \note This function generates a mouse motion event
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                   int x, int y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Moves the mouse to the given position in global screen space.
- *
- *  \param x The x coordinate
- *  \param y The y coordinate
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error (usually: unsupported by a platform).
- *
- *  \note This function generates a mouse motion event
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseGlobal(int x, int y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set relative mouse mode.
- *
- *  \param enabled Whether or not to enable relative mode
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if relative mode is not supported.
- *
- *  While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the
- *  driver will try to report continuous motion in the current window.
- *  Only relative motion events will be delivered, the mouse position
- *  will not change.
- *
- *  \note This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_bool enabled);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Capture the mouse, to track input outside an SDL window.
- *
- *  \param enabled Whether or not to enable capturing
- *
- *  Capturing enables your app to obtain mouse events globally, instead of
- *  just within your window. Not all video targets support this function.
- *  When capturing is enabled, the current window will get all mouse events,
- *  but unlike relative mode, no change is made to the cursor and it is
- *  not restrained to your window.
- *
- *  This function may also deny mouse input to other windows--both those in
- *  your application and others on the system--so you should use this
- *  function sparingly, and in small bursts. For example, you might want to
- *  track the mouse while the user is dragging something, until the user
- *  releases a mouse button. It is not recommended that you capture the mouse
- *  for long periods of time, such as the entire time your app is running.
- *
- *  While captured, mouse events still report coordinates relative to the
- *  current (foreground) window, but those coordinates may be outside the
- *  bounds of the window (including negative values). Capturing is only
- *  allowed for the foreground window. If the window loses focus while
- *  capturing, the capture will be disabled automatically.
- *
- *  While capturing is enabled, the current window will have the
- *  SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_CAPTURE flag set.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if not supported.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CaptureMouse(SDL_bool enabled);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a cursor, using the specified bitmap data and
- *         mask (in MSB format).
- *
- *  The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
- *
- *  The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
- *  <table>
- *  <tr><td> data </td><td> mask </td><td> resulting pixel on screen </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  0   </td><td>  1   </td><td> White </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  1   </td><td>  1   </td><td> Black </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  0   </td><td>  0   </td><td> Transparent </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  1   </td><td>  0   </td><td> Inverted color if possible, black
- *                                         if not. </td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
-                                                     const Uint8 * mask,
-                                                     int w, int h, int hot_x,
-                                                     int hot_y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a color cursor.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateColorCursor(SDL_Surface *surface,
-                                                          int hot_x,
-                                                          int hot_y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a system cursor.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SystemCursor id);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the active cursor.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Return the active cursor.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Return the default cursor.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultCursor(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor() or similar functions.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateCursor()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateColorCursor()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
- *
- *  \param toggle 1 to show the cursor, 0 to hide it, -1 to query the current
- *                state.
- *
- *  \return 1 if the cursor is shown, or 0 if the cursor is hidden.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
-
-/**
- *  Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
- *   - Button 1:  Left mouse button
- *   - Button 2:  Middle mouse button
- *   - Button 3:  Right mouse button
- */
-#define SDL_BUTTON(X)       (1 << ((X)-1))
-#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT     1
-#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE   2
-#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT    3
-#define SDL_BUTTON_X1       4
-#define SDL_BUTTON_X2       5
-#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK    SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
-#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK    SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
-#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK    SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
-#define SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK   SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X1)
-#define SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK   SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X2)
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_mouse_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_mutex.h

@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SDL_mutex_h_
-#define SDL_mutex_h_
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_mutex.h
- *
- *  Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives.
- */
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
- *  if they time out.
- */
-#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT  1
-
-/**
- *  This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out.
- */
-#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT   (~(Uint32)0)
-
-
-/**
- *  \name Mutex functions
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_sysmutex.c */
-struct SDL_mutex;
-typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
-
-/**
- *  Create a mutex, initialized unlocked.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex *SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
-
-/**
- *  Lock the mutex.
- *
- *  \return 0, or -1 on error.
- */
-#define SDL_mutexP(m)   SDL_LockMutex(m)
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
-
-/**
- *  Try to lock the mutex
- *
- *  \return 0, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TryLockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
-
-/**
- *  Unlock the mutex.
- *
- *  \return 0, or -1 on error.
- *
- *  \warning It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
- *           the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
- */
-#define SDL_mutexV(m)   SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UnlockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
-
-/**
- *  Destroy a mutex.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
-
-/* @} *//* Mutex functions */
-
-
-/**
- *  \name Semaphore functions
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_syssem.c */
-struct SDL_semaphore;
-typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
-
-/**
- *  Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
-
-/**
- *  Destroy a semaphore.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem * sem);
-
-/**
- *  This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
- *  to by \c sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the
- *  semaphore count.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem * sem);
-
-/**
- *  Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait().
- *
- *  \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would
- *          block, and -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem * sem);
-
-/**
- *  Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds.
- *
- *  \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not
- *          succeed in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
- *
- *  \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
- *           delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem * sem, Uint32 ms);
-
-/**
- *  Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking).
- *
- *  \return 0, or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem * sem);
-
-/**
- *  Returns the current count of the semaphore.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem * sem);
-
-/* @} *//* Semaphore functions */
-
-
-/**
- *  \name Condition variable functions
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_syscond.c */
-struct SDL_cond;
-typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
-
-/**
- *  Create a condition variable.
- *
- *  Typical use of condition variables:
- *
- *  Thread A:
- *    SDL_LockMutex(lock);
- *    while ( ! condition ) {
- *        SDL_CondWait(cond, lock);
- *    }
- *    SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
- *
- *  Thread B:
- *    SDL_LockMutex(lock);
- *    ...
- *    condition = true;
- *    ...
- *    SDL_CondSignal(cond);
- *    SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
- *
- *  There is some discussion whether to signal the condition variable
- *  with the mutex locked or not.  There is some potential performance
- *  benefit to unlocking first on some platforms, but there are some
- *  potential race conditions depending on how your code is structured.
- *
- *  In general it's safer to signal the condition variable while the
- *  mutex is locked.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
-
-/**
- *  Destroy a condition variable.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond * cond);
-
-/**
- *  Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
- *
- *  \return 0 or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond * cond);
-
-/**
- *  Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
- *
- *  \return 0 or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond * cond);
-
-/**
- *  Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
- *
- *  \warning The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
- *
- *  The mutex is re-locked once the condition variable is signaled.
- *
- *  \return 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond * cond, SDL_mutex * mutex);
-
-/**
- *  Waits for at most \c ms milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
- *  variable is signaled, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
- *  signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
- *
- *  \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
- *           delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond * cond,
-                                                SDL_mutex * mutex, Uint32 ms);
-
-/* @} *//* Condition variable functions */
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_mutex_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_rect.h

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_rect.h
- *
- *  Header file for SDL_rect definition and management functions.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_rect_h_
-#define SDL_rect_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_pixels.h"
-#include "SDL_rwops.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief  The structure that defines a point
- *
- *  \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
- *  \sa SDL_PointInRect
- */
-typedef struct SDL_Point
-{
-    int x;
-    int y;
-} SDL_Point;
-
-/**
- *  \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RectEmpty
- *  \sa SDL_RectEquals
- *  \sa SDL_HasIntersection
- *  \sa SDL_IntersectRect
- *  \sa SDL_UnionRect
- *  \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
- */
-typedef struct SDL_Rect
-{
-    int x, y;
-    int w, h;
-} SDL_Rect;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns true if point resides inside a rectangle.
- */
-SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_PointInRect(const SDL_Point *p, const SDL_Rect *r)
-{
-    return ( (p->x >= r->x) && (p->x < (r->x + r->w)) &&
-             (p->y >= r->y) && (p->y < (r->y + r->h)) ) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
- */
-SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
-{
-    return ((!r) || (r->w <= 0) || (r->h <= 0)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
- */
-SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
-{
-    return (a && b && (a->x == b->x) && (a->y == b->y) &&
-            (a->w == b->w) && (a->h == b->h)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- *  \brief Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasIntersection(const SDL_Rect * A,
-                                                     const SDL_Rect * B);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
-                                                   const SDL_Rect * B,
-                                                   SDL_Rect * result);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Calculate the union of two rectangles.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnionRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
-                                           const SDL_Rect * B,
-                                           SDL_Rect * result);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if any points were within the clipping rect
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
-                                                   int count,
-                                                   const SDL_Rect * clip,
-                                                   SDL_Rect * result);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRectAndLine(const SDL_Rect *
-                                                          rect, int *X1,
-                                                          int *Y1, int *X2,
-                                                          int *Y2);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_rect_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_render.h

@@ -1,910 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_render.h
- *
- *  Header file for SDL 2D rendering functions.
- *
- *  This API supports the following features:
- *      * single pixel points
- *      * single pixel lines
- *      * filled rectangles
- *      * texture images
- *
- *  The primitives may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
- *
- *  The texture images may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
- *  They can have an additional color tint or alpha modulation applied to
- *  them, and may also be stretched with linear interpolation.
- *
- *  This API is designed to accelerate simple 2D operations. You may
- *  want more functionality such as polygons and particle effects and
- *  in that case you should use SDL's OpenGL/Direct3D support or one
- *  of the many good 3D engines.
- *
- *  These functions must be called from the main thread.
- *  See this bug for details: http://bugzilla.libsdl.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_render_h_
-#define SDL_render_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_rect.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief Flags used when creating a rendering context
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_RENDERER_SOFTWARE = 0x00000001,         /**< The renderer is a software fallback */
-    SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED = 0x00000002,      /**< The renderer uses hardware
-                                                     acceleration */
-    SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC = 0x00000004,     /**< Present is synchronized
-                                                     with the refresh rate */
-    SDL_RENDERER_TARGETTEXTURE = 0x00000008     /**< The renderer supports
-                                                     rendering to texture */
-} SDL_RendererFlags;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Information on the capabilities of a render driver or context.
- */
-typedef struct SDL_RendererInfo
-{
-    const char *name;           /**< The name of the renderer */
-    Uint32 flags;               /**< Supported ::SDL_RendererFlags */
-    Uint32 num_texture_formats; /**< The number of available texture formats */
-    Uint32 texture_formats[16]; /**< The available texture formats */
-    int max_texture_width;      /**< The maximum texture width */
-    int max_texture_height;     /**< The maximum texture height */
-} SDL_RendererInfo;
-
-/**
- *  \brief The access pattern allowed for a texture.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC,    /**< Changes rarely, not lockable */
-    SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING, /**< Changes frequently, lockable */
-    SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET     /**< Texture can be used as a render target */
-} SDL_TextureAccess;
-
-/**
- *  \brief The texture channel modulation used in SDL_RenderCopy().
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_NONE = 0x00000000,     /**< No modulation */
-    SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_COLOR = 0x00000001,    /**< srcC = srcC * color */
-    SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_ALPHA = 0x00000002     /**< srcA = srcA * alpha */
-} SDL_TextureModulate;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Flip constants for SDL_RenderCopyEx
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_FLIP_NONE = 0x00000000,     /**< Do not flip */
-    SDL_FLIP_HORIZONTAL = 0x00000001,    /**< flip horizontally */
-    SDL_FLIP_VERTICAL = 0x00000002     /**< flip vertically */
-} SDL_RendererFlip;
-
-/**
- *  \brief A structure representing rendering state
- */
-struct SDL_Renderer;
-typedef struct SDL_Renderer SDL_Renderer;
-
-/**
- *  \brief An efficient driver-specific representation of pixel data
- */
-struct SDL_Texture;
-typedef struct SDL_Texture SDL_Texture;
-
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the number of 2D rendering drivers available for the current
- *         display.
- *
- *  A render driver is a set of code that handles rendering and texture
- *  management on a particular display.  Normally there is only one, but
- *  some drivers may have several available with different capabilities.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumRenderDrivers(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get information about a specific 2D rendering driver for the current
- *         display.
- *
- *  \param index The index of the driver to query information about.
- *  \param info  A pointer to an SDL_RendererInfo struct to be filled with
- *               information on the rendering driver.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 if the index was out of range.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo(int index,
-                                                    SDL_RendererInfo * info);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a window and default renderer
- *
- *  \param width    The width of the window
- *  \param height   The height of the window
- *  \param window_flags The flags used to create the window
- *  \param window   A pointer filled with the window, or NULL on error
- *  \param renderer A pointer filled with the renderer, or NULL on error
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowAndRenderer(
-                                int width, int height, Uint32 window_flags,
-                                SDL_Window **window, SDL_Renderer **renderer);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a 2D rendering context for a window.
- *
- *  \param window The window where rendering is displayed.
- *  \param index    The index of the rendering driver to initialize, or -1 to
- *                  initialize the first one supporting the requested flags.
- *  \param flags    ::SDL_RendererFlags.
- *
- *  \return A valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer()
- *  \sa SDL_GetRendererInfo()
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRenderer(SDL_Window * window,
-                                               int index, Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a 2D software rendering context for a surface.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface where rendering is done.
- *
- *  \return A valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer(SDL_Surface * surface);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the renderer associated with a window.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderer(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get information about a rendering context.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererInfo(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                SDL_RendererInfo * info);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the output size in pixels of a rendering context.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                      int *w, int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a texture for a rendering context.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer.
- *  \param format The format of the texture.
- *  \param access One of the enumerated values in ::SDL_TextureAccess.
- *  \param w      The width of the texture in pixels.
- *  \param h      The height of the texture in pixels.
- *
- *  \return The created texture is returned, or NULL if no rendering context was
- *          active,  the format was unsupported, or the width or height were out
- *          of range.
- *
- *  \note The contents of the texture are not defined at creation.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_QueryTexture()
- *  \sa SDL_UpdateTexture()
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyTexture()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTexture(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                        Uint32 format,
-                                                        int access, int w,
-                                                        int h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a texture from an existing surface.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer.
- *  \param surface The surface containing pixel data used to fill the texture.
- *
- *  \return The created texture is returned, or NULL on error.
- *
- *  \note The surface is not modified or freed by this function.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_QueryTexture()
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyTexture()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface(SDL_Renderer * renderer, SDL_Surface * surface);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Query the attributes of a texture
- *
- *  \param texture A texture to be queried.
- *  \param format  A pointer filled in with the raw format of the texture.  The
- *                 actual format may differ, but pixel transfers will use this
- *                 format.
- *  \param access  A pointer filled in with the actual access to the texture.
- *  \param w       A pointer filled in with the width of the texture in pixels.
- *  \param h       A pointer filled in with the height of the texture in pixels.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueryTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                             Uint32 * format, int *access,
-                                             int *w, int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set an additional color value used in render copy operations.
- *
- *  \param texture The texture to update.
- *  \param r       The red color value multiplied into copy operations.
- *  \param g       The green color value multiplied into copy operations.
- *  \param b       The blue color value multiplied into copy operations.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or color modulation
- *          is not supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetTextureColorMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                   Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the additional color value used in render copy operations.
- *
- *  \param texture The texture to query.
- *  \param r         A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
- *  \param g         A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
- *  \param b         A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                   Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
-                                                   Uint8 * b);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set an additional alpha value used in render copy operations.
- *
- *  \param texture The texture to update.
- *  \param alpha     The alpha value multiplied into copy operations.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or alpha modulation
- *          is not supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                   Uint8 alpha);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the additional alpha value used in render copy operations.
- *
- *  \param texture The texture to query.
- *  \param alpha     A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                   Uint8 * alpha);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
- *
- *  \param texture The texture to update.
- *  \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for texture blending.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or the blend mode is
- *          not supported.
- *
- *  \note If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is
- *        chosen.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetTextureBlendMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                    SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
- *
- *  \param texture   The texture to query.
- *  \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                    SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Update the given texture rectangle with new pixel data.
- *
- *  \param texture   The texture to update
- *  \param rect      A pointer to the rectangle of pixels to update, or NULL to
- *                   update the entire texture.
- *  \param pixels    The raw pixel data in the format of the texture.
- *  \param pitch     The number of bytes in a row of pixel data, including padding between lines.
- *
- *  The pixel data must be in the format of the texture. The pixel format can be
- *  queried with SDL_QueryTexture.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
- *
- *  \note This is a fairly slow function.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                              const SDL_Rect * rect,
-                                              const void *pixels, int pitch);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Update a rectangle within a planar YV12 or IYUV texture with new pixel data.
- *
- *  \param texture   The texture to update
- *  \param rect      A pointer to the rectangle of pixels to update, or NULL to
- *                   update the entire texture.
- *  \param Yplane    The raw pixel data for the Y plane.
- *  \param Ypitch    The number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the Y plane.
- *  \param Uplane    The raw pixel data for the U plane.
- *  \param Upitch    The number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the U plane.
- *  \param Vplane    The raw pixel data for the V plane.
- *  \param Vpitch    The number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the V plane.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
- *
- *  \note You can use SDL_UpdateTexture() as long as your pixel data is
- *        a contiguous block of Y and U/V planes in the proper order, but
- *        this function is available if your pixel data is not contiguous.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateYUVTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                                 const SDL_Rect * rect,
-                                                 const Uint8 *Yplane, int Ypitch,
-                                                 const Uint8 *Uplane, int Upitch,
-                                                 const Uint8 *Vplane, int Vpitch);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Lock a portion of the texture for write-only pixel access.
- *
- *  \param texture   The texture to lock for access, which was created with
- *                   ::SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING.
- *  \param rect      A pointer to the rectangle to lock for access. If the rect
- *                   is NULL, the entire texture will be locked.
- *  \param pixels    This is filled in with a pointer to the locked pixels,
- *                   appropriately offset by the locked area.
- *  \param pitch     This is filled in with the pitch of the locked pixels.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or was not created with ::SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_UnlockTexture()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                            const SDL_Rect * rect,
-                                            void **pixels, int *pitch);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Unlock a texture, uploading the changes to video memory, if needed.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_LockTexture()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
-
-/**
- * \brief Determines whether a window supports the use of render targets
- *
- * \param renderer The renderer that will be checked
- *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if supported, SDL_FALSE if not.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderTargetSupported(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
-
-/**
- * \brief Set a texture as the current rendering target.
- *
- * \param renderer The renderer.
- * \param texture The targeted texture, which must be created with the SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET flag, or NULL for the default render target
- *
- * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRenderTarget()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer,
-                                                SDL_Texture *texture);
-
-/**
- * \brief Get the current render target or NULL for the default render target.
- *
- * \return The current render target
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetRenderTarget()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set device independent resolution for rendering
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which resolution should be set.
- *  \param w      The width of the logical resolution
- *  \param h      The height of the logical resolution
- *
- *  This function uses the viewport and scaling functionality to allow a fixed logical
- *  resolution for rendering, regardless of the actual output resolution.  If the actual
- *  output resolution doesn't have the same aspect ratio the output rendering will be
- *  centered within the output display.
- *
- *  If the output display is a window, mouse events in the window will be filtered
- *  and scaled so they seem to arrive within the logical resolution.
- *
- *  \note If this function results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the
- *        rendering backend, it will be handled using the appropriate
- *        quality hints.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize()
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetScale()
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int w, int h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get device independent resolution for rendering
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which resolution should be queried.
- *  \param w      A pointer filled with the width of the logical resolution
- *  \param h      A pointer filled with the height of the logical resolution
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int *w, int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set whether to force integer scales for resolution-independent rendering
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which integer scaling should be set.
- *  \param enable   Enable or disable integer scaling
- *
- *  This function restricts the logical viewport to integer values - that is, when
- *  a resolution is between two multiples of a logical size, the viewport size is
- *  rounded down to the lower multiple.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetIntegerScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                      SDL_bool enable);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get whether integer scales are forced for resolution-independent rendering
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which integer scaling should be queried.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetIntegerScale()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetIntegerScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the drawing area for rendering on the current target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which the drawing area should be set.
- *  \param rect The rectangle representing the drawing area, or NULL to set the viewport to the entire target.
- *
- *  The x,y of the viewport rect represents the origin for rendering.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- *
- *  \note If the window associated with the renderer is resized, the viewport is automatically reset.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderGetViewport()
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                  const SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the drawing area for the current target.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                   SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the clip rectangle for the current target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which clip rectangle should be set.
- *  \param rect   A pointer to the rectangle to set as the clip rectangle, or
- *                NULL to disable clipping.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderGetClipRect()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                  const SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the clip rectangle for the current target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which clip rectangle should be queried.
- *  \param rect   A pointer filled in with the current clip rectangle, or
- *                an empty rectangle if clipping is disabled.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetClipRect()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                   SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get whether clipping is enabled on the given renderer.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which clip state should be queried.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderGetClipRect()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderIsClipEnabled(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the drawing scale for rendering on the current target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which the drawing scale should be set.
- *  \param scaleX The horizontal scaling factor
- *  \param scaleY The vertical scaling factor
- *
- *  The drawing coordinates are scaled by the x/y scaling factors
- *  before they are used by the renderer.  This allows resolution
- *  independent drawing with a single coordinate system.
- *
- *  \note If this results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the
- *        rendering backend, it will be handled using the appropriate
- *        quality hints.  For best results use integer scaling factors.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderGetScale()
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                               float scaleX, float scaleY);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the drawing scale for the current target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which drawing scale should be queried.
- *  \param scaleX A pointer filled in with the horizontal scaling factor
- *  \param scaleY A pointer filled in with the vertical scaling factor
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RenderSetScale()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                               float *scaleX, float *scaleY);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which drawing color should be set.
- *  \param r The red value used to draw on the rendering target.
- *  \param g The green value used to draw on the rendering target.
- *  \param b The blue value used to draw on the rendering target.
- *  \param a The alpha value used to draw on the rendering target, usually
- *           ::SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE (255).
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                           Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
-                                           Uint8 a);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which drawing color should be queried.
- *  \param r A pointer to the red value used to draw on the rendering target.
- *  \param g A pointer to the green value used to draw on the rendering target.
- *  \param b A pointer to the blue value used to draw on the rendering target.
- *  \param a A pointer to the alpha value used to draw on the rendering target,
- *           usually ::SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE (255).
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                           Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
-                                           Uint8 * a);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the blend mode used for drawing operations (Fill and Line).
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer for which blend mode should be set.
- *  \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blending.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- *
- *  \note If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is
- *        chosen.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                       SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the blend mode used for drawing operations.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which blend mode should be queried.
- *  \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                       SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Clear the current rendering target with the drawing color
- *
- *  This function clears the entire rendering target, ignoring the viewport and
- *  the clip rectangle.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderClear(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Draw a point on the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should draw a point.
- *  \param x The x coordinate of the point.
- *  \param y The y coordinate of the point.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoint(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                int x, int y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Draw multiple points on the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple points.
- *  \param points The points to draw
- *  \param count The number of points to draw
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoints(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                 const SDL_Point * points,
-                                                 int count);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Draw a line on the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should draw a line.
- *  \param x1 The x coordinate of the start point.
- *  \param y1 The y coordinate of the start point.
- *  \param x2 The x coordinate of the end point.
- *  \param y2 The y coordinate of the end point.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLine(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                               int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Draw a series of connected lines on the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple lines.
- *  \param points The points along the lines
- *  \param count The number of points, drawing count-1 lines
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLines(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                const SDL_Point * points,
-                                                int count);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Draw a rectangle on the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should draw a rectangle.
- *  \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL to outline the entire rendering target.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                               const SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Draw some number of rectangles on the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple rectangles.
- *  \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
- *  \param count The number of rectangles.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                const SDL_Rect * rects,
-                                                int count);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Fill a rectangle on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should fill a rectangle.
- *  \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the entire
- *              rendering target.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                               const SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Fill some number of rectangles on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should fill multiple rectangles.
- *  \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
- *  \param count The number of rectangles.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                const SDL_Rect * rects,
-                                                int count);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
- *  \param texture The source texture.
- *  \param srcrect   A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
- *                   texture.
- *  \param dstrect   A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
- *                   entire rendering target.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopy(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                           SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                           const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-                                           const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Copy a portion of the source texture to the current rendering target, rotating it by angle around the given center
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
- *  \param texture The source texture.
- *  \param srcrect   A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
- *                   texture.
- *  \param dstrect   A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
- *                   entire rendering target.
- *  \param angle    An angle in degrees that indicates the rotation that will be applied to dstrect, rotating it in a clockwise direction
- *  \param center   A pointer to a point indicating the point around which dstrect will be rotated (if NULL, rotation will be done around dstrect.w/2, dstrect.h/2).
- *  \param flip     An SDL_RendererFlip value stating which flipping actions should be performed on the texture
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopyEx(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                           SDL_Texture * texture,
-                                           const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-                                           const SDL_Rect * dstrect,
-                                           const double angle,
-                                           const SDL_Point *center,
-                                           const SDL_RendererFlip flip);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Read pixels from the current rendering target.
- *
- *  \param renderer The renderer from which pixels should be read.
- *  \param rect   A pointer to the rectangle to read, or NULL for the entire
- *                render target.
- *  \param format The desired format of the pixel data, or 0 to use the format
- *                of the rendering target
- *  \param pixels A pointer to be filled in with the pixel data
- *  \param pitch  The pitch of the pixels parameter.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if pixel reading is not supported.
- *
- *  \warning This is a very slow operation, and should not be used frequently.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderReadPixels(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
-                                                 const SDL_Rect * rect,
-                                                 Uint32 format,
-                                                 void *pixels, int pitch);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Update the screen with rendering performed.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderPresent(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Destroy the specified texture.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateTexture()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Destroy the rendering context for a window and free associated
- *         textures.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyRenderer(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Bind the texture to the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context for use with
- *         OpenGL instructions.
- *
- *  \param texture  The SDL texture to bind
- *  \param texw     A pointer to a float that will be filled with the texture width
- *  \param texh     A pointer to a float that will be filled with the texture height
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_BindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture, float *texw, float *texh);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Unbind a texture from the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context.
- *
- *  \param texture  The SDL texture to unbind
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnbindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_render_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_revision.h

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-#define SDL_REVISION "hg-11645:2088cd828335"
-#define SDL_REVISION_NUMBER 11645

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_rwops.h

@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_rwops.h
- *
- *  This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
- *  data streams.  It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_rwops_h_
-#define SDL_rwops_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* RWops Types */
-#define SDL_RWOPS_UNKNOWN   0U  /**< Unknown stream type */
-#define SDL_RWOPS_WINFILE   1U  /**< Win32 file */
-#define SDL_RWOPS_STDFILE   2U  /**< Stdio file */
-#define SDL_RWOPS_JNIFILE   3U  /**< Android asset */
-#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY    4U  /**< Memory stream */
-#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY_RO 5U  /**< Read-Only memory stream */
-
-/**
- * This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic.
- */
-typedef struct SDL_RWops
-{
-    /**
-     *  Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
-     */
-    Sint64 (SDLCALL * size) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
-
-    /**
-     *  Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
-     *  RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
-     *
-     *  \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
-     */
-    Sint64 (SDLCALL * seek) (struct SDL_RWops * context, Sint64 offset,
-                             int whence);
-
-    /**
-     *  Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
-     *  stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
-     *
-     *  \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
-     */
-    size_t (SDLCALL * read) (struct SDL_RWops * context, void *ptr,
-                             size_t size, size_t maxnum);
-
-    /**
-     *  Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
-     *  pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
-     *
-     *  \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
-     */
-    size_t (SDLCALL * write) (struct SDL_RWops * context, const void *ptr,
-                              size_t size, size_t num);
-
-    /**
-     *  Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
-     *
-     *  \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
-     */
-    int (SDLCALL * close) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
-
-    Uint32 type;
-    union
-    {
-#if defined(__ANDROID__)
-        struct
-        {
-            void *fileNameRef;
-            void *inputStreamRef;
-            void *readableByteChannelRef;
-            void *readMethod;
-            void *assetFileDescriptorRef;
-            long position;
-            long size;
-            long offset;
-            int fd;
-        } androidio;
-#elif defined(__WIN32__)
-        struct
-        {
-            SDL_bool append;
-            void *h;
-            struct
-            {
-                void *data;
-                size_t size;
-                size_t left;
-            } buffer;
-        } windowsio;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
-        struct
-        {
-            SDL_bool autoclose;
-            FILE *fp;
-        } stdio;
-#endif
-        struct
-        {
-            Uint8 *base;
-            Uint8 *here;
-            Uint8 *stop;
-        } mem;
-        struct
-        {
-            void *data1;
-            void *data2;
-        } unknown;
-    } hidden;
-
-} SDL_RWops;
-
-
-/**
- *  \name RWFrom functions
- *
- *  Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data streams.
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file,
-                                                  const char *mode);
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE * fp,
-                                                SDL_bool autoclose);
-#else
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(void * fp,
-                                                SDL_bool autoclose);
-#endif
-
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem,
-                                                      int size);
-
-/* @} *//* RWFrom functions */
-
-
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops * area);
-
-#define RW_SEEK_SET 0       /**< Seek from the beginning of data */
-#define RW_SEEK_CUR 1       /**< Seek relative to current read point */
-#define RW_SEEK_END 2       /**< Seek relative to the end of data */
-
-/**
- *  \name Read/write macros
- *
- *  Macros to easily read and write from an SDL_RWops structure.
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define SDL_RWsize(ctx)         (ctx)->size(ctx)
-#define SDL_RWseek(ctx, offset, whence) (ctx)->seek(ctx, offset, whence)
-#define SDL_RWtell(ctx)         (ctx)->seek(ctx, 0, RW_SEEK_CUR)
-#define SDL_RWread(ctx, ptr, size, n)   (ctx)->read(ctx, ptr, size, n)
-#define SDL_RWwrite(ctx, ptr, size, n)  (ctx)->write(ctx, ptr, size, n)
-#define SDL_RWclose(ctx)        (ctx)->close(ctx)
-/* @} *//* Read/write macros */
-
-
-/**
- *  Load all the data from an SDL data stream.
- *
- *  The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated)
- *
- *  If \c datasize is not NULL, it is filled with the size of the data read.
- *
- *  If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
- *
- *  The data should be freed with SDL_free().
- *
- *  \return the data, or NULL if there was an error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile_RW(SDL_RWops * src, size_t *datasize,
-                                                    int freesrc);
-
-/**
- *  Load an entire file.
- *
- *  Convenience macro.
- */
-#define SDL_LoadFile(file, datasize)   SDL_LoadFile_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), datasize, 1)
-
-/**
- *  \name Read endian functions
- *
- *  Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format.
- */
-/* @{ */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_ReadU8(SDL_RWops * src);
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops * src);
-extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops * src);
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops * src);
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops * src);
-extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops * src);
-extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops * src);
-/* @} *//* Read endian functions */
-
-/**
- *  \name Write endian functions
- *
- *  Write an item of native format to the specified endianness.
- */
-/* @{ */
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteU8(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint8 value);
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
-extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
-/* @} *//* Write endian functions */
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_rwops_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_surface.h

@@ -1,521 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_surface.h
- *
- *  Header file for ::SDL_Surface definition and management functions.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_surface_h_
-#define SDL_surface_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_pixels.h"
-#include "SDL_rect.h"
-#include "SDL_blendmode.h"
-#include "SDL_rwops.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \name Surface flags
- *
- *  These are the currently supported flags for the ::SDL_Surface.
- *
- *  \internal
- *  Used internally (read-only).
- */
-/* @{ */
-#define SDL_SWSURFACE       0           /**< Just here for compatibility */
-#define SDL_PREALLOC        0x00000001  /**< Surface uses preallocated memory */
-#define SDL_RLEACCEL        0x00000002  /**< Surface is RLE encoded */
-#define SDL_DONTFREE        0x00000004  /**< Surface is referenced internally */
-/* @} *//* Surface flags */
-
-/**
- *  Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access.
- */
-#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(S) (((S)->flags & SDL_RLEACCEL) != 0)
-
-/**
- * \brief A collection of pixels used in software blitting.
- *
- * \note  This structure should be treated as read-only, except for \c pixels,
- *        which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
- */
-typedef struct SDL_Surface
-{
-    Uint32 flags;               /**< Read-only */
-    SDL_PixelFormat *format;    /**< Read-only */
-    int w, h;                   /**< Read-only */
-    int pitch;                  /**< Read-only */
-    void *pixels;               /**< Read-write */
-
-    /** Application data associated with the surface */
-    void *userdata;             /**< Read-write */
-
-    /** information needed for surfaces requiring locks */
-    int locked;                 /**< Read-only */
-    void *lock_data;            /**< Read-only */
-
-    /** clipping information */
-    SDL_Rect clip_rect;         /**< Read-only */
-
-    /** info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
-    struct SDL_BlitMap *map;    /**< Private */
-
-    /** Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
-    int refcount;               /**< Read-mostly */
-} SDL_Surface;
-
-/**
- * \brief The type of function used for surface blitting functions.
- */
-typedef int (SDLCALL *SDL_blit) (struct SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-                                 struct SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-/**
- *  Allocate and free an RGB surface.
- *
- *  If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
- *  If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
- *  flags '[RGB]mask'.
- *
- *  If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
- *
- *  \param flags The \c flags are obsolete and should be set to 0.
- *  \param width The width in pixels of the surface to create.
- *  \param height The height in pixels of the surface to create.
- *  \param depth The depth in bits of the surface to create.
- *  \param Rmask The red mask of the surface to create.
- *  \param Gmask The green mask of the surface to create.
- *  \param Bmask The blue mask of the surface to create.
- *  \param Amask The alpha mask of the surface to create.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
-    (Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
-     Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
-
-/* !!! FIXME for 2.1: why does this ask for depth? Format provides that. */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormat
-    (Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth, Uint32 format);
-
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
-                                                              int width,
-                                                              int height,
-                                                              int depth,
-                                                              int pitch,
-                                                              Uint32 Rmask,
-                                                              Uint32 Gmask,
-                                                              Uint32 Bmask,
-                                                              Uint32 Amask);
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormatFrom
-    (void *pixels, int width, int height, int depth, int pitch, Uint32 format);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the palette used by a surface.
- *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if the surface format doesn't use a palette.
- *
- *  \note A single palette can be shared with many surfaces.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfacePalette(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                  SDL_Palette * palette);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
- *
- *  Between calls to SDL_LockSurface() / SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
- *  to and read from \c surface->pixels, using the pixel format stored in
- *  \c surface->format.  Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
- *  use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
- *
- *  Not all surfaces require locking.  If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
- *  to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
- *  pixel format of the surface will not change.
- *
- *  No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
- *  pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
- *
- *  SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_UnlockSurface()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
-/** \sa SDL_LockSurface() */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
-
-/**
- *  Load a surface from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
- *
- *  If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
- *
- *  The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
- *
- *  \return the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
-                                                    int freesrc);
-
-/**
- *  Load a surface from a file.
- *
- *  Convenience macro.
- */
-#define SDL_LoadBMP(file)   SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
-
-/**
- *  Save a surface to a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
- *
- *  Surfaces with a 24-bit, 32-bit and paletted 8-bit format get saved in the
- *  BMP directly. Other RGB formats with 8-bit or higher get converted to a
- *  24-bit surface or, if they have an alpha mask or a colorkey, to a 32-bit
- *  surface before they are saved. YUV and paletted 1-bit and 4-bit formats are
- *  not supported.
- *
- *  If \c freedst is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being written.
- *
- *  \return 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
-    (SDL_Surface * surface, SDL_RWops * dst, int freedst);
-
-/**
- *  Save a surface to a file.
- *
- *  Convenience macro.
- */
-#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
-        SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
-
-/**
- *  \brief Sets the RLE acceleration hint for a surface.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
- *
- *  \note If RLE is enabled, colorkey and alpha blending blits are much faster,
- *        but the surface must be locked before directly accessing the pixels.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceRLE(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                              int flag);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to update
- *  \param flag Non-zero to enable colorkey and 0 to disable colorkey
- *  \param key The transparent pixel in the native surface format
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
- *
- *  You can pass SDL_RLEACCEL to enable RLE accelerated blits.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                            int flag, Uint32 key);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Gets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to update
- *  \param key A pointer filled in with the transparent pixel in the native
- *             surface format
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid or colorkey is not
- *          enabled.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                            Uint32 * key);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set an additional color value used in blit operations.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to update.
- *  \param r The red color value multiplied into blit operations.
- *  \param g The green color value multiplied into blit operations.
- *  \param b The blue color value multiplied into blit operations.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                   Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the additional color value used in blit operations.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to query.
- *  \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
- *  \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
- *  \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                   Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
-                                                   Uint8 * b);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set an additional alpha value used in blit operations.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to update.
- *  \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into blit operations.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                   Uint8 alpha);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the additional alpha value used in blit operations.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to query.
- *  \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                   Uint8 * alpha);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the blend mode used for blit operations.
- *
- *  \param surface The surface to update.
- *  \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blit blending.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the parameters are not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                    SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the blend mode used for blit operations.
- *
- *  \param surface   The surface to query.
- *  \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                    SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
-
-/**
- *  Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
- *
- *  If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
- *
- *  If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
- *  return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped.  Otherwise the
- *  function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
- *  the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
- *
- *  Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
- *  and destination surfaces.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                                 const SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
- *
- *  \c rect must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
- *  with the correct values.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
-                                             SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/*
- * Creates a new surface identical to the existing surface
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_DuplicateSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
-
-/**
- *  Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
- *  the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
- *  fast as possible.  If this function fails, it returns NULL.
- *
- *  The \c flags parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
- *  semantics.  You can also pass ::SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
- *  SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
- *  surface.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
-    (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_PixelFormat * fmt, Uint32 flags);
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
-    (SDL_Surface * src, Uint32 pixel_format, Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- * \brief Copy a block of pixels of one format to another format
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if there was an error
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertPixels(int width, int height,
-                                              Uint32 src_format,
-                                              const void * src, int src_pitch,
-                                              Uint32 dst_format,
-                                              void * dst, int dst_pitch);
-
-/**
- *  Performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with \c color.
- *
- *  If \c rect is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with \c color.
- *
- *  The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
- *  can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
-    (SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rect, Uint32 color);
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRects
-    (SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rects, int count, Uint32 color);
-
-/**
- *  Performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
- *
- *  This assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
- *  the same size.  If either \c srcrect or \c dstrect are NULL, the entire
- *  surface (\c src or \c dst) is copied.  The final blit rectangles are saved
- *  in \c srcrect and \c dstrect after all clipping is performed.
- *
- *  \return If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
- *
- *  The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
- *
- *  The blit semantics for surfaces with and without blending and colorkey
- *  are defined as follows:
- *  \verbatim
-    RGBA->RGB:
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
-        alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
-        SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
-        copy RGB.
-        if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
-        RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
-        comparison.
-
-    RGB->RGBA:
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
-        alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
-        copy RGB, set destination alpha to source per-surface alpha value.
-      both:
-        if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
-        source color key.
-
-    RGBA->RGBA:
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
-        alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
-        SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
-        copy all of RGBA to the destination.
-        if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
-        RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
-        comparison.
-
-    RGB->RGB:
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
-        alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
-      Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
-        copy RGB.
-      both:
-        if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
-        source color key.
-    \endverbatim
- *
- *  You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
- *  blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
- */
-#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
-
-/**
- *  This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
- *  rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
-    (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-     SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-/**
- *  This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
- *  blitting only.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
-    (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-     SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Perform a fast, low quality, stretch blit between two surfaces of the
- *         same pixel format.
- *
- *  \note This function uses a static buffer, and is not thread-safe.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface * src,
-                                            const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-                                            SDL_Surface * dst,
-                                            const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-#define SDL_BlitScaled SDL_UpperBlitScaled
-
-/**
- *  This is the public scaled blit function, SDL_BlitScaled(), and it performs
- *  rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlitScaled()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlitScaled
-    (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-    SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-/**
- *  This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
- *  scaled blitting only.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlitScaled
-    (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
-    SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_surface_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_system.h

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_system.h
- *
- *  Include file for platform specific SDL API functions
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_system_h_
-#define SDL_system_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
-#include "SDL_render.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* Platform specific functions for Windows */
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-
-/**
-   \brief Set a function that is called for every windows message, before TranslateMessage()
-*/
-typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_WindowsMessageHook)(void *userdata, void *hWnd, unsigned int message, Uint64 wParam, Sint64 lParam);
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowsMessageHook(SDL_WindowsMessageHook callback, void *userdata);
-
-/**
-   \brief Returns the D3D9 adapter index that matches the specified display index.
-
-   This adapter index can be passed to IDirect3D9::CreateDevice and controls
-   on which monitor a full screen application will appear.
-*/
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Direct3D9GetAdapterIndex( int displayIndex );
-
-typedef struct IDirect3DDevice9 IDirect3DDevice9;
-/**
-   \brief Returns the D3D device associated with a renderer, or NULL if it's not a D3D renderer.
-
-   Once you are done using the device, you should release it to avoid a resource leak.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC IDirect3DDevice9* SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetD3D9Device(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
-
-/**
-   \brief Returns the DXGI Adapter and Output indices for the specified display index.
-
-   These can be passed to EnumAdapters and EnumOutputs respectively to get the objects
-   required to create a DX10 or DX11 device and swap chain.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_DXGIGetOutputInfo( int displayIndex, int *adapterIndex, int *outputIndex );
-
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
-
-
-/* Platform specific functions for iOS */
-#if defined(__IPHONEOS__) && __IPHONEOS__
-
-#define SDL_iOSSetAnimationCallback(window, interval, callback, callbackParam) SDL_iPhoneSetAnimationCallback(window, interval, callback, callbackParam)
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetAnimationCallback(SDL_Window * window, int interval, void (*callback)(void*), void *callbackParam);
-
-#define SDL_iOSSetEventPump(enabled) SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(enabled)
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(SDL_bool enabled);
-
-#endif /* __IPHONEOS__ */
-
-
-/* Platform specific functions for Android */
-#if defined(__ANDROID__) && __ANDROID__
-
-/**
-   \brief Get the JNI environment for the current thread
-
-   This returns JNIEnv*, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv(void);
-
-/**
-   \brief Get the SDL Activity object for the application
-
-   This returns jobject, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
-   The jobject returned by SDL_AndroidGetActivity is a local reference.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to properly release it
-   (using env->Push/PopLocalFrame or manually with env->DeleteLocalRef)
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetActivity(void);
-
-/**
-   See the official Android developer guide for more information:
-   http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/data/data-storage.html
-*/
-#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ   0x01
-#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE  0x02
-
-/**
-   \brief Get the path used for internal storage for this application.
-
-   This path is unique to your application and cannot be written to
-   by other applications.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetInternalStoragePath(void);
-
-/**
-   \brief Get the current state of external storage, a bitmask of these values:
-    SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ
-    SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE
-
-   If external storage is currently unavailable, this will return 0.
-*/
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState(void);
-
-/**
-   \brief Get the path used for external storage for this application.
-
-   This path is unique to your application, but is public and can be
-   written to by other applications.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStoragePath(void);
-
-#endif /* __ANDROID__ */
-
-/* Platform specific functions for WinRT */
-#if defined(__WINRT__) && __WINRT__
-
-/**
- *  \brief WinRT / Windows Phone path types
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    /** \brief The installed app's root directory.
-        Files here are likely to be read-only. */
-    SDL_WINRT_PATH_INSTALLED_LOCATION,
-
-    /** \brief The app's local data store.  Files may be written here */
-    SDL_WINRT_PATH_LOCAL_FOLDER,
-
-    /** \brief The app's roaming data store.  Unsupported on Windows Phone.
-        Files written here may be copied to other machines via a network
-        connection.
-    */
-    SDL_WINRT_PATH_ROAMING_FOLDER,
-
-    /** \brief The app's temporary data store.  Unsupported on Windows Phone.
-        Files written here may be deleted at any time. */
-    SDL_WINRT_PATH_TEMP_FOLDER
-} SDL_WinRT_Path;
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Retrieves a WinRT defined path on the local file system
- *
- *  \note Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT
- *      can be found on MSDN, at the URL:
- *      http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
- *
- *  \param pathType The type of path to retrieve.
- *  \return A UCS-2 string (16-bit, wide-char) containing the path, or NULL
- *      if the path is not available for any reason.  Not all paths are
- *      available on all versions of Windows.  This is especially true on
- *      Windows Phone.  Check the documentation for the given
- *      SDL_WinRT_Path for more information on which path types are
- *      supported where.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const wchar_t * SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUNICODE(SDL_WinRT_Path pathType);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Retrieves a WinRT defined path on the local file system
- *
- *  \note Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT
- *      can be found on MSDN, at the URL:
- *      http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
- *
- *  \param pathType The type of path to retrieve.
- *  \return A UTF-8 string (8-bit, multi-byte) containing the path, or NULL
- *      if the path is not available for any reason.  Not all paths are
- *      available on all versions of Windows.  This is especially true on
- *      Windows Phone.  Check the documentation for the given
- *      SDL_WinRT_Path for more information on which path types are
- *      supported where.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUTF8(SDL_WinRT_Path pathType);
-
-#endif /* __WINRT__ */
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_system_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_thread.h

@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SDL_thread_h_
-#define SDL_thread_h_
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_thread.h
- *
- *  Header for the SDL thread management routines.
- */
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-
-/* Thread synchronization primitives */
-#include "SDL_atomic.h"
-#include "SDL_mutex.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
-struct SDL_Thread;
-typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
-
-/* The SDL thread ID */
-typedef unsigned long SDL_threadID;
-
-/* Thread local storage ID, 0 is the invalid ID */
-typedef unsigned int SDL_TLSID;
-
-/**
- *  The SDL thread priority.
- *
- *  \note On many systems you require special privileges to set high priority.
- */
-typedef enum {
-    SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW,
-    SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
-    SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGH
-} SDL_ThreadPriority;
-
-/**
- *  The function passed to SDL_CreateThread().
- *  It is passed a void* user context parameter and returns an int.
- */
-typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_ThreadFunction) (void *data);
-
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(HAVE_LIBC)
-/**
- *  \file SDL_thread.h
- *
- *  We compile SDL into a DLL. This means, that it's the DLL which
- *  creates a new thread for the calling process with the SDL_CreateThread()
- *  API. There is a problem with this, that only the RTL of the SDL2.DLL will
- *  be initialized for those threads, and not the RTL of the calling
- *  application!
- *
- *  To solve this, we make a little hack here.
- *
- *  We'll always use the caller's _beginthread() and _endthread() APIs to
- *  start a new thread. This way, if it's the SDL2.DLL which uses this API,
- *  then the RTL of SDL2.DLL will be used to create the new thread, and if it's
- *  the application, then the RTL of the application will be used.
- *
- *  So, in short:
- *  Always use the _beginthread() and _endthread() of the calling runtime
- *  library!
- */
-#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
-#include <process.h> /* _beginthreadex() and _endthreadex() */
-
-typedef uintptr_t(__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)
-                   (void *, unsigned, unsigned (__stdcall *func)(void *),
-                    void * /*arg*/, unsigned, unsigned * /* threadID */);
-typedef void (__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread) (unsigned code);
-
-/**
- *  Create a thread.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
-SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data,
-                 pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
-                 pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
-
-/**
- *  Create a thread.
- */
-#if defined(SDL_CreateThread) && SDL_DYNAMIC_API
-#undef SDL_CreateThread
-#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread_REAL(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
-#else
-#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
-#endif
-
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-/*
- * just like the windows case above:  We compile SDL2
- * into a dll with Watcom's runtime statically linked.
- */
-#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
-#ifndef __EMX__
-#include <process.h>
-#else
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-typedef int (*pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)(void (*func)(void *), void *, unsigned, void * /*arg*/);
-typedef void (*pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)(void);
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
-SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data,
-                 pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
-                 pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
-#if defined(SDL_CreateThread) && SDL_DYNAMIC_API
-#undef SDL_CreateThread
-#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread_REAL(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthread, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthread)
-#else
-#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthread, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthread)
-#endif
-
-#else
-
-/**
- *  Create a thread.
- *
- *   Thread naming is a little complicated: Most systems have very small
- *    limits for the string length (Haiku has 32 bytes, Linux currently has 16,
- *    Visual C++ 6.0 has nine!), and possibly other arbitrary rules. You'll
- *    have to see what happens with your system's debugger. The name should be
- *    UTF-8 (but using the naming limits of C identifiers is a better bet).
- *   There are no requirements for thread naming conventions, so long as the
- *    string is null-terminated UTF-8, but these guidelines are helpful in
- *    choosing a name:
- *
- *    http://stackoverflow.com/questions/149932/naming-conventions-for-threads
- *
- *   If a system imposes requirements, SDL will try to munge the string for
- *    it (truncate, etc), but the original string contents will be available
- *    from SDL_GetThreadName().
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
-SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data);
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Get the thread name, as it was specified in SDL_CreateThread().
- *  This function returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that names the
- *  specified thread, or NULL if it doesn't have a name. This is internal
- *  memory, not to be free()'d by the caller, and remains valid until the
- *  specified thread is cleaned up by SDL_WaitThread().
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadName(SDL_Thread *thread);
-
-/**
- *  Get the thread identifier for the current thread.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
-
-/**
- *  Get the thread identifier for the specified thread.
- *
- *  Equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread * thread);
-
-/**
- *  Set the priority for the current thread
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetThreadPriority(SDL_ThreadPriority priority);
-
-/**
- *  Wait for a thread to finish. Threads that haven't been detached will
- *  remain (as a "zombie") until this function cleans them up. Not doing so
- *  is a resource leak.
- *
- *  Once a thread has been cleaned up through this function, the SDL_Thread
- *  that references it becomes invalid and should not be referenced again.
- *  As such, only one thread may call SDL_WaitThread() on another.
- *
- *  The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
- *  pointed to by \c status, if \c status is not NULL.
- *
- *  You may not wait on a thread that has been used in a call to
- *  SDL_DetachThread(). Use either that function or this one, but not
- *  both, or behavior is undefined.
- *
- *  It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread * thread, int *status);
-
-/**
- *  A thread may be "detached" to signify that it should not remain until
- *  another thread has called SDL_WaitThread() on it. Detaching a thread
- *  is useful for long-running threads that nothing needs to synchronize
- *  with or further manage. When a detached thread is done, it simply
- *  goes away.
- *
- *  There is no way to recover the return code of a detached thread. If you
- *  need this, don't detach the thread and instead use SDL_WaitThread().
- *
- *  Once a thread is detached, you should usually assume the SDL_Thread isn't
- *  safe to reference again, as it will become invalid immediately upon
- *  the detached thread's exit, instead of remaining until someone has called
- *  SDL_WaitThread() to finally clean it up. As such, don't detach the same
- *  thread more than once.
- *
- *  If a thread has already exited when passed to SDL_DetachThread(), it will
- *  stop waiting for a call to SDL_WaitThread() and clean up immediately.
- *  It is not safe to detach a thread that might be used with SDL_WaitThread().
- *
- *  You may not call SDL_WaitThread() on a thread that has been detached.
- *  Use either that function or this one, but not both, or behavior is
- *  undefined.
- *
- *  It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DetachThread(SDL_Thread * thread);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create an identifier that is globally visible to all threads but refers to data that is thread-specific.
- *
- *  \return The newly created thread local storage identifier, or 0 on error
- *
- *  \code
- *  static SDL_SpinLock tls_lock;
- *  static SDL_TLSID thread_local_storage;
- *
- *  void SetMyThreadData(void *value)
- *  {
- *      if (!thread_local_storage) {
- *          SDL_AtomicLock(&tls_lock);
- *          if (!thread_local_storage) {
- *              thread_local_storage = SDL_TLSCreate();
- *          }
- *          SDL_AtomicUnlock(&tls_lock);
- *      }
- *      SDL_TLSSet(thread_local_storage, value, 0);
- *  }
- *
- *  void *GetMyThreadData(void)
- *  {
- *      return SDL_TLSGet(thread_local_storage);
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \sa SDL_TLSGet()
- *  \sa SDL_TLSSet()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_TLSID SDLCALL SDL_TLSCreate(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
- *
- *  \param id The thread local storage ID
- *
- *  \return The value associated with the ID for the current thread, or NULL if no value has been set.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
- *  \sa SDL_TLSSet()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_TLSGet(SDL_TLSID id);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
- *
- *  \param id The thread local storage ID
- *  \param value The value to associate with the ID for the current thread
- *  \param destructor A function called when the thread exits, to free the value.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error
- *
- *  \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
- *  \sa SDL_TLSGet()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TLSSet(SDL_TLSID id, const void *value, void (SDLCALL *destructor)(void*));
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_thread_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_timer.h

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SDL_timer_h_
-#define SDL_timer_h_
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_timer.h
- *
- *  Header for the SDL time management routines.
- */
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * \brief Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
- *
- * \note This value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
-
-/**
- * \brief Compare SDL ticks values, and return true if A has passed B
- *
- * e.g. if you want to wait 100 ms, you could do this:
- *  Uint32 timeout = SDL_GetTicks() + 100;
- *  while (!SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(), timeout)) {
- *      ... do work until timeout has elapsed
- *  }
- */
-#define SDL_TICKS_PASSED(A, B)  ((Sint32)((B) - (A)) <= 0)
-
-/**
- * \brief Get the current value of the high resolution counter
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(void);
-
-/**
- * \brief Get the count per second of the high resolution counter
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(void);
-
-/**
- * \brief Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
-
-/**
- *  Function prototype for the timer callback function.
- *
- *  The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
- *  the next timer interval.  If the returned value is the same as the one
- *  passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
- *  scheduled.  If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
- */
-typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL * SDL_TimerCallback) (Uint32 interval, void *param);
-
-/**
- * Definition of the timer ID type.
- */
-typedef int SDL_TimerID;
-
-/**
- * \brief Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
- *
- * \return A timer ID, or 0 when an error occurs.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval,
-                                                 SDL_TimerCallback callback,
-                                                 void *param);
-
-/**
- * \brief Remove a timer knowing its ID.
- *
- * \return A boolean value indicating success or failure.
- *
- * \warning It is not safe to remove a timer multiple times.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID id);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_timer_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_touch.h

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_touch.h
- *
- *  Include file for SDL touch event handling.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_touch_h_
-#define SDL_touch_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_error.h"
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef Sint64 SDL_TouchID;
-typedef Sint64 SDL_FingerID;
-
-typedef struct SDL_Finger
-{
-    SDL_FingerID id;
-    float x;
-    float y;
-    float pressure;
-} SDL_Finger;
-
-/* Used as the device ID for mouse events simulated with touch input */
-#define SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ((Uint32)-1)
-
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the number of registered touch devices.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchDevices(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the touch ID with the given index, or 0 if the index is invalid.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchID SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDevice(int index);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the number of active fingers for a given touch device.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchFingers(SDL_TouchID touchID);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the finger object of the given touch, with the given index.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Finger * SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchFinger(SDL_TouchID touchID, int index);
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_touch_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_version.h

@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_version.h
- *
- *  This header defines the current SDL version.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_version_h_
-#define SDL_version_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief Information the version of SDL in use.
- *
- *  Represents the library's version as three levels: major revision
- *  (increments with massive changes, additions, and enhancements),
- *  minor revision (increments with backwards-compatible changes to the
- *  major revision), and patchlevel (increments with fixes to the minor
- *  revision).
- *
- *  \sa SDL_VERSION
- *  \sa SDL_GetVersion
- */
-typedef struct SDL_version
-{
-    Uint8 major;        /**< major version */
-    Uint8 minor;        /**< minor version */
-    Uint8 patch;        /**< update version */
-} SDL_version;
-
-/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
-*/
-#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION   2
-#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION   0
-#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL      7
-
-/**
- *  \brief Macro to determine SDL version program was compiled against.
- *
- *  This macro fills in a SDL_version structure with the version of the
- *  library you compiled against. This is determined by what header the
- *  compiler uses. Note that if you dynamically linked the library, you might
- *  have a slightly newer or older version at runtime. That version can be
- *  determined with SDL_GetVersion(), which, unlike SDL_VERSION(),
- *  is not a macro.
- *
- *  \param x A pointer to a SDL_version struct to initialize.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_version
- *  \sa SDL_GetVersion
- */
-#define SDL_VERSION(x)                          \
-{                                   \
-    (x)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION;                 \
-    (x)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION;                 \
-    (x)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL;                    \
-}
-
-/**
- *  This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
- *  \verbatim
-    (1,2,3) -> (1203)
-    \endverbatim
- *
- *  This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels.
- */
-#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z)                     \
-    ((X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z))
-
-/**
- *  This is the version number macro for the current SDL version.
- */
-#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
-    SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
-
-/**
- *  This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z.
- */
-#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
-    (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the version of SDL that is linked against your program.
- *
- *  If you are linking to SDL dynamically, then it is possible that the
- *  current version will be different than the version you compiled against.
- *  This function returns the current version, while SDL_VERSION() is a
- *  macro that tells you what version you compiled with.
- *
- *  \code
- *  SDL_version compiled;
- *  SDL_version linked;
- *
- *  SDL_VERSION(&compiled);
- *  SDL_GetVersion(&linked);
- *  printf("We compiled against SDL version %d.%d.%d ...\n",
- *         compiled.major, compiled.minor, compiled.patch);
- *  printf("But we linked against SDL version %d.%d.%d.\n",
- *         linked.major, linked.minor, linked.patch);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  This function may be called safely at any time, even before SDL_Init().
- *
- *  \sa SDL_VERSION
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetVersion(SDL_version * ver);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the code revision of SDL that is linked against your program.
- *
- *  Returns an arbitrary string (a hash value) uniquely identifying the
- *  exact revision of the SDL library in use, and is only useful in comparing
- *  against other revisions. It is NOT an incrementing number.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetRevision(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the revision number of SDL that is linked against your program.
- *
- *  Returns a number uniquely identifying the exact revision of the SDL
- *  library in use. It is an incrementing number based on commits to
- *  hg.libsdl.org.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRevisionNumber(void);
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_version_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_video.h

@@ -1,1247 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_video.h
- *
- *  Header file for SDL video functions.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_video_h_
-#define SDL_video_h_
-
-#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
-#include "SDL_pixels.h"
-#include "SDL_rect.h"
-#include "SDL_surface.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- *  \brief  The structure that defines a display mode
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
- *  \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_GetDesktopDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_GetCurrentDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_GetClosestDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
- */
-typedef struct
-{
-    Uint32 format;              /**< pixel format */
-    int w;                      /**< width, in screen coordinates */
-    int h;                      /**< height, in screen coordinates */
-    int refresh_rate;           /**< refresh rate (or zero for unspecified) */
-    void *driverdata;           /**< driver-specific data, initialize to 0 */
-} SDL_DisplayMode;
-
-/**
- *  \brief The type used to identify a window
- *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateWindowFrom()
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowData()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowGrab()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowPosition()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowTitle()
- *  \sa SDL_HideWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_MaximizeWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_MinimizeWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_RaiseWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowData()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowIcon()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowPosition()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowSize()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowBordered()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowResizable()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowTitle()
- *  \sa SDL_ShowWindow()
- */
-typedef struct SDL_Window SDL_Window;
-
-/**
- *  \brief The flags on a window
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    /* !!! FIXME: change this to name = (1<<x). */
-    SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN = 0x00000001,         /**< fullscreen window */
-    SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL = 0x00000002,             /**< window usable with OpenGL context */
-    SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN = 0x00000004,              /**< window is visible */
-    SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN = 0x00000008,             /**< window is not visible */
-    SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS = 0x00000010,         /**< no window decoration */
-    SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE = 0x00000020,          /**< window can be resized */
-    SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED = 0x00000040,          /**< window is minimized */
-    SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED = 0x00000080,          /**< window is maximized */
-    SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED = 0x00000100,      /**< window has grabbed input focus */
-    SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS = 0x00000200,        /**< window has input focus */
-    SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS = 0x00000400,        /**< window has mouse focus */
-    SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP = ( SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN | 0x00001000 ),
-    SDL_WINDOW_FOREIGN = 0x00000800,            /**< window not created by SDL */
-    SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI = 0x00002000,      /**< window should be created in high-DPI mode if supported */
-    SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_CAPTURE = 0x00004000,      /**< window has mouse captured (unrelated to INPUT_GRABBED) */
-    SDL_WINDOW_ALWAYS_ON_TOP = 0x00008000,      /**< window should always be above others */
-    SDL_WINDOW_SKIP_TASKBAR  = 0x00010000,      /**< window should not be added to the taskbar */
-    SDL_WINDOW_UTILITY       = 0x00020000,      /**< window should be treated as a utility window */
-    SDL_WINDOW_TOOLTIP       = 0x00040000,      /**< window should be treated as a tooltip */
-    SDL_WINDOW_POPUP_MENU    = 0x00080000,      /**< window should be treated as a popup menu */
-    SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN        = 0x10000000       /**< window usable for Vulkan surface */
-} SDL_WindowFlags;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Used to indicate that you don't care what the window position is.
- */
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK    0x1FFF0000u
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_DISPLAY(X)  (SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK|(X))
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED         SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_DISPLAY(0)
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_ISUNDEFINED(X)    \
-            (((X)&0xFFFF0000) == SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK)
-
-/**
- *  \brief Used to indicate that the window position should be centered.
- */
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK    0x2FFF0000u
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(X)  (SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK|(X))
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED         SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(0)
-#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_ISCENTERED(X)    \
-            (((X)&0xFFFF0000) == SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK)
-
-/**
- *  \brief Event subtype for window events
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_NONE,           /**< Never used */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_SHOWN,          /**< Window has been shown */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_HIDDEN,         /**< Window has been hidden */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_EXPOSED,        /**< Window has been exposed and should be
-                                         redrawn */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED,          /**< Window has been moved to data1, data2
-                                     */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED,        /**< Window has been resized to data1xdata2 */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_SIZE_CHANGED,   /**< The window size has changed, either as
-                                         a result of an API call or through the
-                                         system or user changing the window size. */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MINIMIZED,      /**< Window has been minimized */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MAXIMIZED,      /**< Window has been maximized */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESTORED,       /**< Window has been restored to normal size
-                                         and position */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER,          /**< Window has gained mouse focus */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE,          /**< Window has lost mouse focus */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED,   /**< Window has gained keyboard focus */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST,     /**< Window has lost keyboard focus */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE,          /**< The window manager requests that the window be closed */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_TAKE_FOCUS,     /**< Window is being offered a focus (should SetWindowInputFocus() on itself or a subwindow, or ignore) */
-    SDL_WINDOWEVENT_HIT_TEST        /**< Window had a hit test that wasn't SDL_HITTEST_NORMAL. */
-} SDL_WindowEventID;
-
-/**
- *  \brief An opaque handle to an OpenGL context.
- */
-typedef void *SDL_GLContext;
-
-/**
- *  \brief OpenGL configuration attributes
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
-    SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
-    SDL_GL_STEREO,
-    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
-    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
-    SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
-    SDL_GL_RETAINED_BACKING,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_EGL,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_FLAGS,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK,
-    SDL_GL_SHARE_WITH_CURRENT_CONTEXT,
-    SDL_GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB_CAPABLE,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RESET_NOTIFICATION,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_NO_ERROR
-} SDL_GLattr;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_CORE           = 0x0001,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_COMPATIBILITY  = 0x0002,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_ES             = 0x0004 /**< GLX_CONTEXT_ES2_PROFILE_BIT_EXT */
-} SDL_GLprofile;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_DEBUG_FLAG              = 0x0001,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_FLAG = 0x0002,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_ROBUST_ACCESS_FLAG      = 0x0004,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RESET_ISOLATION_FLAG    = 0x0008
-} SDL_GLcontextFlag;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_NONE   = 0x0000,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_FLUSH  = 0x0001
-} SDL_GLcontextReleaseFlag;
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RESET_NO_NOTIFICATION = 0x0000,
-    SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RESET_LOSE_CONTEXT    = 0x0001
-} SDL_GLContextResetNotification;
-
-/* Function prototypes */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the number of video drivers compiled into SDL
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetVideoDriver()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the name of a built in video driver.
- *
- *  \note The video drivers are presented in the order in which they are
- *        normally checked during initialization.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoDriver(int index);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Initialize the video subsystem, optionally specifying a video driver.
- *
- *  \param driver_name Initialize a specific driver by name, or NULL for the
- *                     default video driver.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error
- *
- *  This function initializes the video subsystem; setting up a connection
- *  to the window manager, etc, and determines the available display modes
- *  and pixel formats, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_VideoQuit()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoInit(const char *driver_name);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Shuts down the video subsystem.
- *
- *  This function closes all windows, and restores the original video mode.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_VideoInit()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_VideoQuit(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns the name of the currently initialized video driver.
- *
- *  \return The name of the current video driver or NULL if no driver
- *          has been initialized
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers()
- *  \sa SDL_GetVideoDriver()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns the number of available video displays.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetDisplayBounds()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the name of a display in UTF-8 encoding
- *
- *  \return The name of a display, or NULL for an invalid display index.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayName(int displayIndex);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the desktop area represented by a display, with the primary
- *         display located at 0,0
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the index is out of range.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayBounds(int displayIndex, SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the dots/pixels-per-inch for a display
- *
- *  \note Diagonal, horizontal and vertical DPI can all be optionally
- *        returned if the parameter is non-NULL.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if no DPI information is available or the index is out of range.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayDPI(int displayIndex, float * ddpi, float * hdpi, float * vdpi);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the usable desktop area represented by a display, with the
- *         primary display located at 0,0
- *
- *  This is the same area as SDL_GetDisplayBounds() reports, but with portions
- *  reserved by the system removed. For example, on Mac OS X, this subtracts
- *  the area occupied by the menu bar and dock.
- *
- *  Setting a window to be fullscreen generally bypasses these unusable areas,
- *  so these are good guidelines for the maximum space available to a
- *  non-fullscreen window.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the index is out of range.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetDisplayBounds()
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(int displayIndex, SDL_Rect * rect);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns the number of available display modes.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumDisplayModes(int displayIndex);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Fill in information about a specific display mode.
- *
- *  \note The display modes are sorted in this priority:
- *        \li bits per pixel -> more colors to fewer colors
- *        \li width -> largest to smallest
- *        \li height -> largest to smallest
- *        \li refresh rate -> highest to lowest
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayMode(int displayIndex, int modeIndex,
-                                               SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Fill in information about the desktop display mode.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDesktopDisplayMode(int displayIndex, SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Fill in information about the current display mode.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentDisplayMode(int displayIndex, SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the closest match to the requested display mode.
- *
- *  \param displayIndex The index of display from which mode should be queried.
- *  \param mode The desired display mode
- *  \param closest A pointer to a display mode to be filled in with the closest
- *                 match of the available display modes.
- *
- *  \return The passed in value \c closest, or NULL if no matching video mode
- *          was available.
- *
- *  The available display modes are scanned, and \c closest is filled in with the
- *  closest mode matching the requested mode and returned.  The mode format and
- *  refresh_rate default to the desktop mode if they are 0.  The modes are
- *  scanned with size being first priority, format being second priority, and
- *  finally checking the refresh_rate.  If all the available modes are too
- *  small, then NULL is returned.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
- *  \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_DisplayMode * SDLCALL SDL_GetClosestDisplayMode(int displayIndex, const SDL_DisplayMode * mode, SDL_DisplayMode * closest);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the display index associated with a window.
- *
- *  \return the display index of the display containing the center of the
- *          window, or -1 on error.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowDisplayIndex(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the display mode used when a fullscreen window is visible.
- *
- *  By default the window's dimensions and the desktop format and refresh rate
- *  are used.
- *
- *  \param window The window for which the display mode should be set.
- *  \param mode The mode to use, or NULL for the default mode.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the display mode failed.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                     const SDL_DisplayMode
-                                                         * mode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Fill in information about the display mode used when a fullscreen
- *         window is visible.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                     SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the pixel format associated with the window.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowPixelFormat(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a window with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
- *
- *  \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
- *  \param x     The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
- *               ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
- *  \param y     The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
- *               ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
- *  \param w     The width of the window, in screen coordinates.
- *  \param h     The height of the window, in screen coordinates.
- *  \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of any of the following:
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN,    ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL,
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN,        ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS,
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE,     ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED,
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED,     ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED,
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI, ::SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN.
- *
- *  \return The created window, or NULL if window creation failed.
- *
- *  If the window is created with the SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI flag, its size
- *  in pixels may differ from its size in screen coordinates on platforms with
- *  high-DPI support (e.g. iOS and Mac OS X). Use SDL_GetWindowSize() to query
- *  the client area's size in screen coordinates, and SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(),
- *  SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize(), or SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() to query the
- *  drawable size in pixels.
- *
- *  If the window is created with any of the SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL or
- *  SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flags, then the corresponding LoadLibrary function
- *  (SDL_GL_LoadLibrary or SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary) is called and the
- *  corrensponding UnloadLibrary function is called by SDL_DestroyWindow().
- *
- *  If SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN is specified and there isn't a working Vulkan driver,
- *  SDL_CreateWindow() will fail because SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary() will fail.
- *
- *  \note On non-Apple devices, SDL requires you to either not link to the
- *        Vulkan loader or link to a dynamic library version. This limitation
- *        may be removed in a future version of SDL.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_GL_LoadLibrary()
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindow(const char *title,
-                                                      int x, int y, int w,
-                                                      int h, Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create an SDL window from an existing native window.
- *
- *  \param data A pointer to driver-dependent window creation data
- *
- *  \return The created window, or NULL if window creation failed.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowFrom(const void *data);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the numeric ID of a window, for logging purposes.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowID(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a window from a stored ID, or NULL if it doesn't exist.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowFromID(Uint32 id);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the window flags.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowFlags(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the title of a window, in UTF-8 format.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowTitle()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowTitle(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                const char *title);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the title of a window, in UTF-8 format.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowTitle()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowTitle(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the icon for a window.
- *
- *  \param window The window for which the icon should be set.
- *  \param icon The icon for the window.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowIcon(SDL_Window * window,
-                                               SDL_Surface * icon);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Associate an arbitrary named pointer with a window.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to associate with the pointer.
- *  \param name     The name of the pointer.
- *  \param userdata The associated pointer.
- *
- *  \return The previous value associated with 'name'
- *
- *  \note The name is case-sensitive.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowData()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowData(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                const char *name,
-                                                void *userdata);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Retrieve the data pointer associated with a window.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to query.
- *  \param name     The name of the pointer.
- *
- *  \return The value associated with 'name'
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowData()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowData(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                const char *name);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the position of a window.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to reposition.
- *  \param x        The x coordinate of the window in screen coordinates, or
- *                  ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED or ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
- *  \param y        The y coordinate of the window in screen coordinates, or
- *                  ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED or ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
- *
- *  \note The window coordinate origin is the upper left of the display.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowPosition()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowPosition(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                   int x, int y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the position of a window.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to query.
- *  \param x        Pointer to variable for storing the x position, in screen
- *                  coordinates. May be NULL.
- *  \param y        Pointer to variable for storing the y position, in screen
- *                  coordinates. May be NULL.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowPosition()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowPosition(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                   int *x, int *y);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the size of a window's client area.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to resize.
- *  \param w        The width of the window, in screen coordinates. Must be >0.
- *  \param h        The height of the window, in screen coordinates. Must be >0.
- *
- *  \note Fullscreen windows automatically match the size of the display mode,
- *        and you should use SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode() to change their size.
- *
- *  The window size in screen coordinates may differ from the size in pixels, if
- *  the window was created with SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI on a platform with
- *  high-dpi support (e.g. iOS or OS X). Use SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() or
- *  SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() to get the real client area size in pixels.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowSize(SDL_Window * window, int w,
-                                               int h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the size of a window's client area.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to query.
- *  \param w        Pointer to variable for storing the width, in screen
- *                  coordinates. May be NULL.
- *  \param h        Pointer to variable for storing the height, in screen
- *                  coordinates. May be NULL.
- *
- *  The window size in screen coordinates may differ from the size in pixels, if
- *  the window was created with SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI on a platform with
- *  high-dpi support (e.g. iOS or OS X). Use SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() or
- *  SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() to get the real client area size in pixels.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowSize(SDL_Window * window, int *w,
-                                               int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the size of a window's borders (decorations) around the client area.
- *
- *  \param window The window to query.
- *  \param top Pointer to variable for storing the size of the top border. NULL is permitted.
- *  \param left Pointer to variable for storing the size of the left border. NULL is permitted.
- *  \param bottom Pointer to variable for storing the size of the bottom border. NULL is permitted.
- *  \param right Pointer to variable for storing the size of the right border. NULL is permitted.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if getting this information is not supported.
- *
- *  \note if this function fails (returns -1), the size values will be
- *        initialized to 0, 0, 0, 0 (if a non-NULL pointer is provided), as
- *        if the window in question was borderless.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowBordersSize(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                     int *top, int *left,
-                                                     int *bottom, int *right);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the minimum size of a window's client area.
- *
- *  \param window    The window to set a new minimum size.
- *  \param min_w     The minimum width of the window, must be >0
- *  \param min_h     The minimum height of the window, must be >0
- *
- *  \note You can't change the minimum size of a fullscreen window, it
- *        automatically matches the size of the display mode.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                      int min_w, int min_h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the minimum size of a window's client area.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to query.
- *  \param w        Pointer to variable for storing the minimum width, may be NULL
- *  \param h        Pointer to variable for storing the minimum height, may be NULL
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                      int *w, int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the maximum size of a window's client area.
- *
- *  \param window    The window to set a new maximum size.
- *  \param max_w     The maximum width of the window, must be >0
- *  \param max_h     The maximum height of the window, must be >0
- *
- *  \note You can't change the maximum size of a fullscreen window, it
- *        automatically matches the size of the display mode.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                      int max_w, int max_h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the maximum size of a window's client area.
- *
- *  \param window   The window to query.
- *  \param w        Pointer to variable for storing the maximum width, may be NULL
- *  \param h        Pointer to variable for storing the maximum height, may be NULL
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                      int *w, int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the border state of a window.
- *
- *  This will add or remove the window's SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS flag and
- *  add or remove the border from the actual window. This is a no-op if the
- *  window's border already matches the requested state.
- *
- *  \param window The window of which to change the border state.
- *  \param bordered SDL_FALSE to remove border, SDL_TRUE to add border.
- *
- *  \note You can't change the border state of a fullscreen window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowBordered(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                   SDL_bool bordered);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the user-resizable state of a window.
- *
- *  This will add or remove the window's SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE flag and
- *  allow/disallow user resizing of the window. This is a no-op if the
- *  window's resizable state already matches the requested state.
- *
- *  \param window The window of which to change the resizable state.
- *  \param resizable SDL_TRUE to allow resizing, SDL_FALSE to disallow.
- *
- *  \note You can't change the resizable state of a fullscreen window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowResizable(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                    SDL_bool resizable);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Show a window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_HideWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ShowWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Hide a window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_ShowWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HideWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Raise a window above other windows and set the input focus.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RaiseWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Make a window as large as possible.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MaximizeWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Minimize a window to an iconic representation.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MinimizeWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Restore the size and position of a minimized or maximized window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_MaximizeWindow()
- *  \sa SDL_MinimizeWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RestoreWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set a window's fullscreen state.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the display mode failed.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                    Uint32 flags);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the SDL surface associated with the window.
- *
- *  \return The window's framebuffer surface, or NULL on error.
- *
- *  A new surface will be created with the optimal format for the window,
- *  if necessary. This surface will be freed when the window is destroyed.
- *
- *  \note You may not combine this with 3D or the rendering API on this window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurface()
- *  \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowSurface(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Copy the window surface to the screen.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSurface()
- *  \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateWindowSurface(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Copy a number of rectangles on the window surface to the screen.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSurface()
- *  \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurface()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                         const SDL_Rect * rects,
-                                                         int numrects);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set a window's input grab mode.
- *
- *  \param window The window for which the input grab mode should be set.
- *  \param grabbed This is SDL_TRUE to grab input, and SDL_FALSE to release input.
- *
- *  If the caller enables a grab while another window is currently grabbed,
- *  the other window loses its grab in favor of the caller's window.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowGrab()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowGrab(SDL_Window * window,
-                                               SDL_bool grabbed);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get a window's input grab mode.
- *
- *  \return This returns SDL_TRUE if input is grabbed, and SDL_FALSE otherwise.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowGrab(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the window that currently has an input grab enabled.
- *
- *  \return This returns the window if input is grabbed, and NULL otherwise.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetGrabbedWindow(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the brightness (gamma correction) for a window.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the brightness isn't supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowBrightness()
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowBrightness(SDL_Window * window, float brightness);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the brightness (gamma correction) for a window.
- *
- *  \return The last brightness value passed to SDL_SetWindowBrightness()
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowBrightness()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowBrightness(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the opacity for a window
- *
- *  \param window The window which will be made transparent or opaque
- *  \param opacity Opacity (0.0f - transparent, 1.0f - opaque) This will be
- *                 clamped internally between 0.0f and 1.0f.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the opacity isn't supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowOpacity()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowOpacity(SDL_Window * window, float opacity);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the opacity of a window.
- *
- *  If transparency isn't supported on this platform, opacity will be reported
- *  as 1.0f without error.
- *
- *  \param window The window in question.
- *  \param out_opacity Opacity (0.0f - transparent, 1.0f - opaque)
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error (invalid window, etc).
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowOpacity()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowOpacity(SDL_Window * window, float * out_opacity);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Sets the window as a modal for another window (TODO: reconsider this function and/or its name)
- *
- *  \param modal_window The window that should be modal
- *  \param parent_window The parent window
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 otherwise.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowModalFor(SDL_Window * modal_window, SDL_Window * parent_window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Explicitly sets input focus to the window.
- *
- *  You almost certainly want SDL_RaiseWindow() instead of this function. Use
- *  this with caution, as you might give focus to a window that's completely
- *  obscured by other windows.
- *
- *  \param window The window that should get the input focus
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 otherwise.
- *  \sa SDL_RaiseWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowInputFocus(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the gamma ramp for a window.
- *
- *  \param window The window for which the gamma ramp should be set.
- *  \param red The translation table for the red channel, or NULL.
- *  \param green The translation table for the green channel, or NULL.
- *  \param blue The translation table for the blue channel, or NULL.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if gamma ramps are unsupported.
- *
- *  Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
- *  of the video hardware.  Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
- *  representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
- *  The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
- *  gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowGammaRamp()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                   const Uint16 * red,
-                                                   const Uint16 * green,
-                                                   const Uint16 * blue);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the gamma ramp for a window.
- *
- *  \param window The window from which the gamma ramp should be queried.
- *  \param red   A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
- *               the translation table for the red channel, or NULL.
- *  \param green A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
- *               the translation table for the green channel, or NULL.
- *  \param blue  A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
- *               the translation table for the blue channel, or NULL.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if gamma ramps are unsupported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowGammaRamp(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                   Uint16 * red,
-                                                   Uint16 * green,
-                                                   Uint16 * blue);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Possible return values from the SDL_HitTest callback.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_HitTest
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    SDL_HITTEST_NORMAL,  /**< Region is normal. No special properties. */
-    SDL_HITTEST_DRAGGABLE,  /**< Region can drag entire window. */
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_TOPLEFT,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_TOP,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_TOPRIGHT,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_RIGHT,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_BOTTOMRIGHT,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_BOTTOM,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_BOTTOMLEFT,
-    SDL_HITTEST_RESIZE_LEFT
-} SDL_HitTestResult;
-
-/**
- *  \brief Callback used for hit-testing.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetWindowHitTest
- */
-typedef SDL_HitTestResult (SDLCALL *SDL_HitTest)(SDL_Window *win,
-                                                 const SDL_Point *area,
-                                                 void *data);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Provide a callback that decides if a window region has special properties.
- *
- *  Normally windows are dragged and resized by decorations provided by the
- *  system window manager (a title bar, borders, etc), but for some apps, it
- *  makes sense to drag them from somewhere else inside the window itself; for
- *  example, one might have a borderless window that wants to be draggable
- *  from any part, or simulate its own title bar, etc.
- *
- *  This function lets the app provide a callback that designates pieces of
- *  a given window as special. This callback is run during event processing
- *  if we need to tell the OS to treat a region of the window specially; the
- *  use of this callback is known as "hit testing."
- *
- *  Mouse input may not be delivered to your application if it is within
- *  a special area; the OS will often apply that input to moving the window or
- *  resizing the window and not deliver it to the application.
- *
- *  Specifying NULL for a callback disables hit-testing. Hit-testing is
- *  disabled by default.
- *
- *  Platforms that don't support this functionality will return -1
- *  unconditionally, even if you're attempting to disable hit-testing.
- *
- *  Your callback may fire at any time, and its firing does not indicate any
- *  specific behavior (for example, on Windows, this certainly might fire
- *  when the OS is deciding whether to drag your window, but it fires for lots
- *  of other reasons, too, some unrelated to anything you probably care about
- *  _and when the mouse isn't actually at the location it is testing_).
- *  Since this can fire at any time, you should try to keep your callback
- *  efficient, devoid of allocations, etc.
- *
- *  \param window The window to set hit-testing on.
- *  \param callback The callback to call when doing a hit-test.
- *  \param callback_data An app-defined void pointer passed to the callback.
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error (including unsupported).
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowHitTest(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                 SDL_HitTest callback,
-                                                 void *callback_data);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Destroy a window.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-
-/**
- *  \brief Returns whether the screensaver is currently enabled (default off).
- *
- *  \sa SDL_EnableScreenSaver()
- *  \sa SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Allow the screen to be blanked by a screensaver
- *
- *  \sa SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled()
- *  \sa SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_EnableScreenSaver(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Prevent the screen from being blanked by a screensaver
- *
- *  \sa SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled()
- *  \sa SDL_EnableScreenSaver()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DisableScreenSaver(void);
-
-
-/**
- *  \name OpenGL support functions
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Dynamically load an OpenGL library.
- *
- *  \param path The platform dependent OpenGL library name, or NULL to open the
- *              default OpenGL library.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the library couldn't be loaded.
- *
- *  This should be done after initializing the video driver, but before
- *  creating any OpenGL windows.  If no OpenGL library is loaded, the default
- *  library will be loaded upon creation of the first OpenGL window.
- *
- *  \note If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
- *        your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GL_GetProcAddress()
- *  \sa SDL_GL_UnloadLibrary()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the address of an OpenGL function.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const char *proc);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Unload the OpenGL library previously loaded by SDL_GL_LoadLibrary().
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GL_LoadLibrary()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnloadLibrary(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Return true if an OpenGL extension is supported for the current
- *         context.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GL_ExtensionSupported(const char
-                                                           *extension);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Reset all previously set OpenGL context attributes to their default values
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_ResetAttributes(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set an OpenGL window attribute before window creation.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the attribute could not be set.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int value);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the actual value for an attribute from the current context.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the attribute could not be retrieved.
- *          The integer at \c value will be modified in either case.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int *value);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create an OpenGL context for use with an OpenGL window, and make it
- *         current.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GL_DeleteContext()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GLContext SDLCALL SDL_GL_CreateContext(SDL_Window *
-                                                           window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set up an OpenGL context for rendering into an OpenGL window.
- *
- *  \note The context must have been created with a compatible window.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(SDL_Window * window,
-                                               SDL_GLContext context);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the currently active OpenGL window.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window* SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetCurrentWindow(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the currently active OpenGL context.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GLContext SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetCurrentContext(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the size of a window's underlying drawable in pixels (for use
- *         with glViewport).
- *
- *  \param window   Window from which the drawable size should be queried
- *  \param w        Pointer to variable for storing the width in pixels, may be NULL
- *  \param h        Pointer to variable for storing the height in pixels, may be NULL
- *
- * This may differ from SDL_GetWindowSize() if we're rendering to a high-DPI
- * drawable, i.e. the window was created with SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI on a
- * platform with high-DPI support (Apple calls this "Retina"), and not disabled
- * by the SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED hint.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(SDL_Window * window, int *w,
-                                                    int *h);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Set the swap interval for the current OpenGL context.
- *
- *  \param interval 0 for immediate updates, 1 for updates synchronized with the
- *                  vertical retrace. If the system supports it, you may
- *                  specify -1 to allow late swaps to happen immediately
- *                  instead of waiting for the next retrace.
- *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the swap interval is not supported.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GL_GetSwapInterval()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(int interval);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the swap interval for the current OpenGL context.
- *
- *  \return 0 if there is no vertical retrace synchronization, 1 if the buffer
- *          swap is synchronized with the vertical retrace, and -1 if late
- *          swaps happen immediately instead of waiting for the next retrace.
- *          If the system can't determine the swap interval, or there isn't a
- *          valid current context, this will return 0 as a safe default.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetSwapInterval(void);
-
-/**
- * \brief Swap the OpenGL buffers for a window, if double-buffering is
- *        supported.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_SwapWindow(SDL_Window * window);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Delete an OpenGL context.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GL_CreateContext()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_DeleteContext(SDL_GLContext context);
-
-/* @} *//* OpenGL support functions */
-
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_video_h_ */
-
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_vulkan.h

@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 2017, Mark Callow
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-*/
-
-/**
- *  \file SDL_vulkan.h
- *
- *  Header file for functions to creating Vulkan surfaces on SDL windows.
- */
-
-#ifndef SDL_vulkan_h_
-#define SDL_vulkan_h_
-
-#include "SDL_video.h"
-
-#include "begin_code.h"
-/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Avoid including vulkan.h, don't define VkInstance if it's already included */
-#ifdef VULKAN_H_
-#define NO_SDL_VULKAN_TYPEDEFS
-#endif
-#ifndef NO_SDL_VULKAN_TYPEDEFS
-#define VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T* object;
-
-#if defined(__LP64__) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(__ia64) || defined (_M_IA64) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__powerpc64__)
-#define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T *object;
-#else
-#define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef uint64_t object;
-#endif
-
-VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkInstance)
-VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSurfaceKHR)
-
-#endif /* !NO_SDL_VULKAN_TYPEDEFS */
-
-typedef VkInstance SDL_vulkanInstance;
-typedef VkSurfaceKHR SDL_vulkanSurface; /* for compatibility with Tizen */
-
-/**
- *  \name Vulkan support functions
- *
- *  \note SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions & SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface API
- *        is compatable with Tizen's implementation of Vulkan in SDL.
- */
-/* @{ */
-
-/**
- *  \brief Dynamically load a Vulkan loader library.
- *
- *  \param [in] path The platform dependent Vulkan loader library name, or
- *              \c NULL to open the default Vulkan loader library.
- *
- *  \return \c 0 on success, or \c -1 if the library couldn't be loaded.
- *
- *  This should be done after initializing the video driver, but before
- *  creating any Vulkan windows. If no Vulkan loader library is loaded, the
- *  default library will be loaded upon creation of the first Vulkan window.
- *
- *  \note If you specify a non-NULL \a path, you should retrieve all of the
- *        Vulkan functions used in your program from the dynamic library using
- *        \c SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr() unless you can guarantee
- *        \a path points to the same vulkan loader library that you linked to.
- *
- *  \note On Apple devices, if \a path is NULL, SDL will attempt to find
- *        the vkGetInstanceProcAddr address within all the mach-o images of
- *        the current process. This is because the currently (v0.17.0)
- *        recommended MoltenVK (Vulkan on Metal) usage is as a static library.
- *        If it is not found then SDL will attempt to load \c libMoltenVK.dylib.
- *        Applications using the dylib alternative therefore do not need to do
- *        anything special when calling SDL.
- *
- *  \note On non-Apple devices, SDL requires you to either not link to the
- *        Vulkan loader or link to a dynamic library version. This limitation
- *        may be removed in a future version of SDL.
- *
- *  \note This function will fail if there are no working Vulkan drivers
- *        installed.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr()
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the address of the \c vkGetInstanceProcAddr function.
- *
- *  \note This should be called after either calling SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary
- *        or creating an SDL_Window with the SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Unload the Vulkan loader library previously loaded by
- *         \c SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary().
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary(void);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the names of the Vulkan instance extensions needed to create
- *         a surface with \c SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface().
- *
- *  \param [in]     window Window for which the required Vulkan instance
- *                  extensions should be retrieved
- *  \param [in,out] count pointer to an \c unsigned related to the number of
- *                  required Vulkan instance extensions
- *  \param [out]    names \c NULL or a pointer to an array to be filled with the
- *                  required Vulkan instance extensions
- *
- *  \return \c SDL_TRUE on success, \c SDL_FALSE on error.
- *
- *  If \a pNames is \c NULL, then the number of required Vulkan instance
- *  extensions is returned in pCount. Otherwise, \a pCount must point to a
- *  variable set to the number of elements in the \a pNames array, and on
- *  return the variable is overwritten with the number of names actually
- *  written to \a pNames. If \a pCount is less than the number of required
- *  extensions, at most \a pCount structures will be written. If \a pCount
- *  is smaller than the number of required extensions, \c SDL_FALSE will be
- *  returned instead of \c SDL_TRUE, to indicate that not all the required
- *  extensions were returned.
- *
- *  \note The returned list of extensions will contain \c VK_KHR_surface
- *        and zero or more platform specific extensions
- *
- *  \note The extension names queried here must be enabled when calling
- *        VkCreateInstance, otherwise surface creation will fail.
- *
- *  \note \c window should have been created with the \c SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
- *
- *  \code
- *  unsigned int count;
- *  // get count of required extensions
- *  if(!SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(window, &count, NULL))
- *      handle_error();
- *
- *  static const char *const additionalExtensions[] =
- *  {
- *      VK_EXT_DEBUG_REPORT_EXTENSION_NAME, // example additional extension
- *  };
- *  size_t additionalExtensionsCount = sizeof(additionalExtensions) / sizeof(additionalExtensions[0]);
- *  size_t extensionCount = count + additionalExtensionsCount;
- *  const char **names = malloc(sizeof(const char *) * extensionCount);
- *  if(!names)
- *      handle_error();
- *
- *  // get names of required extensions
- *  if(!SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(window, &count, names))
- *      handle_error();
- *
- *  // copy additional extensions after required extensions
- *  for(size_t i = 0; i < additionalExtensionsCount; i++)
- *      names[i + count] = additionalExtensions[i];
- *
- *  VkInstanceCreateInfo instanceCreateInfo = {};
- *  instanceCreateInfo.enabledExtensionCount = extensionCount;
- *  instanceCreateInfo.ppEnabledExtensionNames = names;
- *  // fill in rest of instanceCreateInfo
- *
- *  VkInstance instance;
- *  // create the Vulkan instance
- *  VkResult result = vkCreateInstance(&instanceCreateInfo, NULL, &instance);
- *  free(names);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(
-                                                        SDL_Window *window,
-                                                        unsigned int *pCount,
-                                                        const char **pNames);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Create a Vulkan rendering surface for a window.
- *
- *  \param [in]  window   SDL_Window to which to attach the rendering surface.
- *  \param [in]  instance handle to the Vulkan instance to use.
- *  \param [out] surface  pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle to receive the
- *                        handle of the newly created surface.
- *
- *  \return \c SDL_TRUE on success, \c SDL_FALSE on error.
- *
- *  \code
- *  VkInstance instance;
- *  SDL_Window *window;
- *
- *  // create instance and window
- *
- *  // create the Vulkan surface
- *  VkSurfaceKHR surface;
- *  if(!SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(window, instance, &surface))
- *      handle_error();
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \note \a window should have been created with the \c SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
- *
- *  \note \a instance should have been created with the extensions returned
- *        by \c SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface() enabled.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(
-                                                SDL_Window *window,
-                                                VkInstance instance,
-                                                VkSurfaceKHR* surface);
-
-/**
- *  \brief Get the size of a window's underlying drawable in pixels (for use
- *         with setting viewport, scissor & etc).
- *
- *  \param window   SDL_Window from which the drawable size should be queried
- *  \param w        Pointer to variable for storing the width in pixels,
- *                  may be NULL
- *  \param h        Pointer to variable for storing the height in pixels,
- *                  may be NULL
- *
- * This may differ from SDL_GetWindowSize() if we're rendering to a high-DPI
- * drawable, i.e. the window was created with SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI on a
- * platform with high-DPI support (Apple calls this "Retina"), and not disabled
- * by the \c SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED hint.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
- */
-extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize(SDL_Window * window,
-                                                        int *w, int *h);
-
-/* @} *//* Vulkan support functions */
-
-/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#include "close_code.h"
-
-#endif /* SDL_vulkan_h_ */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/COPYING.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+Simple DirectMedia Layer
+Copyright (C) 1997-2020 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  
+This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+arising from the use of this software.
+
+Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+  
+1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+   claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+   in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+   appreciated but is not required. 
+2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+   misrepresented as being the original software.
+3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+

bsp/simulator/SDL2/README-SDL.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+
+Please distribute this file with the SDL runtime environment:
+
+The Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL for short) is a cross-platform library
+designed to make it easy to write multi-media software, such as games
+and emulators.
+
+The Simple DirectMedia Layer library source code is available from:
+https://www.libsdl.org/
+
+This library is distributed under the terms of the zlib license:
+http://www.zlib.net/zlib_license.html
+

bsp/simulator/SDL2/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+如何升级SDL：
+
+去SDL2[官网](http://www.libsdl.org/download-2.0.php)下载最新SDL库，并将include和lib文件夹覆盖过来即可。替换时需要注意，.gitignore文件中忽略了.dll和.lib文件，提交.dll和.lib文件需要强制提交一下。
+
+如图：
+
+![figure1](figures/SDL_download.png)
+
+![figure1](figures/SDL2.png)

bsp/simulator/SDL2/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+
+                         Simple DirectMedia Layer
+
+                                  (SDL)
+
+                                Version 2.0
+
+---
+https://www.libsdl.org/
+
+Simple DirectMedia Layer is a cross-platform development library designed
+to provide low level access to audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, and graphics
+hardware via OpenGL and Direct3D. It is used by video playback software,
+emulators, and popular games including Valve's award winning catalog
+and many Humble Bundle games.
+
+More extensive documentation is available in the docs directory, starting
+with README.md
+
+Enjoy!
+	Sam Lantinga				(slouken@libsdl.org)

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL.h

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL.h
+ *
+ *  Main include header for the SDL library
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef SDL_h_
+#define SDL_h_
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_assert.h"
+#include "SDL_atomic.h"
+#include "SDL_audio.h"
+#include "SDL_clipboard.h"
+#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
+#include "SDL_endian.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_events.h"
+#include "SDL_filesystem.h"
+#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
+#include "SDL_haptic.h"
+#include "SDL_hidapi.h"
+#include "SDL_hints.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+#include "SDL_loadso.h"
+#include "SDL_log.h"
+#include "SDL_messagebox.h"
+#include "SDL_metal.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+#include "SDL_power.h"
+#include "SDL_render.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_sensor.h"
+#include "SDL_shape.h"
+#include "SDL_system.h"
+#include "SDL_thread.h"
+#include "SDL_timer.h"
+#include "SDL_version.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+#include "SDL_locale.h"
+#include "SDL_misc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
+
+/**
+ *  \name SDL_INIT_*
+ *
+ *  These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init().  You should
+ *  specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define SDL_INIT_TIMER          0x00000001u
+#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO          0x00000010u
+#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO          0x00000020u  /**< SDL_INIT_VIDEO implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
+#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK       0x00000200u  /**< SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
+#define SDL_INIT_HAPTIC         0x00001000u
+#define SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER 0x00002000u  /**< SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER implies SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK */
+#define SDL_INIT_EVENTS         0x00004000u
+#define SDL_INIT_SENSOR         0x00008000u
+#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE    0x00100000u  /**< compatibility; this flag is ignored. */
+#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING ( \
+                SDL_INIT_TIMER | SDL_INIT_AUDIO | SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | \
+                SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC | SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER | SDL_INIT_SENSOR \
+            )
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the SDL library.
+ *
+ * SDL_Init() simply forwards to calling SDL_InitSubSystem(). Therefore, the
+ * two may be used interchangeably. Though for readability of your code
+ * SDL_InitSubSystem() might be preferred.
+ *
+ * The file I/O (for example: SDL_RWFromFile) and threading (SDL_CreateThread)
+ * subsystems are initialized by default. Message boxes
+ * (SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox) also attempt to work without initializing the
+ * video subsystem, in hopes of being useful in showing an error dialog when
+ * SDL_Init fails. You must specifically initialize other subsystems if you
+ * use them in your application.
+ *
+ * Logging (such as SDL_Log) works without initialization, too.
+ *
+ * `flags` may be any of the following OR'd together:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_INIT_TIMER`: timer subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_AUDIO`: audio subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_VIDEO`: video subsystem; automatically initializes the events
+ *   subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK`: joystick subsystem; automatically initializes the
+ *   events subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_HAPTIC`: haptic (force feedback) subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER`: controller subsystem; automatically
+ *   initializes the joystick subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_EVENTS`: events subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING`: all of the above subsystems
+ * - `SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE`: compatibility; this flag is ignored
+ *
+ * Subsystem initialization is ref-counted, you must call SDL_QuitSubSystem()
+ * for each SDL_InitSubSystem() to correctly shutdown a subsystem manually (or
+ * call SDL_Quit() to force shutdown). If a subsystem is already loaded then
+ * this call will increase the ref-count and return.
+ *
+ * \param flags subsystem initialization flags
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_InitSubSystem
+ * \sa SDL_Quit
+ * \sa SDL_SetMainReady
+ * \sa SDL_WasInit
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * Compatibility function to initialize the SDL library.
+ *
+ * In SDL2, this function and SDL_Init() are interchangeable.
+ *
+ * \param flags any of the flags used by SDL_Init(); see SDL_Init for details.
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ * \sa SDL_Quit
+ * \sa SDL_QuitSubSystem
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * Shut down specific SDL subsystems.
+ *
+ * If you start a subsystem using a call to that subsystem's init function
+ * (for example SDL_VideoInit()) instead of SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(),
+ * SDL_QuitSubSystem() and SDL_WasInit() will not work. You will need to use
+ * that subsystem's quit function (SDL_VideoQuit()) directly instead. But
+ * generally, you should not be using those functions directly anyhow; use
+ * SDL_Init() instead.
+ *
+ * You still need to call SDL_Quit() even if you close all open subsystems
+ * with SDL_QuitSubSystem().
+ *
+ * \param flags any of the flags used by SDL_Init(); see SDL_Init for details.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_InitSubSystem
+ * \sa SDL_Quit
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get a mask of the specified subsystems which are currently initialized.
+ *
+ * \param flags any of the flags used by SDL_Init(); see SDL_Init for details.
+ * \returns a mask of all initialized subsystems if `flags` is 0, otherwise it
+ *          returns the initialization status of the specified subsystems.
+ *
+ *          The return value does not include SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ * \sa SDL_InitSubSystem
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * Clean up all initialized subsystems.
+ *
+ * You should call this function even if you have already shutdown each
+ * initialized subsystem with SDL_QuitSubSystem(). It is safe to call this
+ * function even in the case of errors in initialization.
+ *
+ * If you start a subsystem using a call to that subsystem's init function
+ * (for example SDL_VideoInit()) instead of SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(),
+ * then you must use that subsystem's quit function (SDL_VideoQuit()) to shut
+ * it down before calling SDL_Quit(). But generally, you should not be using
+ * those functions directly anyhow; use SDL_Init() instead.
+ *
+ * You can use this function with atexit() to ensure that it is run when your
+ * application is shutdown, but it is not wise to do this from a library or
+ * other dynamically loaded code.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ * \sa SDL_QuitSubSystem
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_assert.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_assert.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -53,6 +53,10 @@ assert can have unique static variables associated with it.
     #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __debugbreak()
 #elif ( (!defined(__NACL__)) && ((defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))) )
     #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "int $3\n\t" )
+#elif ( defined(__APPLE__) && (defined(__arm64__) || defined(__aarch64__)) )  /* this might work on other ARM targets, but this is a known quantity... */
+    #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "brk #22\n\t" )
+#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__arm__)
+    #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "bkpt #22\n\t" )
 #elif defined(__386__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)
     #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() { _asm { int 0x03 } }
 #elif defined(HAVE_SIGNAL_H) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
@@ -185,92 +189,121 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertState SDLCALL SDL_ReportAssertion(SDL_AssertData *,
 #define SDL_assert_always(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
 
 
+/**
+ * A callback that fires when an SDL assertion fails.
+ *
+ * \param data a pointer to the SDL_AssertData structure corresponding to the
+ *             current assertion
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_SetAssertionHandler()
+ * \returns an SDL_AssertState value indicating how to handle the failure.
+ */
 typedef SDL_AssertState (SDLCALL *SDL_AssertionHandler)(
                                  const SDL_AssertData* data, void* userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set an application-defined assertion handler.
+ * Set an application-defined assertion handler.
  *
- *  This allows an app to show its own assertion UI and/or force the
- *  response to an assertion failure. If the app doesn't provide this, SDL
- *  will try to do the right thing, popping up a system-specific GUI dialog,
- *  and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
+ * This function allows an application to show its own assertion UI and/or
+ * force the response to an assertion failure. If the application doesn't
+ * provide this, SDL will try to do the right thing, popping up a
+ * system-specific GUI dialog, and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
  *
- *  This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
- *  it will only fire from one thread at a time.
+ * This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
+ * it will only fire from one thread at a time.
  *
- *  Setting the callback to NULL restores SDL's original internal handler.
+ * This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
  *
- *  This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
+ * \param handler the SDL_AssertionHandler function to call when an assertion
+ *                fails or NULL for the default handler
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `handler`
  *
- *  Return SDL_AssertState value of how to handle the assertion failure.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \param handler Callback function, called when an assertion fails.
- *  \param userdata A pointer passed to the callback as-is.
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionHandler
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetAssertionHandler(
                                             SDL_AssertionHandler handler,
                                             void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the default assertion handler.
+ * Get the default assertion handler.
  *
- *  This returns the function pointer that is called by default when an
- *   assertion is triggered. This is an internal function provided by SDL,
- *   that is used for assertions when SDL_SetAssertionHandler() hasn't been
- *   used to provide a different function.
+ * This returns the function pointer that is called by default when an
+ * assertion is triggered. This is an internal function provided by SDL, that
+ * is used for assertions when SDL_SetAssertionHandler() hasn't been used to
+ * provide a different function.
  *
- *  \return The default SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
+ * \returns the default SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert
+ *          triggers.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionHandler
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current assertion handler.
+ * Get the current assertion handler.
+ *
+ * This returns the function pointer that is called when an assertion is
+ * triggered. This is either the value last passed to
+ * SDL_SetAssertionHandler(), or if no application-specified function is set,
+ * is equivalent to calling SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler().
  *
- *  This returns the function pointer that is called when an assertion is
- *   triggered. This is either the value last passed to
- *   SDL_SetAssertionHandler(), or if no application-specified function is
- *   set, is equivalent to calling SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler().
+ * The parameter `puserdata` is a pointer to a void*, which will store the
+ * "userdata" pointer that was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler(). This value
+ * will always be NULL for the default handler. If you don't care about this
+ * data, it is safe to pass a NULL pointer to this function to ignore it.
  *
- *   \param puserdata Pointer to a void*, which will store the "userdata"
- *                    pointer that was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler().
- *                    This value will always be NULL for the default handler.
- *                    If you don't care about this data, it is safe to pass
- *                    a NULL pointer to this function to ignore it.
- *  \return The SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
+ * \param puserdata pointer which is filled with the "userdata" pointer that
+ *                  was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler()
+ * \returns the SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetAssertionHandler
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionHandler(void **puserdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a list of all assertion failures.
+ * Get a list of all assertion failures.
+ *
+ * This function gets all assertions triggered since the last call to
+ * SDL_ResetAssertionReport(), or the start of the program.
  *
- *  Get all assertions triggered since last call to SDL_ResetAssertionReport(),
- *  or the start of the program.
+ * The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
  *
- *  The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
+ * ```c
+ * const SDL_AssertData *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
+ * while (item) {
+ *    printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\\n",
+ *           item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
+ *           item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
+ *           item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
+ *    item = item->next;
+ * }
+ * ```
  *
- *  <code>
- *  const SDL_AssertData *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
- *  while (item) {
- *      printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\\n",
- *             item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
- *             item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
- *             item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
- *      item = item->next;
- *  }
- *  </code>
+ * \returns a list of all failed assertions or NULL if the list is empty. This
+ *          memory should not be modified or freed by the application.
  *
- *  \return List of all assertions.
- *  \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const SDL_AssertData * SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionReport(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Reset the list of all assertion failures.
+ * Clear the list of all assertion failures.
+ *
+ * This function will clear the list of all assertions triggered up to that
+ * point. Immediately following this call, SDL_GetAssertionReport will return
+ * no items. In addition, any previously-triggered assertions will be reset to
+ * a trigger_count of zero, and their always_ignore state will be false.
  *
- *  Reset list of all assertions triggered.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ResetAssertionReport(void);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_atomic.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_atomic.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -89,25 +89,51 @@ extern "C" {
 typedef int SDL_SpinLock;
 
 /**
- * \brief Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ * Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
  *
- * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ * ***Please note that spinlocks are dangerous if you don't know what you're
+ * doing. Please be careful using any sort of spinlock!***
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already held.
+ * \param lock a pointer to a lock variable
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already
+ *          held.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicLock
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicUnlock
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicTryLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
 
 /**
- * \brief Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ * Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ *
+ * ***Please note that spinlocks are dangerous if you don't know what you're
+ * doing. Please be careful using any sort of spinlock!***
  *
- * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ * \param lock a pointer to a lock variable
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicTryLock
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicUnlock
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
 
 /**
- * \brief Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0. Always returns immediately
+ * Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0.
+ *
+ * Always returns immediately.
  *
- * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ * ***Please note that spinlocks are dangerous if you don't know what you're
+ * doing. Please be careful using any sort of spinlock!***
+ *
+ * \param lock a pointer to a lock variable
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicLock
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicTryLock
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicUnlock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
 
@@ -126,7 +152,7 @@ void _ReadWriteBarrier(void);
 /* This is correct for all CPUs when using GCC or Solaris Studio 12.1+. */
 #define SDL_CompilerBarrier()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
 #elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-extern _inline void SDL_CompilerBarrier (void);
+extern __inline void SDL_CompilerBarrier(void);
 #pragma aux SDL_CompilerBarrier = "" parm [] modify exact [];
 #else
 #define SDL_CompilerBarrier()   \
@@ -137,20 +163,22 @@ extern _inline void SDL_CompilerBarrier (void);
  * Memory barriers are designed to prevent reads and writes from being
  * reordered by the compiler and being seen out of order on multi-core CPUs.
  *
- * A typical pattern would be for thread A to write some data and a flag,
- * and for thread B to read the flag and get the data. In this case you
- * would insert a release barrier between writing the data and the flag,
+ * A typical pattern would be for thread A to write some data and a flag, and
+ * for thread B to read the flag and get the data. In this case you would
+ * insert a release barrier between writing the data and the flag,
  * guaranteeing that the data write completes no later than the flag is
- * written, and you would insert an acquire barrier between reading the
- * flag and reading the data, to ensure that all the reads associated
- * with the flag have completed.
+ * written, and you would insert an acquire barrier between reading the flag
+ * and reading the data, to ensure that all the reads associated with the flag
+ * have completed.
  *
- * In this pattern you should always see a release barrier paired with
- * an acquire barrier and you should gate the data reads/writes with a
- * single flag variable.
+ * In this pattern you should always see a release barrier paired with an
+ * acquire barrier and you should gate the data reads/writes with a single
+ * flag variable.
  *
  * For more information on these semantics, take a look at the blog post:
  * http://preshing.com/20120913/acquire-and-release-semantics
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierReleaseFunction(void);
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction(void);
@@ -158,13 +186,33 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction(void);
 #if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__aarch64__)
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
 #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__)
-#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_7__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7R__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7S__)
+#if 0 /* defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__ANDROID__) */
+/* Information from:
+   https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/chromium/+/trunk/base/atomicops_internals_arm_gcc.h#19
+
+   The Linux kernel provides a helper function which provides the right code for a memory barrier,
+   hard-coded at address 0xffff0fa0
+*/
+typedef void (*SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)();
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()  ((SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)0xffff0fa0)()
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()  ((SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)0xffff0fa0)()
+#elif 0 /* defined(__QNXNTO__) */
+#include <sys/cpuinline.h>
+
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()   __cpu_membarrier()
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()   __cpu_membarrier()
+#else
+#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_7__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7R__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7S__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_8A__)
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
 #elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6J__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6Z__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_5TE__)
 #ifdef __thumb__
 /* The mcr instruction isn't available in thumb mode, use real functions */
+#define SDL_MEMORY_BARRIER_USES_FUNCTION
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()   SDL_MemoryBarrierReleaseFunction()
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()   SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction()
 #else
@@ -174,6 +222,7 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction(void);
 #else
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
 #define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire()   __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
+#endif /* __LINUX__ || __ANDROID__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ && __arm__ */
 #else
 #if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x5120))
@@ -195,32 +244,73 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquireFunction(void);
 typedef struct { int value; } SDL_atomic_t;
 
 /**
- * \brief Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
+ * Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
  *
- * \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
-*/
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable to be modified
+ * \param oldval the old value
+ * \param newval the new value
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGet
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSet
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCAS(SDL_atomic_t *a, int oldval, int newval);
 
 /**
- * \brief Set an atomic variable to a value.
+ * Set an atomic variable to a value.
+ *
+ * This function also acts as a full memory barrier.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
  *
- * \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable to be modified
+ * \param v the desired value
+ * \returns the previous value of the atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSet(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the value of an atomic variable
+ * Get the value of an atomic variable.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable
+ * \returns the current value of an atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGet(SDL_atomic_t *a);
 
 /**
- * \brief Add to an atomic variable.
+ * Add to an atomic variable.
+ *
+ * This function also acts as a full memory barrier.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
  *
- * \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable to be modified
+ * \param v the desired value to add
+ * \returns the previous value of the atomic variable.
  *
- * \note This same style can be used for any number operation
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicDecRef
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicIncRef
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
 
@@ -242,23 +332,54 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
+ * Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
  *
- * \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
-*/
+ * \param a a pointer to a pointer
+ * \param oldval the old pointer value
+ * \param newval the new pointer value
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCAS
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGetPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSetPtr
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCASPtr(void **a, void *oldval, void *newval);
 
 /**
- * \brief Set a pointer to a value atomically.
+ * Set a pointer to a value atomically.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to a pointer
+ * \param v the desired pointer value
+ * \returns the previous value of the pointer.
  *
- * \return The previous value of the pointer.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGetPtr
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSetPtr(void **a, void* v);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the value of a pointer atomically.
+ * Get the value of a pointer atomically.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to a pointer
+ * \returns the current value of a pointer.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSetPtr
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGetPtr(void **a);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_audio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1464 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/* !!! FIXME: several functions in here need Doxygen comments. */
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_audio.h
+ *
+ *  Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_audio_h_
+#define SDL_audio_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_endian.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+#include "SDL_thread.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Audio format flags.
+ *
+ *  These are what the 16 bits in SDL_AudioFormat currently mean...
+ *  (Unspecified bits are always zero).
+ *
+ *  \verbatim
+    ++-----------------------sample is signed if set
+    ||
+    ||       ++-----------sample is bigendian if set
+    ||       ||
+    ||       ||          ++---sample is float if set
+    ||       ||          ||
+    ||       ||          || +---sample bit size---+
+    ||       ||          || |                     |
+    15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
+    \endverbatim
+ *
+ *  There are macros in SDL 2.0 and later to query these bits.
+ */
+typedef Uint16 SDL_AudioFormat;
+
+/**
+ *  \name Audio flags
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE       (0xFF)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE      (1<<8)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN        (1<<12)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED        (1<<15)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_BITSIZE(x)         (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x)         (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x)     (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x)        (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISINT(x)           (!SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x))
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISLITTLEENDIAN(x)  (!SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x))
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISUNSIGNED(x)      (!SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x))
+
+/**
+ *  \name Audio format flags
+ *
+ *  Defaults to LSB byte order.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define AUDIO_U8        0x0008  /**< Unsigned 8-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_S8        0x8008  /**< Signed 8-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_U16LSB    0x0010  /**< Unsigned 16-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_S16LSB    0x8010  /**< Signed 16-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_U16MSB    0x1010  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_S16MSB    0x9010  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_U16       AUDIO_U16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S16       AUDIO_S16LSB
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ *  \name int32 support
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define AUDIO_S32LSB    0x8020  /**< 32-bit integer samples */
+#define AUDIO_S32MSB    0x9020  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_S32       AUDIO_S32LSB
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ *  \name float32 support
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define AUDIO_F32LSB    0x8120  /**< 32-bit floating point samples */
+#define AUDIO_F32MSB    0x9120  /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_F32       AUDIO_F32LSB
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ *  \name Native audio byte ordering
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define AUDIO_U16SYS    AUDIO_U16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S16SYS    AUDIO_S16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S32SYS    AUDIO_S32LSB
+#define AUDIO_F32SYS    AUDIO_F32LSB
+#else
+#define AUDIO_U16SYS    AUDIO_U16MSB
+#define AUDIO_S16SYS    AUDIO_S16MSB
+#define AUDIO_S32SYS    AUDIO_S32MSB
+#define AUDIO_F32SYS    AUDIO_F32MSB
+#endif
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ *  \name Allow change flags
+ *
+ *  Which audio format changes are allowed when opening a device.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE    0x00000001
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE       0x00000002
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE     0x00000004
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_SAMPLES_CHANGE      0x00000008
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE          (SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_SAMPLES_CHANGE)
+/* @} */
+
+/* @} *//* Audio flags */
+
+/**
+ *  This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
+ *
+ *  \param userdata An application-specific parameter saved in
+ *                  the SDL_AudioSpec structure
+ *  \param stream A pointer to the audio data buffer.
+ *  \param len    The length of that buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ *  Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
+ *  Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
+ *
+ *  You can choose to avoid callbacks and use SDL_QueueAudio() instead, if
+ *  you like. Just open your audio device with a NULL callback.
+ */
+typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioCallback) (void *userdata, Uint8 * stream,
+                                            int len);
+
+/**
+ *  The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ *
+ *  For multi-channel audio, the default SDL channel mapping is:
+ *  2:  FL FR                       (stereo)
+ *  3:  FL FR LFE                   (2.1 surround)
+ *  4:  FL FR BL BR                 (quad)
+ *  5:  FL FR FC BL BR              (quad + center)
+ *  6:  FL FR FC LFE SL SR          (5.1 surround - last two can also be BL BR)
+ *  7:  FL FR FC LFE BC SL SR       (6.1 surround)
+ *  8:  FL FR FC LFE BL BR SL SR    (7.1 surround)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec
+{
+    int freq;                   /**< DSP frequency -- samples per second */
+    SDL_AudioFormat format;     /**< Audio data format */
+    Uint8 channels;             /**< Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
+    Uint8 silence;              /**< Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
+    Uint16 samples;             /**< Audio buffer size in sample FRAMES (total samples divided by channel count) */
+    Uint16 padding;             /**< Necessary for some compile environments */
+    Uint32 size;                /**< Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
+    SDL_AudioCallback callback; /**< Callback that feeds the audio device (NULL to use SDL_QueueAudio()). */
+    void *userdata;             /**< Userdata passed to callback (ignored for NULL callbacks). */
+} SDL_AudioSpec;
+
+
+struct SDL_AudioCVT;
+typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioFilter) (struct SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
+                                          SDL_AudioFormat format);
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Upper limit of filters in SDL_AudioCVT
+ *
+ *  The maximum number of SDL_AudioFilter functions in SDL_AudioCVT is
+ *  currently limited to 9. The SDL_AudioCVT.filters array has 10 pointers,
+ *  one of which is the terminating NULL pointer.
+ */
+#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_MAX_FILTERS 9
+
+/**
+ *  \struct SDL_AudioCVT
+ *  \brief A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers.
+ *
+ *  Note that various parts of the conversion pipeline can take advantage
+ *  of SIMD operations (like SSE2, for example). SDL_AudioCVT doesn't require
+ *  you to pass it aligned data, but can possibly run much faster if you
+ *  set both its (buf) field to a pointer that is aligned to 16 bytes, and its
+ *  (len) field to something that's a multiple of 16, if possible.
+ */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__CHERI_PURE_CAPABILITY__)
+/* This structure is 84 bytes on 32-bit architectures, make sure GCC doesn't
+   pad it out to 88 bytes to guarantee ABI compatibility between compilers.
+   This is not a concern on CHERI architectures, where pointers must be stored
+   at aligned locations otherwise they will become invalid, and thus structs
+   containing pointers cannot be packed without giving a warning or error.
+   vvv
+   The next time we rev the ABI, make sure to size the ints and add padding.
+*/
+#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
+#else
+#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED
+#endif
+/* */
+typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT
+{
+    int needed;                 /**< Set to 1 if conversion possible */
+    SDL_AudioFormat src_format; /**< Source audio format */
+    SDL_AudioFormat dst_format; /**< Target audio format */
+    double rate_incr;           /**< Rate conversion increment */
+    Uint8 *buf;                 /**< Buffer to hold entire audio data */
+    int len;                    /**< Length of original audio buffer */
+    int len_cvt;                /**< Length of converted audio buffer */
+    int len_mult;               /**< buffer must be len*len_mult big */
+    double len_ratio;           /**< Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
+    SDL_AudioFilter filters[SDL_AUDIOCVT_MAX_FILTERS + 1]; /**< NULL-terminated list of filter functions */
+    int filter_index;           /**< Current audio conversion function */
+} SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED SDL_AudioCVT;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ *  \name Driver discovery functions
+ *
+ *  These functions return the list of built in audio drivers, in the
+ *  order that they are normally initialized by default.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to get the number of built-in audio drivers.
+ *
+ * This function returns a hardcoded number. This never returns a negative
+ * value; if there are no drivers compiled into this build of SDL, this
+ * function returns zero. The presence of a driver in this list does not mean
+ * it will function, it just means SDL is capable of interacting with that
+ * interface. For example, a build of SDL might have esound support, but if
+ * there's no esound server available, SDL's esound driver would fail if used.
+ *
+ * By default, SDL tries all drivers, in its preferred order, until one is
+ * found to be usable.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of built-in audio drivers.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioDriver
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(void);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to get the name of a built in audio driver.
+ *
+ * The list of audio drivers is given in the order that they are normally
+ * initialized by default; the drivers that seem more reasonable to choose
+ * first (as far as the SDL developers believe) are earlier in the list.
+ *
+ * The names of drivers are all simple, low-ASCII identifiers, like "alsa",
+ * "coreaudio" or "xaudio2". These never have Unicode characters, and are not
+ * meant to be proper names.
+ *
+ * \param index the index of the audio driver; the value ranges from 0 to
+ *              SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers() - 1
+ * \returns the name of the audio driver at the requested index, or NULL if an
+ *          invalid index was specified.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDriver(int index);
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ *  \name Initialization and cleanup
+ *
+ *  \internal These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless
+ *            you have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to
+ *            use.  You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to initialize a particular audio driver.
+ *
+ * This function is used internally, and should not be used unless you have a
+ * specific need to designate the audio driver you want to use. You should
+ * normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+ *
+ * \param driver_name the name of the desired audio driver
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AudioQuit
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to shut down audio if you initialized it with
+ * SDL_AudioInit().
+ *
+ * This function is used internally, and should not be used unless you have a
+ * specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use. You should
+ * normally use SDL_Quit() or SDL_QuitSubSystem().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AudioInit
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of the current audio driver.
+ *
+ * The returned string points to internal static memory and thus never becomes
+ * invalid, even if you quit the audio subsystem and initialize a new driver
+ * (although such a case would return a different static string from another
+ * call to this function, of course). As such, you should not modify or free
+ * the returned string.
+ *
+ * \returns the name of the current audio driver or NULL if no driver has been
+ *          initialized.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AudioInit
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of opening the audio device.
+ *
+ * This function remains for compatibility with SDL 1.2, but also because it's
+ * slightly easier to use than the new functions in SDL 2.0. The new, more
+ * powerful, and preferred way to do this is SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
+ *
+ * This function is roughly equivalent to:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice(NULL, 0, desired, obtained, SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * With two notable exceptions:
+ *
+ * - If `obtained` is NULL, we use `desired` (and allow no changes), which
+ *   means desired will be modified to have the correct values for silence,
+ *   etc, and SDL will convert any differences between your app's specific
+ *   request and the hardware behind the scenes.
+ * - The return value is always success or failure, and not a device ID, which
+ *   means you can only have one device open at a time with this function.
+ *
+ * \param desired an SDL_AudioSpec structure representing the desired output
+ *                format. Please refer to the SDL_OpenAudioDevice
+ *                documentation for details on how to prepare this structure.
+ * \param obtained an SDL_AudioSpec structure filled in with the actual
+ *                 parameters, or NULL.
+ * \returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
+ *          structure pointed to by `obtained`.
+ *
+ *          If `obtained` is NULL, the audio data passed to the callback
+ *          function will be guaranteed to be in the requested format, and
+ *          will be automatically converted to the actual hardware audio
+ *          format if necessary. If `obtained` is NULL, `desired` will have
+ *          fields modified.
+ *
+ *          This function returns a negative error code on failure to open the
+ *          audio device or failure to set up the audio thread; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CloseAudio
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudio
+ * \sa SDL_PauseAudio
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudio
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
+                                          SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
+
+/**
+ *  SDL Audio Device IDs.
+ *
+ *  A successful call to SDL_OpenAudio() is always device id 1, and legacy
+ *  SDL audio APIs assume you want this device ID. SDL_OpenAudioDevice() calls
+ *  always returns devices >= 2 on success. The legacy calls are good both
+ *  for backwards compatibility and when you don't care about multiple,
+ *  specific, or capture devices.
+ */
+typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of built-in audio devices.
+ *
+ * This function is only valid after successfully initializing the audio
+ * subsystem.
+ *
+ * Note that audio capture support is not implemented as of SDL 2.0.4, so the
+ * `iscapture` parameter is for future expansion and should always be zero for
+ * now.
+ *
+ * This function will return -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be
+ * determined. Returning -1 is not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to
+ * talk to a remote audio server, it can't list every one available on the
+ * Internet, but it will still allow a specific host to be specified in
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
+ *
+ * In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
+ * successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
+ *
+ * This function may trigger a complete redetect of available hardware. It
+ * should not be called for each iteration of a loop, but rather once at the
+ * start of a loop:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * // Don't do this:
+ * for (int i = 0; i < SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(0); i++)
+ *
+ * // do this instead:
+ * const int count = SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(0);
+ * for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) { do_something_here(); }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param iscapture zero to request playback devices, non-zero to request
+ *                  recording devices
+ * \returns the number of available devices exposed by the current driver or
+ *          -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined. A return
+ *          value of -1 does not necessarily mean an error condition.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioDeviceName
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
+
+/**
+ * Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
+ *
+ * This function is only valid after successfully initializing the audio
+ * subsystem. The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
+ * SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); re-call that function to redetect available
+ * hardware.
+ *
+ * The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
+ * managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the string
+ * for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it will be
+ * invalid next time any of several other SDL functions are called.
+ *
+ * \param index the index of the audio device; valid values range from 0 to
+ *              SDL_GetNumAudioDevices() - 1
+ * \param iscapture non-zero to query the list of recording devices, zero to
+ *                  query the list of output devices.
+ * \returns the name of the audio device at the requested index, or NULL on
+ *          error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumAudioDevices
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
+                                                           int iscapture);
+
+/**
+ * Get the preferred audio format of a specific audio device.
+ *
+ * This function is only valid after a successfully initializing the audio
+ * subsystem. The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
+ * SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); re-call that function to redetect available
+ * hardware.
+ *
+ * `spec` will be filled with the sample rate, sample format, and channel
+ * count. All other values in the structure are filled with 0. When the
+ * supported struct members are 0, SDL was unable to get the property from the
+ * backend.
+ *
+ * \param index the index of the audio device; valid values range from 0 to
+ *              SDL_GetNumAudioDevices() - 1
+ * \param iscapture non-zero to query the list of recording devices, zero to
+ *                  query the list of output devices.
+ * \param spec The SDL_AudioSpec to be initialized by this function.
+ * \returns 0 on success, nonzero on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.16.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumAudioDevices
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceSpec(int index,
+                                                   int iscapture,
+                                                   SDL_AudioSpec *spec);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a specific audio device.
+ *
+ * SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1. As such,
+ * this function will never return a 1 so as not to conflict with the legacy
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Please note that SDL 2.0 before 2.0.5 did not support recording; as such,
+ * this function would fail if `iscapture` was not zero. Starting with SDL
+ * 2.0.5, recording is implemented and this value can be non-zero.
+ *
+ * Passing in a `device` name of NULL requests the most reasonable default
+ * (and is equivalent to what SDL_OpenAudio() does to choose a device). The
+ * `device` name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
+ * some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
+ * hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
+ * diskaudio driver.
+ *
+ * An opened audio device starts out paused, and should be enabled for playing
+ * by calling SDL_PauseAudioDevice(devid, 0) when you are ready for your audio
+ * callback function to be called. Since the audio driver may modify the
+ * requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate any local mixing
+ * buffers after you open the audio device.
+ *
+ * The audio callback runs in a separate thread in most cases; you can prevent
+ * race conditions between your callback and other threads without fully
+ * pausing playback with SDL_LockAudioDevice(). For more information about the
+ * callback, see SDL_AudioSpec.
+ *
+ * Managing the audio spec via 'desired' and 'obtained':
+ *
+ * When filling in the desired audio spec structure:
+ *
+ * - `desired->freq` should be the frequency in sample-frames-per-second (Hz).
+ * - `desired->format` should be the audio format (`AUDIO_S16SYS`, etc).
+ * - `desired->samples` is the desired size of the audio buffer, in _sample
+ *   frames_ (with stereo output, two samples--left and right--would make a
+ *   single sample frame). This number should be a power of two, and may be
+ *   adjusted by the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware.
+ *   Good values seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on
+ *   the application and CPU speed. Smaller values reduce latency, but can
+ *   lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
+ *   fill the audio buffer in time. Note that the number of sample frames is
+ *   directly related to time by the following formula: `ms =
+ *   (sampleframes*1000)/freq`
+ * - `desired->size` is the size in _bytes_ of the audio buffer, and is
+ *   calculated by SDL_OpenAudioDevice(). You don't initialize this.
+ * - `desired->silence` is the value used to set the buffer to silence, and is
+ *   calculated by SDL_OpenAudioDevice(). You don't initialize this.
+ * - `desired->callback` should be set to a function that will be called when
+ *   the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer to the
+ *   audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer. This function
+ *   usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should protect data
+ *   structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudioDevice() and
+ *   SDL_UnlockAudioDevice() in your code. Alternately, you may pass a NULL
+ *   pointer here, and call SDL_QueueAudio() with some frequency, to queue
+ *   more audio samples to be played (or for capture devices, call
+ *   SDL_DequeueAudio() with some frequency, to obtain audio samples).
+ * - `desired->userdata` is passed as the first parameter to your callback
+ *   function. If you passed a NULL callback, this value is ignored.
+ *
+ * `allowed_changes` can have the following flags OR'd together:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE`
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE`
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE`
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE`
+ *
+ * These flags specify how SDL should behave when a device cannot offer a
+ * specific feature. If the application requests a feature that the hardware
+ * doesn't offer, SDL will always try to get the closest equivalent.
+ *
+ * For example, if you ask for float32 audio format, but the sound card only
+ * supports int16, SDL will set the hardware to int16. If you had set
+ * SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE, SDL will change the format in the `obtained`
+ * structure. If that flag was *not* set, SDL will prepare to convert your
+ * callback's float32 audio to int16 before feeding it to the hardware and
+ * will keep the originally requested format in the `obtained` structure.
+ *
+ * The resulting audio specs, varying depending on hardware and on what
+ * changes were allowed, will then be written back to `obtained`.
+ *
+ * If your application can only handle one specific data format, pass a zero
+ * for `allowed_changes` and let SDL transparently handle any differences.
+ *
+ * \param device a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName() or a
+ *               driver-specific name as appropriate. NULL requests the most
+ *               reasonable default device.
+ * \param iscapture non-zero to specify a device should be opened for
+ *                  recording, not playback
+ * \param desired an SDL_AudioSpec structure representing the desired output
+ *                format; see SDL_OpenAudio() for more information
+ * \param obtained an SDL_AudioSpec structure filled in with the actual output
+ *                 format; see SDL_OpenAudio() for more information
+ * \param allowed_changes 0, or one or more flags OR'd together
+ * \returns a valid device ID that is > 0 on success or 0 on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ *          For compatibility with SDL 1.2, this will never return 1, since
+ *          SDL reserves that ID for the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CloseAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioDeviceName
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudio
+ * \sa SDL_PauseAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(
+                                                  const char *device,
+                                                  int iscapture,
+                                                  const SDL_AudioSpec *desired,
+                                                  SDL_AudioSpec *obtained,
+                                                  int allowed_changes);
+
+
+
+/**
+ *  \name Audio state
+ *
+ *  Get the current audio state.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
+    SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
+    SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
+} SDL_AudioStatus;
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of querying the audio device.
+ *
+ * New programs might want to use SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus() instead. This
+ * function is equivalent to calling...
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(1);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * ...and is only useful if you used the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \returns the SDL_AudioStatus of the audio device opened by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to get the current audio state of an audio device.
+ *
+ * \param dev the ID of an audio device previously opened with
+ *            SDL_OpenAudioDevice()
+ * \returns the SDL_AudioStatus of the specified audio device.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PauseAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+/* @} *//* Audio State */
+
+/**
+ *  \name Pause audio functions
+ *
+ *  These functions pause and unpause the audio callback processing.
+ *  They should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
+ *  device to start playing sound.  This is so you can safely initialize
+ *  data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
+ *  Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of pausing the audio device.
+ *
+ * New programs might want to use SDL_PauseAudioDevice() instead. This
+ * function is equivalent to calling...
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_PauseAudioDevice(1, pause_on);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * ...and is only useful if you used the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \param pause_on non-zero to pause, 0 to unpause
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioStatus
+ * \sa SDL_PauseAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to pause and unpause audio playback on a specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing for a given
+ * device. Newly-opened audio devices start in the paused state, so you must
+ * call this function with **pause_on**=0 after opening the specified audio
+ * device to start playing sound. This allows you to safely initialize data
+ * for your callback function after opening the audio device. Silence will be
+ * written to the audio device while paused, and the audio callback is
+ * guaranteed to not be called. Pausing one device does not prevent other
+ * unpaused devices from running their callbacks.
+ *
+ * Pausing state does not stack; even if you pause a device several times, a
+ * single unpause will start the device playing again, and vice versa. This is
+ * different from how SDL_LockAudioDevice() works.
+ *
+ * If you just need to protect a few variables from race conditions vs your
+ * callback, you shouldn't pause the audio device, as it will lead to dropouts
+ * in the audio playback. Instead, you should use SDL_LockAudioDevice().
+ *
+ * \param dev a device opened by SDL_OpenAudioDevice()
+ * \param pause_on non-zero to pause, 0 to unpause
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
+                                                  int pause_on);
+/* @} *//* Pause audio functions */
+
+/**
+ * Load the audio data of a WAVE file into memory.
+ *
+ * Loading a WAVE file requires `src`, `spec`, `audio_buf` and `audio_len` to
+ * be valid pointers. The entire data portion of the file is then loaded into
+ * memory and decoded if necessary.
+ *
+ * If `freesrc` is non-zero, the data source gets automatically closed and
+ * freed before the function returns.
+ *
+ * Supported formats are RIFF WAVE files with the formats PCM (8, 16, 24, and
+ * 32 bits), IEEE Float (32 bits), Microsoft ADPCM and IMA ADPCM (4 bits), and
+ * A-law and mu-law (8 bits). Other formats are currently unsupported and
+ * cause an error.
+ *
+ * If this function succeeds, the pointer returned by it is equal to `spec`
+ * and the pointer to the audio data allocated by the function is written to
+ * `audio_buf` and its length in bytes to `audio_len`. The SDL_AudioSpec
+ * members `freq`, `channels`, and `format` are set to the values of the audio
+ * data in the buffer. The `samples` member is set to a sane default and all
+ * others are set to zero.
+ *
+ * It's necessary to use SDL_FreeWAV() to free the audio data returned in
+ * `audio_buf` when it is no longer used.
+ *
+ * Because of the underspecification of the .WAV format, there are many
+ * problematic files in the wild that cause issues with strict decoders. To
+ * provide compatibility with these files, this decoder is lenient in regards
+ * to the truncation of the file, the fact chunk, and the size of the RIFF
+ * chunk. The hints `SDL_HINT_WAVE_RIFF_CHUNK_SIZE`,
+ * `SDL_HINT_WAVE_TRUNCATION`, and `SDL_HINT_WAVE_FACT_CHUNK` can be used to
+ * tune the behavior of the loading process.
+ *
+ * Any file that is invalid (due to truncation, corruption, or wrong values in
+ * the headers), too big, or unsupported causes an error. Additionally, any
+ * critical I/O error from the data source will terminate the loading process
+ * with an error. The function returns NULL on error and in all cases (with
+ * the exception of `src` being NULL), an appropriate error message will be
+ * set.
+ *
+ * It is required that the data source supports seeking.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, &spec, &buf, &len);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * Note that the SDL_LoadWAV macro does this same thing for you, but in a less
+ * messy way:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_LoadWAV("sample.wav", &spec, &buf, &len);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param src The data source for the WAVE data
+ * \param freesrc If non-zero, SDL will _always_ free the data source
+ * \param spec An SDL_AudioSpec that will be filled in with the wave file's
+ *             format details
+ * \param audio_buf A pointer filled with the audio data, allocated by the
+ *                  function.
+ * \param audio_len A pointer filled with the length of the audio data buffer
+ *                  in bytes
+ * \returns This function, if successfully called, returns `spec`, which will
+ *          be filled with the audio data format of the wave source data.
+ *          `audio_buf` will be filled with a pointer to an allocated buffer
+ *          containing the audio data, and `audio_len` is filled with the
+ *          length of that audio buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ *          This function returns NULL if the .WAV file cannot be opened, uses
+ *          an unknown data format, or is corrupt; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ *          When the application is done with the data returned in
+ *          `audio_buf`, it should call SDL_FreeWAV() to dispose of it.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeWAV
+ * \sa SDL_LoadWAV
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
+                                                      int freesrc,
+                                                      SDL_AudioSpec * spec,
+                                                      Uint8 ** audio_buf,
+                                                      Uint32 * audio_len);
+
+/**
+ *  Loads a WAV from a file.
+ *  Compatibility convenience function.
+ */
+#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
+    SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
+
+/**
+ * Free data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV() or SDL_LoadWAV_RW().
+ *
+ * After a WAVE file has been opened with SDL_LoadWAV() or SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ * its data can eventually be freed with SDL_FreeWAV(). It is safe to call
+ * this function with a NULL pointer.
+ *
+ * \param audio_buf a pointer to the buffer created by SDL_LoadWAV() or
+ *                  SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadWAV
+ * \sa SDL_LoadWAV_RW
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an SDL_AudioCVT structure for conversion.
+ *
+ * Before an SDL_AudioCVT structure can be used to convert audio data it must
+ * be initialized with source and destination information.
+ *
+ * This function will zero out every field of the SDL_AudioCVT, so it must be
+ * called before the application fills in the final buffer information.
+ *
+ * Once this function has returned successfully, and reported that a
+ * conversion is necessary, the application fills in the rest of the fields in
+ * SDL_AudioCVT, now that it knows how large a buffer it needs to allocate,
+ * and then can call SDL_ConvertAudio() to complete the conversion.
+ *
+ * \param cvt an SDL_AudioCVT structure filled in with audio conversion
+ *            information
+ * \param src_format the source format of the audio data; for more info see
+ *                   SDL_AudioFormat
+ * \param src_channels the number of channels in the source
+ * \param src_rate the frequency (sample-frames-per-second) of the source
+ * \param dst_format the destination format of the audio data; for more info
+ *                   see SDL_AudioFormat
+ * \param dst_channels the number of channels in the destination
+ * \param dst_rate the frequency (sample-frames-per-second) of the destination
+ * \returns 1 if the audio filter is prepared, 0 if no conversion is needed,
+ *          or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ConvertAudio
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
+                                              SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
+                                              Uint8 src_channels,
+                                              int src_rate,
+                                              SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
+                                              Uint8 dst_channels,
+                                              int dst_rate);
+
+/**
+ * Convert audio data to a desired audio format.
+ *
+ * This function does the actual audio data conversion, after the application
+ * has called SDL_BuildAudioCVT() to prepare the conversion information and
+ * then filled in the buffer details.
+ *
+ * Once the application has initialized the `cvt` structure using
+ * SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), allocated an audio buffer and filled it with audio
+ * data in the source format, this function will convert the buffer, in-place,
+ * to the desired format.
+ *
+ * The data conversion may go through several passes; any given pass may
+ * possibly temporarily increase the size of the data. For example, SDL might
+ * expand 16-bit data to 32 bits before resampling to a lower frequency,
+ * shrinking the data size after having grown it briefly. Since the supplied
+ * buffer will be both the source and destination, converting as necessary
+ * in-place, the application must allocate a buffer that will fully contain
+ * the data during its largest conversion pass. After SDL_BuildAudioCVT()
+ * returns, the application should set the `cvt->len` field to the size, in
+ * bytes, of the source data, and allocate a buffer that is `cvt->len *
+ * cvt->len_mult` bytes long for the `buf` field.
+ *
+ * The source data should be copied into this buffer before the call to
+ * SDL_ConvertAudio(). Upon successful return, this buffer will contain the
+ * converted audio, and `cvt->len_cvt` will be the size of the converted data,
+ * in bytes. Any bytes in the buffer past `cvt->len_cvt` are undefined once
+ * this function returns.
+ *
+ * \param cvt an SDL_AudioCVT structure that was previously set up by
+ *            SDL_BuildAudioCVT().
+ * \returns 0 if the conversion was completed successfully or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BuildAudioCVT
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
+
+/* SDL_AudioStream is a new audio conversion interface.
+   The benefits vs SDL_AudioCVT:
+    - it can handle resampling data in chunks without generating
+      artifacts, when it doesn't have the complete buffer available.
+    - it can handle incoming data in any variable size.
+    - You push data as you have it, and pull it when you need it
+ */
+/* this is opaque to the outside world. */
+struct _SDL_AudioStream;
+typedef struct _SDL_AudioStream SDL_AudioStream;
+
+/**
+ * Create a new audio stream.
+ *
+ * \param src_format The format of the source audio
+ * \param src_channels The number of channels of the source audio
+ * \param src_rate The sampling rate of the source audio
+ * \param dst_format The format of the desired audio output
+ * \param dst_channels The number of channels of the desired audio output
+ * \param dst_rate The sampling rate of the desired audio output
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
+ * \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStream * SDLCALL SDL_NewAudioStream(const SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
+                                           const Uint8 src_channels,
+                                           const int src_rate,
+                                           const SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
+                                           const Uint8 dst_channels,
+                                           const int dst_rate);
+
+/**
+ * Add data to be converted/resampled to the stream.
+ *
+ * \param stream The stream the audio data is being added to
+ * \param buf A pointer to the audio data to add
+ * \param len The number of bytes to write to the stream
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
+ * \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamPut(SDL_AudioStream *stream, const void *buf, int len);
+
+/**
+ * Get converted/resampled data from the stream
+ *
+ * \param stream The stream the audio is being requested from
+ * \param buf A buffer to fill with audio data
+ * \param len The maximum number of bytes to fill
+ * \returns the number of bytes read from the stream, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
+ * \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamGet(SDL_AudioStream *stream, void *buf, int len);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of converted/resampled bytes available.
+ *
+ * The stream may be buffering data behind the scenes until it has enough to
+ * resample correctly, so this number might be lower than what you expect, or
+ * even be zero. Add more data or flush the stream if you need the data now.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
+ * \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamAvailable(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
+
+/**
+ * Tell the stream that you're done sending data, and anything being buffered
+ * should be converted/resampled and made available immediately.
+ *
+ * It is legal to add more data to a stream after flushing, but there will be
+ * audio gaps in the output. Generally this is intended to signal the end of
+ * input, so the complete output becomes available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
+ * \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamFlush(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
+
+/**
+ * Clear any pending data in the stream without converting it
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
+ * \sa SDL_FreeAudioStream
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamClear(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
+
+/**
+ * Free an audio stream
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamAvailable
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamFlush
+ * \sa SDL_AudioStreamClear
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeAudioStream(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
+
+#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of mixing audio.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to calling...
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_MixAudioFormat(dst, src, format, len, volume);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * ...where `format` is the obtained format of the audio device from the
+ * legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \param dst the destination for the mixed audio
+ * \param src the source audio buffer to be mixed
+ * \param len the length of the audio buffer in bytes
+ * \param volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+ *               for full audio volume
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MixAudioFormat
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
+                                          Uint32 len, int volume);
+
+/**
+ * Mix audio data in a specified format.
+ *
+ * This takes an audio buffer `src` of `len` bytes of `format` data and mixes
+ * it into `dst`, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow
+ * clipping. The buffer pointed to by `dst` must also be `len` bytes of
+ * `format` data.
+ *
+ * This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
+ *
+ * Do not use this function for mixing together more than two streams of
+ * sample data. The output from repeated application of this function may be
+ * distorted by clipping, because there is no accumulator with greater range
+ * than the input (not to mention this being an inefficient way of doing it).
+ *
+ * It is a common misconception that this function is required to write audio
+ * data to an output stream in an audio callback. While you can do that,
+ * SDL_MixAudioFormat() is really only needed when you're mixing a single
+ * audio stream with a volume adjustment.
+ *
+ * \param dst the destination for the mixed audio
+ * \param src the source audio buffer to be mixed
+ * \param format the SDL_AudioFormat structure representing the desired audio
+ *               format
+ * \param len the length of the audio buffer in bytes
+ * \param volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+ *               for full audio volume
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
+                                                const Uint8 * src,
+                                                SDL_AudioFormat format,
+                                                Uint32 len, int volume);
+
+/**
+ * Queue more audio on non-callback devices.
+ *
+ * If you are looking to retrieve queued audio from a non-callback capture
+ * device, you want SDL_DequeueAudio() instead. SDL_QueueAudio() will return
+ * -1 to signify an error if you use it with capture devices.
+ *
+ * SDL offers two ways to feed audio to the device: you can either supply a
+ * callback that SDL triggers with some frequency to obtain more audio (pull
+ * method), or you can supply no callback, and then SDL will expect you to
+ * supply data at regular intervals (push method) with this function.
+ *
+ * There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
+ * exhaustion of address space. Queued data will drain to the device as
+ * necessary without further intervention from you. If the device needs audio
+ * but there is not enough queued, it will play silence to make up the
+ * difference. This means you will have skips in your audio playback if you
+ * aren't routinely queueing sufficient data.
+ *
+ * This function copies the supplied data, so you are safe to free it when the
+ * function returns. This function is thread-safe, but queueing to the same
+ * device from two threads at once does not promise which buffer will be
+ * queued first.
+ *
+ * You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
+ * callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use the audio callback or
+ * queue audio with this function, but not both.
+ *
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
+ * handles locking internally for this function.
+ *
+ * Note that SDL2 does not support planar audio. You will need to resample
+ * from planar audio formats into a non-planar one (see SDL_AudioFormat)
+ * before queuing audio.
+ *
+ * \param dev the device ID to which we will queue audio
+ * \param data the data to queue to the device for later playback
+ * \param len the number of bytes (not samples!) to which `data` points
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, const void *data, Uint32 len);
+
+/**
+ * Dequeue more audio on non-callback devices.
+ *
+ * If you are looking to queue audio for output on a non-callback playback
+ * device, you want SDL_QueueAudio() instead. SDL_DequeueAudio() will always
+ * return 0 if you use it with playback devices.
+ *
+ * SDL offers two ways to retrieve audio from a capture device: you can either
+ * supply a callback that SDL triggers with some frequency as the device
+ * records more audio data, (push method), or you can supply no callback, and
+ * then SDL will expect you to retrieve data at regular intervals (pull
+ * method) with this function.
+ *
+ * There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
+ * exhaustion of address space. Data from the device will keep queuing as
+ * necessary without further intervention from you. This means you will
+ * eventually run out of memory if you aren't routinely dequeueing data.
+ *
+ * Capture devices will not queue data when paused; if you are expecting to
+ * not need captured audio for some length of time, use SDL_PauseAudioDevice()
+ * to stop the capture device from queueing more data. This can be useful
+ * during, say, level loading times. When unpaused, capture devices will start
+ * queueing data from that point, having flushed any capturable data available
+ * while paused.
+ *
+ * This function is thread-safe, but dequeueing from the same device from two
+ * threads at once does not promise which thread will dequeue data first.
+ *
+ * You may not dequeue audio from a device that is using an
+ * application-supplied callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use
+ * the audio callback, or dequeue audio with this function, but not both.
+ *
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before dequeueing; SDL
+ * handles locking internally for this function.
+ *
+ * \param dev the device ID from which we will dequeue audio
+ * \param data a pointer into where audio data should be copied
+ * \param len the number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points
+ * \returns the number of bytes dequeued, which could be less than requested;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.5.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_DequeueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, void *data, Uint32 len);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of bytes of still-queued audio.
+ *
+ * For playback devices: this is the number of bytes that have been queued for
+ * playback with SDL_QueueAudio(), but have not yet been sent to the hardware.
+ *
+ * Once we've sent it to the hardware, this function can not decide the exact
+ * byte boundary of what has been played. It's possible that we just gave the
+ * hardware several kilobytes right before you called this function, but it
+ * hasn't played any of it yet, or maybe half of it, etc.
+ *
+ * For capture devices, this is the number of bytes that have been captured by
+ * the device and are waiting for you to dequeue. This number may grow at any
+ * time, so this only informs of the lower-bound of available data.
+ *
+ * You may not queue or dequeue audio on a device that is using an
+ * application-supplied callback; calling this function on such a device
+ * always returns 0. You have to use the audio callback or queue audio, but
+ * not both.
+ *
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before querying; SDL
+ * handles locking internally for this function.
+ *
+ * \param dev the device ID of which we will query queued audio size
+ * \returns the number of bytes (not samples!) of queued audio.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_QueueAudio
+ * \sa SDL_DequeueAudio
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+
+/**
+ * Drop any queued audio data waiting to be sent to the hardware.
+ *
+ * Immediately after this call, SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize() will return 0. For
+ * output devices, the hardware will start playing silence if more audio isn't
+ * queued. For capture devices, the hardware will start filling the empty
+ * queue with new data if the capture device isn't paused.
+ *
+ * This will not prevent playback of queued audio that's already been sent to
+ * the hardware, as we can not undo that, so expect there to be some fraction
+ * of a second of audio that might still be heard. This can be useful if you
+ * want to, say, drop any pending music or any unprocessed microphone input
+ * during a level change in your game.
+ *
+ * You may not queue or dequeue audio on a device that is using an
+ * application-supplied callback; calling this function on such a device
+ * always returns 0. You have to use the audio callback or queue audio, but
+ * not both.
+ *
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before clearing the
+ * queue; SDL handles locking internally for this function.
+ *
+ * This function always succeeds and thus returns void.
+ *
+ * \param dev the device ID of which to clear the audio queue
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
+ * \sa SDL_QueueAudio
+ * \sa SDL_DequeueAudio
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearQueuedAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+
+
+/**
+ *  \name Audio lock functions
+ *
+ *  The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
+ *  During a SDL_LockAudio()/SDL_UnlockAudio() pair, you can be guaranteed that
+ *  the callback function is not running.  Do not call these from the callback
+ *  function or you will cause deadlock.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of locking the audio device.
+ *
+ * New programs might want to use SDL_LockAudioDevice() instead. This function
+ * is equivalent to calling...
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_LockAudioDevice(1);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * ...and is only useful if you used the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudio
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to lock out the audio callback function for a specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * The lock manipulated by these functions protects the audio callback
+ * function specified in SDL_OpenAudioDevice(). During a
+ * SDL_LockAudioDevice()/SDL_UnlockAudioDevice() pair, you can be guaranteed
+ * that the callback function for that device is not running, even if the
+ * device is not paused. While a device is locked, any other unpaused,
+ * unlocked devices may still run their callbacks.
+ *
+ * Calling this function from inside your audio callback is unnecessary. SDL
+ * obtains this lock before calling your function, and releases it when the
+ * function returns.
+ *
+ * You should not hold the lock longer than absolutely necessary. If you hold
+ * it too long, you'll experience dropouts in your audio playback. Ideally,
+ * your application locks the device, sets a few variables and unlocks again.
+ * Do not do heavy work while holding the lock for a device.
+ *
+ * It is safe to lock the audio device multiple times, as long as you unlock
+ * it an equivalent number of times. The callback will not run until the
+ * device has been unlocked completely in this way. If your application fails
+ * to unlock the device appropriately, your callback will never run, you might
+ * hear repeating bursts of audio, and SDL_CloseAudioDevice() will probably
+ * deadlock.
+ *
+ * Internally, the audio device lock is a mutex; if you lock from two threads
+ * at once, not only will you block the audio callback, you'll block the other
+ * thread.
+ *
+ * \param dev the ID of the device to be locked
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of unlocking the audio device.
+ *
+ * New programs might want to use SDL_UnlockAudioDevice() instead. This
+ * function is equivalent to calling...
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(1);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * ...and is only useful if you used the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudio
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to unlock the audio callback function for a specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * This function should be paired with a previous SDL_LockAudioDevice() call.
+ *
+ * \param dev the ID of the device to be unlocked
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+/* @} *//* Audio lock functions */
+
+/**
+ * This function is a legacy means of closing the audio device.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to calling...
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_CloseAudioDevice(1);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * ...and is only useful if you used the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudio
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to shut down audio processing and close the audio device.
+ *
+ * The application should close open audio devices once they are no longer
+ * needed. Calling this function will wait until the device's audio callback
+ * is not running, release the audio hardware and then clean up internal
+ * state. No further audio will play from this device once this function
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * This function may block briefly while pending audio data is played by the
+ * hardware, so that applications don't drop the last buffer of data they
+ * supplied.
+ *
+ * The device ID is invalid as soon as the device is closed, and is eligible
+ * for reuse in a new SDL_OpenAudioDevice() call immediately.
+ *
+ * \param dev an audio device previously opened with SDL_OpenAudioDevice()
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudioDevice
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_audio_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_bits.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_bits.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -45,13 +45,12 @@ extern "C" {
  *  with 0. This operation can also be stated as "count leading zeroes" and
  *  "log base 2".
  *
- *  \return Index of the most significant bit, or -1 if the value is 0.
+ *  \return the index of the most significant bit, or -1 if the value is 0.
  */
 #if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
-extern _inline int _SDL_clz_watcom (Uint32);
-#pragma aux _SDL_clz_watcom = \
+extern __inline int _SDL_bsr_watcom(Uint32);
+#pragma aux _SDL_bsr_watcom = \
     "bsr eax, eax" \
-    "xor eax, 31" \
     parm [eax] nomemory \
     value [eax] \
     modify exact [eax] nomemory;
@@ -72,7 +71,13 @@ SDL_MostSignificantBitIndex32(Uint32 x)
     if (x == 0) {
         return -1;
     }
-    return 31 - _SDL_clz_watcom(x);
+    return _SDL_bsr_watcom(x);
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+    unsigned long index;
+    if (_BitScanReverse(&index, x)) {
+        return index;
+    }
+    return -1;
 #else
     /* Based off of Bit Twiddling Hacks by Sean Eron Anderson
      * <seander@cs.stanford.edu>, released in the public domain.
@@ -101,6 +106,15 @@ SDL_MostSignificantBitIndex32(Uint32 x)
 #endif
 }
 
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool
+SDL_HasExactlyOneBitSet32(Uint32 x)
+{
+    if (x && !(x & (x - 1))) {
+        return SDL_TRUE;
+    }
+    return SDL_FALSE;
+}
+
 /* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_blendmode.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_blendmode.h
+ *
+ *  Header file declaring the SDL_BlendMode enumeration
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_blendmode_h_
+#define SDL_blendmode_h_
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The blend mode used in SDL_RenderCopy() and drawing operations.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE = 0x00000000,     /**< no blending
+                                              dstRGBA = srcRGBA */
+    SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND = 0x00000001,    /**< alpha blending
+                                              dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
+                                              dstA = srcA + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
+    SDL_BLENDMODE_ADD = 0x00000002,      /**< additive blending
+                                              dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + dstRGB
+                                              dstA = dstA */
+    SDL_BLENDMODE_MOD = 0x00000004,      /**< color modulate
+                                              dstRGB = srcRGB * dstRGB
+                                              dstA = dstA */
+    SDL_BLENDMODE_MUL = 0x00000008,      /**< color multiply
+                                              dstRGB = (srcRGB * dstRGB) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
+                                              dstA = (srcA * dstA) + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
+    SDL_BLENDMODE_INVALID = 0x7FFFFFFF
+
+    /* Additional custom blend modes can be returned by SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode() */
+
+} SDL_BlendMode;
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The blend operation used when combining source and destination pixel components
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD              = 0x1,  /**< dst + src: supported by all renderers */
+    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT         = 0x2,  /**< dst - src : supported by D3D9, D3D11, OpenGL, OpenGLES */
+    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT     = 0x3,  /**< src - dst : supported by D3D9, D3D11, OpenGL, OpenGLES */
+    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MINIMUM          = 0x4,  /**< min(dst, src) : supported by D3D11 */
+    SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MAXIMUM          = 0x5   /**< max(dst, src) : supported by D3D11 */
+
+} SDL_BlendOperation;
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The normalized factor used to multiply pixel components
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ZERO                = 0x1,  /**< 0, 0, 0, 0 */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE                 = 0x2,  /**< 1, 1, 1, 1 */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_SRC_COLOR           = 0x3,  /**< srcR, srcG, srcB, srcA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR = 0x4,  /**< 1-srcR, 1-srcG, 1-srcB, 1-srcA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_SRC_ALPHA           = 0x5,  /**< srcA, srcA, srcA, srcA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA = 0x6,  /**< 1-srcA, 1-srcA, 1-srcA, 1-srcA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_COLOR           = 0x7,  /**< dstR, dstG, dstB, dstA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR = 0x8,  /**< 1-dstR, 1-dstG, 1-dstB, 1-dstA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_ALPHA           = 0x9,  /**< dstA, dstA, dstA, dstA */
+    SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA = 0xA   /**< 1-dstA, 1-dstA, 1-dstA, 1-dstA */
+
+} SDL_BlendFactor;
+
+/**
+ * Compose a custom blend mode for renderers.
+ *
+ * The functions SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode and SDL_SetTextureBlendMode accept
+ * the SDL_BlendMode returned by this function if the renderer supports it.
+ *
+ * A blend mode controls how the pixels from a drawing operation (source) get
+ * combined with the pixels from the render target (destination). First, the
+ * components of the source and destination pixels get multiplied with their
+ * blend factors. Then, the blend operation takes the two products and
+ * calculates the result that will get stored in the render target.
+ *
+ * Expressed in pseudocode, it would look like this:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * dstRGB = colorOperation(srcRGB * srcColorFactor, dstRGB * dstColorFactor);
+ * dstA = alphaOperation(srcA * srcAlphaFactor, dstA * dstAlphaFactor);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * Where the functions `colorOperation(src, dst)` and `alphaOperation(src,
+ * dst)` can return one of the following:
+ *
+ * - `src + dst`
+ * - `src - dst`
+ * - `dst - src`
+ * - `min(src, dst)`
+ * - `max(src, dst)`
+ *
+ * The red, green, and blue components are always multiplied with the first,
+ * second, and third components of the SDL_BlendFactor, respectively. The
+ * fourth component is not used.
+ *
+ * The alpha component is always multiplied with the fourth component of the
+ * SDL_BlendFactor. The other components are not used in the alpha
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * Support for these blend modes varies for each renderer. To check if a
+ * specific SDL_BlendMode is supported, create a renderer and pass it to
+ * either SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode or SDL_SetTextureBlendMode. They will
+ * return with an error if the blend mode is not supported.
+ *
+ * This list describes the support of custom blend modes for each renderer in
+ * SDL 2.0.6. All renderers support the four blend modes listed in the
+ * SDL_BlendMode enumeration.
+ *
+ * - **direct3d**: Supports `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD` with all factors.
+ * - **direct3d11**: Supports all operations with all factors. However, some
+ *   factors produce unexpected results with `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MINIMUM` and
+ *   `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MAXIMUM`.
+ * - **opengl**: Supports the `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD` operation with all
+ *   factors. OpenGL versions 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 do not work correctly with SDL
+ *   2.0.6.
+ * - **opengles**: Supports the `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD` operation with all
+ *   factors. Color and alpha factors need to be the same. OpenGL ES 1
+ *   implementation specific: May also support `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT`
+ *   and `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT`. May support color and alpha
+ *   operations being different from each other. May support color and alpha
+ *   factors being different from each other.
+ * - **opengles2**: Supports the `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD`,
+ *   `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT`, `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT`
+ *   operations with all factors.
+ * - **psp**: No custom blend mode support.
+ * - **software**: No custom blend mode support.
+ *
+ * Some renderers do not provide an alpha component for the default render
+ * target. The `SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_ALPHA` and
+ * `SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA` factors do not have an effect in this
+ * case.
+ *
+ * \param srcColorFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the red, green, and
+ *                       blue components of the source pixels
+ * \param dstColorFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the red, green, and
+ *                       blue components of the destination pixels
+ * \param colorOperation the SDL_BlendOperation used to combine the red,
+ *                       green, and blue components of the source and
+ *                       destination pixels
+ * \param srcAlphaFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the alpha component of
+ *                       the source pixels
+ * \param dstAlphaFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the alpha component of
+ *                       the destination pixels
+ * \param alphaOperation the SDL_BlendOperation used to combine the alpha
+ *                       component of the source and destination pixels
+ * \returns an SDL_BlendMode that represents the chosen factors and
+ *          operations.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureBlendMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_BlendMode SDLCALL SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode(SDL_BlendFactor srcColorFactor,
+                                                                 SDL_BlendFactor dstColorFactor,
+                                                                 SDL_BlendOperation colorOperation,
+                                                                 SDL_BlendFactor srcAlphaFactor,
+                                                                 SDL_BlendFactor dstAlphaFactor,
+                                                                 SDL_BlendOperation alphaOperation);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_blendmode_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_clipboard.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_clipboard.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -39,23 +39,46 @@ extern "C" {
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- * \brief Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard
+ * Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard.
  *
- * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
+ * \param text the text to store in the clipboard
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText
+ * \sa SDL_HasClipboardText
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetClipboardText(const char *text);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free()
+ * Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * This functions returns empty string if there was not enough memory left for
+ * a copy of the clipboard's content.
+ *
+ * \returns the clipboard text on success or an empty string on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information. Caller must call SDL_free()
+ *          on the returned pointer when done with it (even if there was an
+ *          error).
  *
- * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText()
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasClipboardText
+ * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetClipboardText(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Returns a flag indicating whether the clipboard exists and contains a text string that is non-empty
+ * Query whether the clipboard exists and contains a non-empty text string.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the clipboard has text, or SDL_FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText
+ * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasClipboardText(void);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_config.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_config.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -25,10 +25,23 @@
 
 #include "SDL_platform.h"
 
+/* winsdkver.h defines _WIN32_MAXVER for SDK version detection. It is present since at least the Windows 7 SDK,
+ * but out of caution we'll only use it if the compiler supports __has_include() to confirm its presence.
+ * If your compiler doesn't support __has_include() but you have winsdkver.h, define HAVE_WINSDKVER_H.  */
+#if !defined(HAVE_WINSDKVER_H) && defined(__has_include)
+#if __has_include(<winsdkver.h>)
+#define HAVE_WINSDKVER_H 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WINSDKVER_H
+#include <winsdkver.h>
+#endif
+
 /* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
 
 #if !defined(_STDINT_H_) && (!defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) || !_HAVE_STDINT_H)
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__clang__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__CODEGEARC__)
 #define HAVE_STDINT_H   1
 #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
 typedef signed __int8 int8_t;
@@ -82,6 +95,23 @@ typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
 #define HAVE_DSOUND_H 1
 #define HAVE_DXGI_H 1
 #define HAVE_XINPUT_H 1
+#if defined(_WIN32_MAXVER) && _WIN32_MAXVER >= 0x0A00  /* Windows 10 SDK */
+#define HAVE_WINDOWS_GAMING_INPUT_H 1
+#endif
+#if defined(_WIN32_MAXVER) && _WIN32_MAXVER >= 0x0602  /* Windows 8 SDK */
+#define HAVE_D3D11_H 1
+#endif
+#define HAVE_MMDEVICEAPI_H 1
+#define HAVE_AUDIOCLIENT_H 1
+#define HAVE_TPCSHRD_H 1
+#define HAVE_SENSORSAPI_H 1
+#if (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64)) && (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600)
+#define HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H 1
+#elif defined(__has_include) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64))
+# if __has_include(<immintrin.h>)
+#   define HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H 1
+# endif
+#endif
 
 /* This is disabled by default to avoid C runtime dependencies and manifest requirements */
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBC
@@ -109,13 +139,16 @@ typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
 #define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
 #define HAVE_STRLEN 1
 #define HAVE__STRREV 1
-#define HAVE__STRUPR 1
-#define HAVE__STRLWR 1
+/* These functions have security warnings, so we won't use them */
+/* #undef HAVE__STRUPR */
+/* #undef HAVE__STRLWR */
 #define HAVE_STRCHR 1
 #define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
 #define HAVE_STRSTR 1
-#define HAVE__LTOA 1
-#define HAVE__ULTOA 1
+/* #undef HAVE_STRTOK_R */
+/* These functions have security warnings, so we won't use them */
+/* #undef HAVE__LTOA */
+/* #undef HAVE__ULTOA */
 #define HAVE_STRTOL 1
 #define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
 #define HAVE_STRTOD 1
@@ -125,30 +158,55 @@ typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
 #define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
 #define HAVE__STRICMP 1
 #define HAVE__STRNICMP 1
-#define HAVE_ATAN 1
-#define HAVE_ATAN2 1
-#define HAVE_ACOS  1
-#define HAVE_ASIN  1
-#define HAVE_CEIL 1
-#define HAVE_COS 1
-#define HAVE_COSF 1
-#define HAVE_FABS 1
-#define HAVE_FLOOR 1
-#define HAVE_LOG 1
-#define HAVE_POW 1
-#define HAVE_SIN 1
-#define HAVE_SINF 1
-#define HAVE_SQRT 1
-#define HAVE_SQRTF 1
-#define HAVE_TAN 1
-#define HAVE_TANF 1
+#define HAVE__WCSICMP 1
+#define HAVE__WCSNICMP 1
+#define HAVE__WCSDUP 1
+#define HAVE_ACOS   1
+#define HAVE_ACOSF  1
+#define HAVE_ASIN   1
+#define HAVE_ASINF  1
+#define HAVE_ATAN   1
+#define HAVE_ATANF  1
+#define HAVE_ATAN2  1
+#define HAVE_ATAN2F 1
+#define HAVE_CEILF  1
 #define HAVE__COPYSIGN 1
+#define HAVE_COS    1
+#define HAVE_COSF   1
+#define HAVE_EXP    1
+#define HAVE_EXPF   1
+#define HAVE_FABS   1
+#define HAVE_FABSF  1
+#define HAVE_FLOOR  1
+#define HAVE_FLOORF 1
+#define HAVE_FMOD   1
+#define HAVE_FMODF  1
+#define HAVE_LOG    1
+#define HAVE_LOGF   1
+#define HAVE_LOG10  1
+#define HAVE_LOG10F 1
+#define HAVE_POW    1
+#define HAVE_POWF   1
+#define HAVE_SIN    1
+#define HAVE_SINF   1
+#define HAVE_SQRT   1
+#define HAVE_SQRTF  1
+#define HAVE_TAN    1
+#define HAVE_TANF   1
 #if defined(_MSC_VER)
 /* These functions were added with the VC++ 2013 C runtime library */
 #if _MSC_VER >= 1800
 #define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
+#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
 #define HAVE_VSSCANF 1
+#define HAVE_LROUND 1
+#define HAVE_LROUNDF 1
+#define HAVE_ROUND 1
+#define HAVE_ROUNDF 1
 #define HAVE_SCALBN 1
+#define HAVE_SCALBNF 1
+#define HAVE_TRUNC  1
+#define HAVE_TRUNCF 1
 #endif
 /* This function is available with at least the VC++ 2008 C runtime library */
 #if _MSC_VER >= 1400
@@ -166,21 +224,32 @@ typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
 /* Enable various audio drivers */
 #define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_WASAPI 1
 #define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DSOUND 1
-#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_XAUDIO2    0
 #define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_WINMM  1
 #define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK   1
 #define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY  1
 
 /* Enable various input drivers */
 #define SDL_JOYSTICK_DINPUT 1
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI 1
+#ifndef __WINRT__
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_RAWINPUT   1
+#endif
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_VIRTUAL    1
+#ifdef HAVE_WINDOWS_GAMING_INPUT_H
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_WGI    1
+#endif
 #define SDL_JOYSTICK_XINPUT 1
 #define SDL_HAPTIC_DINPUT   1
 #define SDL_HAPTIC_XINPUT   1
 
+/* Enable the sensor driver */
+#define SDL_SENSOR_WINDOWS  1
+
 /* Enable various shared object loading systems */
 #define SDL_LOADSO_WINDOWS  1
 
 /* Enable various threading systems */
+#define SDL_THREAD_GENERIC_COND_SUFFIX 1
 #define SDL_THREAD_WINDOWS  1
 
 /* Enable various timer systems */
@@ -193,8 +262,8 @@ typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
 #ifndef SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D
 #define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D    1
 #endif
-#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D11
-#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D11  0
+#if !defined(SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D11) && defined(HAVE_D3D11_H)
+#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D11  1
 #endif
 
 /* Enable OpenGL support */
@@ -232,3 +301,5 @@ typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
 #endif
 
 #endif /* SDL_config_windows_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_cpuinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_cpuinfo.h
+ *
+ *  CPU feature detection for SDL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_cpuinfo_h_
+#define SDL_cpuinfo_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
+/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500) && (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64))
+#ifdef __clang__
+/* As of Clang 11, '_m_prefetchw' is conflicting with the winnt.h's version,
+   so we define the needed '_m_prefetch' here as a pseudo-header, until the issue is fixed. */
+
+#ifndef __PRFCHWINTRIN_H
+#define __PRFCHWINTRIN_H
+
+static __inline__ void __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
+_m_prefetch(void *__P)
+{
+  __builtin_prefetch (__P, 0, 3 /* _MM_HINT_T0 */);
+}
+
+#endif /* __PRFCHWINTRIN_H */
+#endif /* __clang__ */
+#include <intrin.h>
+#ifndef _WIN64
+#ifndef __MMX__
+#define __MMX__
+#endif
+#ifndef __3dNOW__
+#define __3dNOW__
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef __SSE__
+#define __SSE__
+#endif
+#ifndef __SSE2__
+#define __SSE2__
+#endif
+#ifndef __SSE3__
+#define __SSE3__
+#endif
+#elif defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
+#include <intrin.h>
+#if !defined(SDL_DISABLE_ARM_NEON_H) && defined(__ARM_NEON)
+#  include <arm_neon.h>
+#endif
+#else
+/* altivec.h redefining bool causes a number of problems, see bugs 3993 and 4392, so you need to explicitly define SDL_ENABLE_ALTIVEC_H to have it included. */
+#if defined(HAVE_ALTIVEC_H) && defined(__ALTIVEC__) && !defined(__APPLE_ALTIVEC__) && defined(SDL_ENABLE_ALTIVEC_H)
+#include <altivec.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(SDL_DISABLE_ARM_NEON_H)
+#  if defined(__ARM_NEON)
+#    include <arm_neon.h>
+#  elif defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WINRT__)
+/* Visual Studio doesn't define __ARM_ARCH, but _M_ARM (if set, always 7), and _M_ARM64 (if set, always 1). */
+#    if defined(_M_ARM)
+#      include <armintr.h>
+#      include <arm_neon.h>
+#      define __ARM_NEON 1 /* Set __ARM_NEON so that it can be used elsewhere, at compile time */
+#    endif
+#    if defined (_M_ARM64)
+#      include <arm64intr.h>
+#      include <arm64_neon.h>
+#      define __ARM_NEON 1 /* Set __ARM_NEON so that it can be used elsewhere, at compile time */
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+#endif /* compiler version */
+
+#if defined(__3dNOW__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_MM3DNOW_H)
+#include <mm3dnow.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_IMMINTRIN_H)
+#include <immintrin.h>
+#else
+#if defined(__MMX__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_MMINTRIN_H)
+#include <mmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(__SSE__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_XMMINTRIN_H)
+#include <xmmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_EMMINTRIN_H)
+#include <emmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(__SSE3__) && !defined(SDL_DISABLE_PMMINTRIN_H)
+#include <pmmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#endif /* HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H */
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This is a guess for the cacheline size used for padding.
+ * Most x86 processors have a 64 byte cache line.
+ * The 64-bit PowerPC processors have a 128 byte cache line.
+ * We'll use the larger value to be generally safe.
+ */
+#define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE  128
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of CPU cores available.
+ *
+ * \returns the total number of logical CPU cores. On CPUs that include
+ *          technologies such as hyperthreading, the number of logical cores
+ *          may be more than the number of physical cores.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the L1 cache line size of the CPU.
+ *
+ * This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding or SIMD
+ * prefetch sizes.
+ *
+ * \returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AltiVec features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using PowerPC instruction
+ * sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AltiVec features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has MMX features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has MMX features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has 3DNow! features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using AMD instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has 3DNow! features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE2 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE2 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE3 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE3 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE4.1 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE4.2 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AVX features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AVX features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AVX2 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AVX2 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX2(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AVX-512F (foundation) features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AVX-512F features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX512F(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has ARM SIMD (ARMv6) features.
+ *
+ * This is different from ARM NEON, which is a different instruction set.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using ARM instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has ARM SIMD features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasNEON
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasARMSIMD(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether the CPU has NEON (ARM SIMD) features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using ARM instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has ARM NEON features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasNEON(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the amount of RAM configured in the system.
+ *
+ * \returns the amount of RAM configured in the system in MB.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSystemRAM(void);
+
+/**
+ * Report the alignment this system needs for SIMD allocations.
+ *
+ * This will return the minimum number of bytes to which a pointer must be
+ * aligned to be compatible with SIMD instructions on the current machine. For
+ * example, if the machine supports SSE only, it will return 16, but if it
+ * supports AVX-512F, it'll return 64 (etc). This only reports values for
+ * instruction sets SDL knows about, so if your SDL build doesn't have
+ * SDL_HasAVX512F(), then it might return 16 for the SSE support it sees and
+ * not 64 for the AVX-512 instructions that exist but SDL doesn't know about.
+ * Plan accordingly.
+ *
+ * \returns the alignment in bytes needed for available, known SIMD
+ *          instructions.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_SIMDGetAlignment(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate memory in a SIMD-friendly way.
+ *
+ * This will allocate a block of memory that is suitable for use with SIMD
+ * instructions. Specifically, it will be properly aligned and padded for the
+ * system's supported vector instructions.
+ *
+ * The memory returned will be padded such that it is safe to read or write an
+ * incomplete vector at the end of the memory block. This can be useful so you
+ * don't have to drop back to a scalar fallback at the end of your SIMD
+ * processing loop to deal with the final elements without overflowing the
+ * allocated buffer.
+ *
+ * You must free this memory with SDL_FreeSIMD(), not free() or SDL_free() or
+ * delete[], etc.
+ *
+ * Note that SDL will only deal with SIMD instruction sets it is aware of; for
+ * example, SDL 2.0.8 knows that SSE wants 16-byte vectors (SDL_HasSSE()), and
+ * AVX2 wants 32 bytes (SDL_HasAVX2()), but doesn't know that AVX-512 wants
+ * 64. To be clear: if you can't decide to use an instruction set with an
+ * SDL_Has*() function, don't use that instruction set with memory allocated
+ * through here.
+ *
+ * SDL_AllocSIMD(0) will return a non-NULL pointer, assuming the system isn't
+ * out of memory, but you are not allowed to dereference it (because you only
+ * own zero bytes of that buffer).
+ *
+ * \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocate. The actual
+ *            allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc.
+ * \returns a pointer to the newly-allocated block, NULL if out of memory.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDAlignment
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDRealloc
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDFree
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_SIMDAlloc(const size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
+ *
+ * It is not valid to use this function on a pointer from anything but
+ * SDL_SIMDAlloc(). It can't be used on pointers from malloc, realloc,
+ * SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
+ *
+ * \param mem The pointer obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc. This function also
+ *            accepts NULL, at which point this function is the same as
+ *            calling SDL_SIMDAlloc with a NULL pointer.
+ * \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocated. The actual
+ *            allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc. Passing 0
+ *            will return a non-NULL pointer, assuming the system isn't out of
+ *            memory.
+ * \returns a pointer to the newly-reallocated block, NULL if out of memory.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDAlignment
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDAlloc
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDFree
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_SIMDRealloc(void *mem, const size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Deallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
+ *
+ * It is not valid to use this function on a pointer from anything but
+ * SDL_SIMDAlloc() or SDL_SIMDRealloc(). It can't be used on pointers from
+ * malloc, realloc, SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
+ *
+ * However, SDL_SIMDFree(NULL) is a legal no-op.
+ *
+ * The memory pointed to by `ptr` is no longer valid for access upon return,
+ * and may be returned to the system or reused by a future allocation. The
+ * pointer passed to this function is no longer safe to dereference once this
+ * function returns, and should be discarded.
+ *
+ * \param ptr The pointer, returned from SDL_SIMDAlloc or SDL_SIMDRealloc, to
+ *            deallocate. NULL is a legal no-op.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDAlloc
+ * \sa SDL_SIMDRealloc
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SIMDFree(void *ptr);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_cpuinfo_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_endian.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_endian.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -30,6 +30,23 @@
 
 #include "SDL_stdinc.h"
 
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
+/* As of Clang 11, '_m_prefetchw' is conflicting with the winnt.h's version,
+   so we define the needed '_m_prefetch' here as a pseudo-header, until the issue is fixed. */
+#ifdef __clang__
+#ifndef __PRFCHWINTRIN_H
+#define __PRFCHWINTRIN_H
+static __inline__ void __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
+_m_prefetch(void *__P)
+{
+  __builtin_prefetch (__P, 0, 3 /* _MM_HINT_T0 */);
+}
+#endif /* __PRFCHWINTRIN_H */
+#endif /* __clang__ */
+
+#include <intrin.h>
+#endif
+
 /**
  *  \name The two types of endianness
  */
@@ -42,10 +59,16 @@
 #ifdef __linux__
 #include <endian.h>
 #define SDL_BYTEORDER  __BYTE_ORDER
-#else /* __linux__ */
+#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)
+#include <endian.h>
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER  BYTE_ORDER
+#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__)
+#include <sys/endian.h>
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER  BYTE_ORDER
+#else
 #if defined(__hppa__) || \
     defined(__m68k__) || defined(mc68000) || defined(_M_M68K) || \
-    (defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MISPEB__)) || \
+    (defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MIPSEB__)) || \
     defined(__ppc__) || defined(__POWERPC__) || defined(_M_PPC) || \
     defined(__sparc__)
 #define SDL_BYTEORDER   SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
@@ -65,22 +88,45 @@ extern "C" {
 /**
  *  \file SDL_endian.h
  */
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__) && \
-   !(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95 /* broken gcc version */)
+
+/* various modern compilers may have builtin swap */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#   define HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP16 (_SDL_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_bswap16)) || \
+        (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8))
+#   define HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP32 (_SDL_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_bswap32)) || \
+        (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
+#   define HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP64 (_SDL_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_bswap64)) || \
+        (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
+
+    /* this one is broken */
+#   define HAS_BROKEN_BSWAP (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= 95)
+#else
+#   define HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP16 0
+#   define HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP32 0
+#   define HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP64 0
+#   define HAS_BROKEN_BSWAP 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP16
+#define SDL_Swap16(x) __builtin_bswap16(x)
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
+#pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort)
+#define SDL_Swap16(x) _byteswap_ushort(x)
+#elif defined(__i386__) && !HAS_BROKEN_BSWAP
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
 {
   __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=q"(x):"0"(x));
     return x;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
+#elif defined(__x86_64__)
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
 {
   __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=Q"(x):"0"(x));
     return x;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
+#elif (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
 {
@@ -89,7 +135,7 @@ SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
   __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 8), "r"(x));
     return (Uint16)result;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
+#elif (defined(__m68k__) && !defined(__mcoldfire__))
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
 {
@@ -97,7 +143,7 @@ SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
     return x;
 }
 #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
-extern _inline Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16);
+extern __inline Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16);
 #pragma aux SDL_Swap16 = \
   "xchg al, ah" \
   parm   [ax]   \
@@ -110,32 +156,37 @@ SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
 }
 #endif
 
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
+#if HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP32
+#define SDL_Swap32(x) __builtin_bswap32(x)
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
+#pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
+#define SDL_Swap32(x) _byteswap_ulong(x)
+#elif defined(__i386__) && !HAS_BROKEN_BSWAP
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
 {
   __asm__("bswap %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
     return x;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
+#elif defined(__x86_64__)
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
 {
   __asm__("bswapl %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
     return x;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
+#elif (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
 {
     Uint32 result;
 
-  __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 24), "r"(x));
-  __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
-  __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
+  __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23": "=&r"(result): "0" (x>>24),  "r"(x));
+  __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15"  : "=&r"(result): "0" (result), "r"(x));
+  __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7"  : "=&r"(result): "0" (result), "r"(x));
     return result;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
+#elif (defined(__m68k__) && !defined(__mcoldfire__))
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
 {
@@ -143,20 +194,11 @@ SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
     return x;
 }
 #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
-extern _inline Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32);
-#ifndef __SW_3 /* 486+ */
+extern __inline Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32);
 #pragma aux SDL_Swap32 = \
   "bswap eax"  \
   parm   [eax] \
   modify [eax];
-#else  /* 386-only */
-#pragma aux SDL_Swap32 = \
-  "xchg al, ah"  \
-  "ror  eax, 16" \
-  "xchg al, ah"  \
-  parm   [eax]   \
-  modify [eax];
-#endif
 #else
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
@@ -166,31 +208,42 @@ SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
 }
 #endif
 
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
+#if HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP64
+#define SDL_Swap64(x) __builtin_bswap64(x)
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
+#pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64)
+#define SDL_Swap64(x) _byteswap_uint64(x)
+#elif defined(__i386__) && !HAS_BROKEN_BSWAP
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
 {
-    union
-    {
-        struct
-        {
+    union {
+        struct {
             Uint32 a, b;
         } s;
         Uint64 u;
     } v;
     v.u = x;
-  __asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1": "=r"(v.s.a), "=r"(v.s.b):"0"(v.s.a),
-            "1"(v.s.
-                b));
+  __asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1"
+          : "=r"(v.s.a), "=r"(v.s.b)
+          : "0" (v.s.a),  "1"(v.s.b));
     return v.u;
 }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
+#elif defined(__x86_64__)
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
 {
   __asm__("bswapq %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
     return x;
 }
+#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
+extern __inline Uint64 SDL_Swap64(Uint64);
+#pragma aux SDL_Swap64 = \
+  "bswap eax"     \
+  "bswap edx"     \
+  "xchg eax,edx"  \
+  parm [eax edx]  \
+  modify [eax edx];
 #else
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
@@ -212,8 +265,7 @@ SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE float
 SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
 {
-    union
-    {
+    union {
         float f;
         Uint32 ui32;
     } swapper;
@@ -222,6 +274,11 @@ SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
     return swapper.f;
 }
 
+/* remove extra macros */
+#undef HAS_BROKEN_BSWAP
+#undef HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP16
+#undef HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP32
+#undef HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP64
 
 /**
  *  \name Swap to native
@@ -229,22 +286,22 @@ SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
  */
 /* @{ */
 #if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
-#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
-#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
-#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE16(X)     (X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE32(X)     (X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE64(X)     (X)
 #define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X)  (X)
-#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
-#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
-#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE16(X)     SDL_Swap16(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE32(X)     SDL_Swap32(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE64(X)     SDL_Swap64(X)
 #define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X)  SDL_SwapFloat(X)
 #else
-#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
-#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
-#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE16(X)     SDL_Swap16(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE32(X)     SDL_Swap32(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE64(X)     SDL_Swap64(X)
 #define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X)  SDL_SwapFloat(X)
-#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
-#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
-#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE16(X)     (X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE32(X)     (X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE64(X)     (X)
 #define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X)  (X)
 #endif
 /* @} *//* Swap to native */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_error.h
+ *
+ *  Simple error message routines for SDL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_error_h_
+#define SDL_error_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Public functions */
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the SDL error message for the current thread.
+ *
+ * Calling this function will replace any previous error message that was set.
+ *
+ * This function always returns -1, since SDL frequently uses -1 to signify an
+ * failing result, leading to this idiom:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * if (error_code) {
+ *     return SDL_SetError("This operation has failed: %d", error_code);
+ * }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param fmt a printf()-style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the `fmt` string, if
+ *            any
+ * \returns always -1.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearError
+ * \sa SDL_GetError
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a message about the last error that occurred on the current
+ * thread.
+ *
+ * It is possible for multiple errors to occur before calling SDL_GetError().
+ * Only the last error is returned.
+ *
+ * The message is only applicable when an SDL function has signaled an error.
+ * You must check the return values of SDL function calls to determine when to
+ * appropriately call SDL_GetError(). You should *not* use the results of
+ * SDL_GetError() to decide if an error has occurred! Sometimes SDL will set
+ * an error string even when reporting success.
+ *
+ * SDL will *not* clear the error string for successful API calls. You *must*
+ * check return values for failure cases before you can assume the error
+ * string applies.
+ *
+ * Error strings are set per-thread, so an error set in a different thread
+ * will not interfere with the current thread's operation.
+ *
+ * The returned string is internally allocated and must not be freed by the
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \returns a message with information about the specific error that occurred,
+ *          or an empty string if there hasn't been an error message set since
+ *          the last call to SDL_ClearError(). The message is only applicable
+ *          when an SDL function has signaled an error. You must check the
+ *          return values of SDL function calls to determine when to
+ *          appropriately call SDL_GetError().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearError
+ * \sa SDL_SetError
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the last error message that was set for the current thread.
+ *
+ * This allows the caller to copy the error string into a provided buffer, but
+ * otherwise operates exactly the same as SDL_GetError().
+ *
+ * \param errstr A buffer to fill with the last error message that was set for
+ *               the current thread
+ * \param maxlen The size of the buffer pointed to by the errstr parameter
+ * \returns the pointer passed in as the `errstr` parameter.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetError
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetErrorMsg(char *errstr, int maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * Clear any previous error message for this thread.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetError
+ * \sa SDL_SetError
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
+
+/**
+ *  \name Internal error functions
+ *
+ *  \internal
+ *  Private error reporting function - used internally.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define SDL_OutOfMemory()   SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
+#define SDL_Unsupported()   SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
+#define SDL_InvalidParamError(param)    SDL_SetError("Parameter '%s' is invalid", (param))
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_ENOMEM,
+    SDL_EFREAD,
+    SDL_EFWRITE,
+    SDL_EFSEEK,
+    SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
+    SDL_LASTERROR
+} SDL_errorcode;
+/* SDL_Error() unconditionally returns -1. */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
+/* @} *//* Internal error functions */
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_error_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_events.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_events.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #define SDL_PRESSED 1
 
 /**
- * \brief The types of events that can be delivered.
+ * The types of events that can be delivered.
  */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -85,6 +85,11 @@ typedef enum
                                      Called on Android in onResume()
                                 */
 
+    SDL_LOCALECHANGED,  /**< The user's locale preferences have changed. */
+
+    /* Display events */
+    SDL_DISPLAYEVENT   = 0x150,  /**< Display state change */
+
     /* Window events */
     SDL_WINDOWEVENT    = 0x200, /**< Window state change */
     SDL_SYSWMEVENT,             /**< System specific event */
@@ -120,6 +125,10 @@ typedef enum
     SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED,         /**< A new Game controller has been inserted into the system */
     SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED,       /**< An opened Game controller has been removed */
     SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED,      /**< The controller mapping was updated */
+    SDL_CONTROLLERTOUCHPADDOWN,        /**< Game controller touchpad was touched */
+    SDL_CONTROLLERTOUCHPADMOTION,      /**< Game controller touchpad finger was moved */
+    SDL_CONTROLLERTOUCHPADUP,          /**< Game controller touchpad finger was lifted */
+    SDL_CONTROLLERSENSORUPDATE,        /**< Game controller sensor was updated */
 
     /* Touch events */
     SDL_FINGERDOWN      = 0x700,
@@ -144,10 +153,16 @@ typedef enum
     SDL_AUDIODEVICEADDED = 0x1100, /**< A new audio device is available */
     SDL_AUDIODEVICEREMOVED,        /**< An audio device has been removed. */
 
+    /* Sensor events */
+    SDL_SENSORUPDATE = 0x1200,     /**< A sensor was updated */
+
     /* Render events */
     SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET = 0x2000, /**< The render targets have been reset and their contents need to be updated */
     SDL_RENDER_DEVICE_RESET, /**< The device has been reset and all textures need to be recreated */
 
+    /* Internal events */
+    SDL_POLLSENTINEL = 0x7F00, /**< Signals the end of an event poll cycle */
+
     /** Events ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT are for your use,
      *  and should be allocated with SDL_RegisterEvents()
      */
@@ -168,6 +183,21 @@ typedef struct SDL_CommonEvent
     Uint32 timestamp;   /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
 } SDL_CommonEvent;
 
+/**
+ *  \brief Display state change event data (event.display.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_DisplayEvent
+{
+    Uint32 type;        /**< ::SDL_DISPLAYEVENT */
+    Uint32 timestamp;   /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
+    Uint32 display;     /**< The associated display index */
+    Uint8 event;        /**< ::SDL_DisplayEventID */
+    Uint8 padding1;
+    Uint8 padding2;
+    Uint8 padding3;
+    Sint32 data1;       /**< event dependent data */
+} SDL_DisplayEvent;
+
 /**
  *  \brief Window state change event data (event.window.*)
  */
@@ -271,6 +301,8 @@ typedef struct SDL_MouseWheelEvent
     Sint32 x;           /**< The amount scrolled horizontally, positive to the right and negative to the left */
     Sint32 y;           /**< The amount scrolled vertically, positive away from the user and negative toward the user */
     Uint32 direction;   /**< Set to one of the SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_* defines. When FLIPPED the values in X and Y will be opposite. Multiply by -1 to change them back */
+    float preciseX;     /**< The amount scrolled horizontally, positive to the right and negative to the left, with float precision (added in 2.0.18) */
+    float preciseY;     /**< The amount scrolled vertically, positive away from the user and negative toward the user, with float precision (added in 2.0.18) */
 } SDL_MouseWheelEvent;
 
 /**
@@ -392,6 +424,33 @@ typedef struct SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent
     Sint32 which;       /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED or REMAPPED event */
 } SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent;
 
+/**
+ *  \brief Game controller touchpad event structure (event.ctouchpad.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_ControllerTouchpadEvent
+{
+    Uint32 type;        /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERTOUCHPADDOWN or ::SDL_CONTROLLERTOUCHPADMOTION or ::SDL_CONTROLLERTOUCHPADUP */
+    Uint32 timestamp;   /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
+    SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+    Sint32 touchpad;    /**< The index of the touchpad */
+    Sint32 finger;      /**< The index of the finger on the touchpad */
+    float x;            /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 with 0 being on the left */
+    float y;            /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 with 0 being at the top */
+    float pressure;     /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+} SDL_ControllerTouchpadEvent;
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Game controller sensor event structure (event.csensor.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_ControllerSensorEvent
+{
+    Uint32 type;        /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERSENSORUPDATE */
+    Uint32 timestamp;   /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
+    SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+    Sint32 sensor;      /**< The type of the sensor, one of the values of ::SDL_SensorType */
+    float data[3];      /**< Up to 3 values from the sensor, as defined in SDL_sensor.h */
+} SDL_ControllerSensorEvent;
+
 /**
  *  \brief Audio device event structure (event.adevice.*)
  */
@@ -421,6 +480,7 @@ typedef struct SDL_TouchFingerEvent
     float dx;           /**< Normalized in the range -1...1 */
     float dy;           /**< Normalized in the range -1...1 */
     float pressure;     /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+    Uint32 windowID;    /**< The window underneath the finger, if any */
 } SDL_TouchFingerEvent;
 
 
@@ -471,6 +531,17 @@ typedef struct SDL_DropEvent
 } SDL_DropEvent;
 
 
+/**
+ *  \brief Sensor event structure (event.sensor.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_SensorEvent
+{
+    Uint32 type;        /**< ::SDL_SENSORUPDATE */
+    Uint32 timestamp;   /**< In milliseconds, populated using SDL_GetTicks() */
+    Sint32 which;       /**< The instance ID of the sensor */
+    float data[6];      /**< Up to 6 values from the sensor - additional values can be queried using SDL_SensorGetData() */
+} SDL_SensorEvent;
+
 /**
  *  \brief The "quit requested" event
  */
@@ -524,51 +595,79 @@ typedef struct SDL_SysWMEvent
  */
 typedef union SDL_Event
 {
-    Uint32 type;                    /**< Event type, shared with all events */
-    SDL_CommonEvent common;         /**< Common event data */
-    SDL_WindowEvent window;         /**< Window event data */
-    SDL_KeyboardEvent key;          /**< Keyboard event data */
-    SDL_TextEditingEvent edit;      /**< Text editing event data */
-    SDL_TextInputEvent text;        /**< Text input event data */
-    SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion;    /**< Mouse motion event data */
-    SDL_MouseButtonEvent button;    /**< Mouse button event data */
-    SDL_MouseWheelEvent wheel;      /**< Mouse wheel event data */
-    SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis;         /**< Joystick axis event data */
-    SDL_JoyBallEvent jball;         /**< Joystick ball event data */
-    SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat;           /**< Joystick hat event data */
-    SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton;     /**< Joystick button event data */
-    SDL_JoyDeviceEvent jdevice;     /**< Joystick device change event data */
-    SDL_ControllerAxisEvent caxis;      /**< Game Controller axis event data */
-    SDL_ControllerButtonEvent cbutton;  /**< Game Controller button event data */
-    SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent cdevice;  /**< Game Controller device event data */
-    SDL_AudioDeviceEvent adevice;   /**< Audio device event data */
-    SDL_QuitEvent quit;             /**< Quit request event data */
-    SDL_UserEvent user;             /**< Custom event data */
-    SDL_SysWMEvent syswm;           /**< System dependent window event data */
-    SDL_TouchFingerEvent tfinger;   /**< Touch finger event data */
-    SDL_MultiGestureEvent mgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
-    SDL_DollarGestureEvent dgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
-    SDL_DropEvent drop;             /**< Drag and drop event data */
-
-    /* This is necessary for ABI compatibility between Visual C++ and GCC
-       Visual C++ will respect the push pack pragma and use 52 bytes for
-       this structure, and GCC will use the alignment of the largest datatype
-       within the union, which is 8 bytes.
+    Uint32 type;                            /**< Event type, shared with all events */
+    SDL_CommonEvent common;                 /**< Common event data */
+    SDL_DisplayEvent display;               /**< Display event data */
+    SDL_WindowEvent window;                 /**< Window event data */
+    SDL_KeyboardEvent key;                  /**< Keyboard event data */
+    SDL_TextEditingEvent edit;              /**< Text editing event data */
+    SDL_TextInputEvent text;                /**< Text input event data */
+    SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion;            /**< Mouse motion event data */
+    SDL_MouseButtonEvent button;            /**< Mouse button event data */
+    SDL_MouseWheelEvent wheel;              /**< Mouse wheel event data */
+    SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis;                 /**< Joystick axis event data */
+    SDL_JoyBallEvent jball;                 /**< Joystick ball event data */
+    SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat;                   /**< Joystick hat event data */
+    SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton;             /**< Joystick button event data */
+    SDL_JoyDeviceEvent jdevice;             /**< Joystick device change event data */
+    SDL_ControllerAxisEvent caxis;          /**< Game Controller axis event data */
+    SDL_ControllerButtonEvent cbutton;      /**< Game Controller button event data */
+    SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent cdevice;      /**< Game Controller device event data */
+    SDL_ControllerTouchpadEvent ctouchpad;  /**< Game Controller touchpad event data */
+    SDL_ControllerSensorEvent csensor;      /**< Game Controller sensor event data */
+    SDL_AudioDeviceEvent adevice;           /**< Audio device event data */
+    SDL_SensorEvent sensor;                 /**< Sensor event data */
+    SDL_QuitEvent quit;                     /**< Quit request event data */
+    SDL_UserEvent user;                     /**< Custom event data */
+    SDL_SysWMEvent syswm;                   /**< System dependent window event data */
+    SDL_TouchFingerEvent tfinger;           /**< Touch finger event data */
+    SDL_MultiGestureEvent mgesture;         /**< Gesture event data */
+    SDL_DollarGestureEvent dgesture;        /**< Gesture event data */
+    SDL_DropEvent drop;                     /**< Drag and drop event data */
+
+    /* This is necessary for ABI compatibility between Visual C++ and GCC.
+       Visual C++ will respect the push pack pragma and use 52 bytes (size of
+       SDL_TextEditingEvent, the largest structure for 32-bit and 64-bit
+       architectures) for this union, and GCC will use the alignment of the
+       largest datatype within the union, which is 8 bytes on 64-bit
+       architectures.
 
        So... we'll add padding to force the size to be 56 bytes for both.
+
+       On architectures where pointers are 16 bytes, this needs rounding up to
+       the next multiple of 16, 64, and on architectures where pointers are
+       even larger the size of SDL_UserEvent will dominate as being 3 pointers.
     */
-    Uint8 padding[56];
+    Uint8 padding[sizeof(void *) <= 8 ? 56 : sizeof(void *) == 16 ? 64 : 3 * sizeof(void *)];
 } SDL_Event;
 
+/* Make sure we haven't broken binary compatibility */
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(SDL_Event, sizeof(SDL_Event) == sizeof(((SDL_Event *)NULL)->padding));
+
 
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- *  Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+ * Pump the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+ *
+ * This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: This should only be run in the thread that initialized the
+ * video subsystem, and for extra safety, you should consider only doing those
+ * things on the main thread in any case.
  *
- *  This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+ * SDL_PumpEvents() gathers all the pending input information from devices and
+ * places it in the event queue. Without calls to SDL_PumpEvents() no events
+ * would ever be placed on the queue. Often the need for calls to
+ * SDL_PumpEvents() is hidden from the user since SDL_PollEvent() and
+ * SDL_WaitEvent() implicitly call SDL_PumpEvents(). However, if you are not
+ * polling or waiting for events (e.g. you are filtering them), then you must
+ * call SDL_PumpEvents() to force an event queue update.
  *
- *  This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
 
@@ -581,22 +680,42 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_eventaction;
 
 /**
- *  Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+ * Check the event queue for messages and optionally return them.
+ *
+ * `action` may be any of the following:
  *
- *  If \c action is ::SDL_ADDEVENT, up to \c numevents events will be added to
- *  the back of the event queue.
+ * - `SDL_ADDEVENT`: up to `numevents` events will be added to the back of the
+ *   event queue.
+ * - `SDL_PEEKEVENT`: `numevents` events at the front of the event queue,
+ *   within the specified minimum and maximum type, will be returned to the
+ *   caller and will _not_ be removed from the queue.
+ * - `SDL_GETEVENT`: up to `numevents` events at the front of the event queue,
+ *   within the specified minimum and maximum type, will be returned to the
+ *   caller and will be removed from the queue.
  *
- *  If \c action is ::SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
- *  of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
- *  will be returned and will not be removed from the queue.
+ * You may have to call SDL_PumpEvents() before calling this function.
+ * Otherwise, the events may not be ready to be filtered when you call
+ * SDL_PeepEvents().
  *
- *  If \c action is ::SDL_GETEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
- *  of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
- *  will be returned and will be removed from the queue.
+ * This function is thread-safe.
  *
- *  \return The number of events actually stored, or -1 if there was an error.
+ * \param events destination buffer for the retrieved events
+ * \param numevents if action is SDL_ADDEVENT, the number of events to add
+ *                  back to the event queue; if action is SDL_PEEKEVENT or
+ *                  SDL_GETEVENT, the maximum number of events to retrieve
+ * \param action action to take; see [[#action|Remarks]] for details
+ * \param minType minimum value of the event type to be considered;
+ *                SDL_FIRSTEVENT is a safe choice
+ * \param maxType maximum value of the event type to be considered;
+ *                SDL_LASTEVENT is a safe choice
+ * \returns the number of events actually stored or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  This function is thread-safe.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
                                            SDL_eventaction action,
@@ -604,113 +723,354 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
 /* @} */
 
 /**
- *  Checks to see if certain event types are in the event queue.
+ * Check for the existence of a certain event type in the event queue.
+ *
+ * If you need to check for a range of event types, use SDL_HasEvents()
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \param type the type of event to be queried; see SDL_EventType for details
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if events matching `type` are present, or SDL_FALSE if
+ *          events matching `type` are not present.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvent(Uint32 type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Check for the existence of certain event types in the event queue.
+ *
+ * If you need to check for a single event type, use SDL_HasEvent() instead.
+ *
+ * \param minType the low end of event type to be queried, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ * \param maxType the high end of event type to be queried, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if events with type >= `minType` and <= `maxType` are
+ *          present, or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasEvents
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
 
 /**
- *  This function clears events from the event queue
- *  This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
- *  sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
- *  on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
+ * Clear events of a specific type from the event queue.
+ *
+ * This will unconditionally remove any events from the queue that match
+ * `type`. If you need to remove a range of event types, use SDL_FlushEvents()
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * It's also normal to just ignore events you don't care about in your event
+ * loop without calling this function.
+ *
+ * This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
+ * sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
+ * on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
+ *
+ * \param type the type of event to be cleared; see SDL_EventType for details
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FlushEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvent(Uint32 type);
+
+/**
+ * Clear events of a range of types from the event queue.
+ *
+ * This will unconditionally remove any events from the queue that are in the
+ * range of `minType` to `maxType`, inclusive. If you need to remove a single
+ * event type, use SDL_FlushEvent() instead.
+ *
+ * It's also normal to just ignore events you don't care about in your event
+ * loop without calling this function.
+ *
+ * This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
+ * sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
+ * on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
+ *
+ * \param minType the low end of event type to be cleared, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ * \param maxType the high end of event type to be cleared, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FlushEvent
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Polls for currently pending events.
+ * Poll for currently pending events.
+ *
+ * If `event` is not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and stored
+ * in the SDL_Event structure pointed to by `event`. The 1 returned refers to
+ * this event, immediately stored in the SDL Event structure -- not an event
+ * to follow.
+ *
+ * If `event` is NULL, it simply returns 1 if there is an event in the queue,
+ * but will not remove it from the queue.
+ *
+ * As this function may implicitly call SDL_PumpEvents(), you can only call
+ * this function in the thread that set the video mode.
+ *
+ * SDL_PollEvent() is the favored way of receiving system events since it can
+ * be done from the main loop and does not suspend the main loop while waiting
+ * on an event to be posted.
+ *
+ * The common practice is to fully process the event queue once every frame,
+ * usually as a first step before updating the game's state:
  *
- *  \return 1 if there are any pending events, or 0 if there are none available.
+ * ```c
+ * while (game_is_still_running) {
+ *     SDL_Event event;
+ *     while (SDL_PollEvent(&event)) {  // poll until all events are handled!
+ *         // decide what to do with this event.
+ *     }
  *
- *  \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
- *               stored in that area.
+ *     // update game state, draw the current frame
+ * }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param event the SDL_Event structure to be filled with the next event from
+ *              the queue, or NULL
+ * \returns 1 if there is a pending event or 0 if there are none available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_PeepEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEvent
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEventTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event * event);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
+ * Wait indefinitely for the next available event.
+ *
+ * If `event` is not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and stored
+ * in the SDL_Event structure pointed to by `event`.
  *
- *  \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
+ * As this function may implicitly call SDL_PumpEvents(), you can only call
+ * this function in the thread that initialized the video subsystem.
  *
- *  \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
- *               stored in that area.
+ * \param event the SDL_Event structure to be filled in with the next event
+ *              from the queue, or NULL
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEventTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event * event);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Waits until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next
- *         available event.
+ * Wait until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next available
+ * event.
+ *
+ * If `event` is not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and stored
+ * in the SDL_Event structure pointed to by `event`.
+ *
+ * As this function may implicitly call SDL_PumpEvents(), you can only call
+ * this function in the thread that initialized the video subsystem.
  *
- *  \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
+ * \param event the SDL_Event structure to be filled in with the next event
+ *              from the queue, or NULL
+ * \param timeout the maximum number of milliseconds to wait for the next
+ *                available event
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information. This also returns 0 if
+ *          the timeout elapsed without an event arriving.
  *
- *  \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
- *               stored in that area.
- *  \param timeout The timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for next event.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEventTimeout(SDL_Event * event,
                                                  int timeout);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Add an event to the event queue.
+ * Add an event to the event queue.
+ *
+ * The event queue can actually be used as a two way communication channel.
+ * Not only can events be read from the queue, but the user can also push
+ * their own events onto it. `event` is a pointer to the event structure you
+ * wish to push onto the queue. The event is copied into the queue, and the
+ * caller may dispose of the memory pointed to after SDL_PushEvent() returns.
+ *
+ * Note: Pushing device input events onto the queue doesn't modify the state
+ * of the device within SDL.
+ *
+ * This function is thread-safe, and can be called from other threads safely.
+ *
+ * Note: Events pushed onto the queue with SDL_PushEvent() get passed through
+ * the event filter but events added with SDL_PeepEvents() do not.
+ *
+ * For pushing application-specific events, please use SDL_RegisterEvents() to
+ * get an event type that does not conflict with other code that also wants
+ * its own custom event types.
+ *
+ * \param event the SDL_Event to be added to the queue
+ * \returns 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information. A
+ *          common reason for error is the event queue being full.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \return 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or -1 if the event queue
- *          was full or there was some other error.
+ * \sa SDL_PeepEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_RegisterEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event * event);
 
+/**
+ * A function pointer used for callbacks that watch the event queue.
+ *
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_SetEventFilter()
+ *        or SDL_AddEventWatch, etc
+ * \param event the event that triggered the callback
+ * \returns 1 to permit event to be added to the queue, and 0 to disallow
+ *          it. When used with SDL_AddEventWatch, the return value is ignored.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_AddEventWatch
+ */
 typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_EventFilter) (void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
 
 /**
- *  Sets up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
- *  are posted to the internal event queue.
+ * Set up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
+ * are posted to the internal event queue.
+ *
+ * If the filter function returns 1 when called, then the event will be added
+ * to the internal queue. If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from
+ * the queue, but the internal state will still be updated. This allows
+ * selective filtering of dynamically arriving events.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function,
+ * as it may run in a different thread!
+ *
+ * On platforms that support it, if the quit event is generated by an
+ * interrupt signal (e.g. pressing Ctrl-C), it will be delivered to the
+ * application at the next event poll.
  *
- *  The filter is prototyped as:
- *  \code
- *      int SDL_EventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
- *  \endcode
+ * There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type. The
+ * event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
+ * application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will be
+ * closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
  *
- *  If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
- *  If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
- *  internal state will still be updated.  This allows selective filtering of
- *  dynamically arriving events.
+ * Note: Disabled events never make it to the event filter function; see
+ * SDL_EventState().
  *
- *  \warning  Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
- *            it may run in a different thread!
+ * Note: If you just want to inspect events without filtering, you should use
+ * SDL_AddEventWatch() instead.
  *
- *  There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type.  The
- *  event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
- *  application window.  If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
- *  be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
+ * Note: Events pushed onto the queue with SDL_PushEvent() get passed through
+ * the event filter, but events pushed onto the queue with SDL_PeepEvents() do
+ * not.
  *
- *  If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
- *  internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
+ * \param filter An SDL_EventFilter function to call when an event happens
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `filter`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AddEventWatch
+ * \sa SDL_EventState
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_PeepEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                                 void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
- *  If there is no event filter set, this function returns SDL_FALSE.
+ * Query the current event filter.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to "chain" filters, by saving the existing filter
+ * before replacing it with a function that will call that saved filter.
+ *
+ * \param filter the current callback function will be stored here
+ * \param userdata the pointer that is passed to the current event filter will
+ *                 be stored here
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success or SDL_FALSE if there is no event filter set.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter * filter,
                                                     void **userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Add a function which is called when an event is added to the queue.
+ * Add a callback to be triggered when an event is added to the event queue.
+ *
+ * `filter` will be called when an event happens, and its return value is
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function,
+ * as it may run in a different thread!
+ *
+ * If the quit event is generated by a signal (e.g. SIGINT), it will bypass
+ * the internal queue and be delivered to the watch callback immediately, and
+ * arrive at the next event poll.
+ *
+ * Note: the callback is called for events posted by the user through
+ * SDL_PushEvent(), but not for disabled events, nor for events by a filter
+ * callback set with SDL_SetEventFilter(), nor for events posted by the user
+ * through SDL_PeepEvents().
+ *
+ * \param filter an SDL_EventFilter function to call when an event happens.
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `filter`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DelEventWatch
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                                void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Remove an event watch function added with SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ * Remove an event watch callback added with SDL_AddEventWatch().
+ *
+ * This function takes the same input as SDL_AddEventWatch() to identify and
+ * delete the corresponding callback.
+ *
+ * \param filter the function originally passed to SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ * \param userdata the pointer originally passed to SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AddEventWatch
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                                void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Run the filter function on the current event queue, removing any
- *  events for which the filter returns 0.
+ * Run a specific filter function on the current event queue, removing any
+ * events for which the filter returns 0.
+ *
+ * See SDL_SetEventFilter() for more information. Unlike SDL_SetEventFilter(),
+ * this function does not change the filter permanently, it only uses the
+ * supplied filter until this function returns.
+ *
+ * \param filter the SDL_EventFilter function to call when an event happens
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `filter`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                               void *userdata);
@@ -722,24 +1082,45 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
 #define SDL_ENABLE   1
 
 /**
- *  This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
- *   - If \c state is set to ::SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically
- *     dropped from the event queue and will not be filtered.
- *   - If \c state is set to ::SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed
- *     normally.
- *   - If \c state is set to ::SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
- *     current processing state of the specified event.
+ * Set the state of processing events by type.
+ *
+ * `state` may be any of the following:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_QUERY`: returns the current processing state of the specified event
+ * - `SDL_IGNORE` (aka `SDL_DISABLE`): the event will automatically be dropped
+ *   from the event queue and will not be filtered
+ * - `SDL_ENABLE`: the event will be processed normally
+ *
+ * \param type the type of event; see SDL_EventType for details
+ * \param state how to process the event
+ * \returns `SDL_DISABLE` or `SDL_ENABLE`, representing the processing state
+ *          of the event before this function makes any changes to it.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint32 type, int state);
 /* @} */
 #define SDL_GetEventState(type) SDL_EventState(type, SDL_QUERY)
 
 /**
- *  This function allocates a set of user-defined events, and returns
- *  the beginning event number for that set of events.
+ * Allocate a set of user-defined events, and return the beginning event
+ * number for that set of events.
+ *
+ * Calling this function with `numevents` <= 0 is an error and will return
+ * (Uint32)-1.
+ *
+ * Note, (Uint32)-1 means the maximum unsigned 32-bit integer value (or
+ * 0xFFFFFFFF), but is clearer to write.
+ *
+ * \param numevents the number of events to be allocated
+ * \returns the beginning event number, or (Uint32)-1 if there are not enough
+ *          user-defined events left.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  If there aren't enough user-defined events left, this function
- *  returns (Uint32)-1
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_RegisterEvents(int numevents);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_filesystem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_filesystem.h
+ *
+ *  \brief Include file for filesystem SDL API functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_filesystem_h_
+#define SDL_filesystem_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the directory where the application was run from.
+ *
+ * This is not necessarily a fast call, so you should call this once near
+ * startup and save the string if you need it.
+ *
+ * **Mac OS X and iOS Specific Functionality**: If the application is in a
+ * ".app" bundle, this function returns the Resource directory (e.g.
+ * MyApp.app/Contents/Resources/). This behaviour can be overridden by adding
+ * a property to the Info.plist file. Adding a string key with the name
+ * SDL_FILESYSTEM_BASE_DIR_TYPE with a supported value will change the
+ * behaviour.
+ *
+ * Supported values for the SDL_FILESYSTEM_BASE_DIR_TYPE property (Given an
+ * application in /Applications/SDLApp/MyApp.app):
+ *
+ * - `resource`: bundle resource directory (the default). For example:
+ *   `/Applications/SDLApp/MyApp.app/Contents/Resources`
+ * - `bundle`: the Bundle directory. For example:
+ *   `/Applications/SDLApp/MyApp.app/`
+ * - `parent`: the containing directory of the bundle. For example:
+ *   `/Applications/SDLApp/`
+ *
+ * The returned path is guaranteed to end with a path separator ('\' on
+ * Windows, '/' on most other platforms).
+ *
+ * The pointer returned is owned by the caller. Please call SDL_free() on the
+ * pointer when done with it.
+ *
+ * \returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding to the application data
+ *          directory. NULL will be returned on error or when the platform
+ *          doesn't implement this functionality, call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetPrefPath
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetBasePath(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the user-and-app-specific path where files can be written.
+ *
+ * Get the "pref dir". This is meant to be where users can write personal
+ * files (preferences and save games, etc) that are specific to your
+ * application. This directory is unique per user, per application.
+ *
+ * This function will decide the appropriate location in the native
+ * filesystem, create the directory if necessary, and return a string of the
+ * absolute path to the directory in UTF-8 encoding.
+ *
+ * On Windows, the string might look like:
+ *
+ * `C:\\Users\\bob\\AppData\\Roaming\\My Company\\My Program Name\\`
+ *
+ * On Linux, the string might look like"
+ *
+ * `/home/bob/.local/share/My Program Name/`
+ *
+ * On Mac OS X, the string might look like:
+ *
+ * `/Users/bob/Library/Application Support/My Program Name/`
+ *
+ * You should assume the path returned by this function is the only safe place
+ * to write files (and that SDL_GetBasePath(), while it might be writable, or
+ * even the parent of the returned path, isn't where you should be writing
+ * things).
+ *
+ * Both the org and app strings may become part of a directory name, so please
+ * follow these rules:
+ *
+ * - Try to use the same org string (_including case-sensitivity_) for all
+ *   your applications that use this function.
+ * - Always use a unique app string for each one, and make sure it never
+ *   changes for an app once you've decided on it.
+ * - Unicode characters are legal, as long as it's UTF-8 encoded, but...
+ * - ...only use letters, numbers, and spaces. Avoid punctuation like "Game
+ *   Name 2: Bad Guy's Revenge!" ... "Game Name 2" is sufficient.
+ *
+ * The returned path is guaranteed to end with a path separator ('\' on
+ * Windows, '/' on most other platforms).
+ *
+ * The pointer returned is owned by the caller. Please call SDL_free() on the
+ * pointer when done with it.
+ *
+ * \param org the name of your organization
+ * \param app the name of your application
+ * \returns a UTF-8 string of the user directory in platform-dependent
+ *          notation. NULL if there's a problem (creating directory failed,
+ *          etc.).
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetBasePath
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetPrefPath(const char *org, const char *app);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_filesystem_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_gamecontroller.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1001 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ *  Include file for SDL game controller event handling
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_gamecontroller_h_
+#define SDL_gamecontroller_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_sensor.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ *  In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+ *  with the ::SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
+ *  for game controllers, and load appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ *  If you would like to receive controller updates while the application
+ *  is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
+ *  SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The gamecontroller structure used to identify an SDL game controller
+ */
+struct _SDL_GameController;
+typedef struct _SDL_GameController SDL_GameController;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_XBOX360,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_XBOXONE,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_PS3,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_PS4,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_NINTENDO_SWITCH_PRO,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_VIRTUAL,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_PS5,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_AMAZON_LUNA,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_TYPE_GOOGLE_STADIA
+} SDL_GameControllerType;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE = 0,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_BUTTON,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_AXIS,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_HAT
+} SDL_GameControllerBindType;
+
+/**
+ *  Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button/axis mapping
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
+{
+    SDL_GameControllerBindType bindType;
+    union
+    {
+        int button;
+        int axis;
+        struct {
+            int hat;
+            int hat_mask;
+        } hat;
+    } value;
+
+} SDL_GameControllerButtonBind;
+
+
+/**
+ *  To count the number of game controllers in the system for the following:
+ *
+ *  ```c
+ *  int nJoysticks = SDL_NumJoysticks();
+ *  int nGameControllers = 0;
+ *  for (int i = 0; i < nJoysticks; i++) {
+ *      if (SDL_IsGameController(i)) {
+ *          nGameControllers++;
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *  ```
+ *
+ *  Using the SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG hint or the SDL_GameControllerAddMapping() you can add support for controllers SDL is unaware of or cause an existing controller to have a different binding. The format is:
+ *  guid,name,mappings
+ *
+ *  Where GUID is the string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick ones.
+ *  Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers any XInput devices.
+ *  The mapping format for joystick is:
+ *      bX - a joystick button, index X
+ *      hX.Y - hat X with value Y
+ *      aX - axis X of the joystick
+ *  Buttons can be used as a controller axis and vice versa.
+ *
+ *  This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * "03000000341a00003608000000000000,PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7",
+ * ```
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Load a set of Game Controller mappings from a seekable SDL data stream.
+ *
+ * You can call this function several times, if needed, to load different
+ * database files.
+ *
+ * If a new mapping is loaded for an already known controller GUID, the later
+ * version will overwrite the one currently loaded.
+ *
+ * Mappings not belonging to the current platform or with no platform field
+ * specified will be ignored (i.e. mappings for Linux will be ignored in
+ * Windows, etc).
+ *
+ * This function will load the text database entirely in memory before
+ * processing it, so take this into consideration if you are in a memory
+ * constrained environment.
+ *
+ * \param rw the data stream for the mappings to be added
+ * \param freerw non-zero to close the stream after being read
+ * \returns the number of mappings added or -1 on error; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerAddMapping
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWops * rw, int freerw);
+
+/**
+ *  Load a set of mappings from a file, filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
+ *
+ *  Convenience macro.
+ */
+#define SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile(file)   SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
+
+/**
+ * Add support for controllers that SDL is unaware of or to cause an existing
+ * controller to have a different binding.
+ *
+ * The mapping string has the format "GUID,name,mapping", where GUID is the
+ * string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable
+ * string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick
+ * ones. Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers all
+ * XInput devices. The mapping format for joystick is: {| |bX |a joystick
+ * button, index X |- |hX.Y |hat X with value Y |- |aX |axis X of the joystick
+ * |} Buttons can be used as a controller axes and vice versa.
+ *
+ * This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * "341a3608000000000000504944564944,Afterglow PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7"
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param mappingString the mapping string
+ * \returns 1 if a new mapping is added, 0 if an existing mapping is updated,
+ *          -1 on error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMapping
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping(const char* mappingString);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of mappings installed.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of mappings.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNumMappings(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the mapping at a particular index.
+ *
+ * \returns the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL if
+ *          the index is out of range.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForIndex(int mapping_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the game controller mapping string for a given GUID.
+ *
+ * The returned string must be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * \param guid a structure containing the GUID for which a mapping is desired
+ * \returns a mapping string or NULL on error; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUID
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID(SDL_JoystickGUID guid);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current mapping of a Game Controller.
+ *
+ * The returned string must be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * Details about mappings are discussed with SDL_GameControllerAddMapping().
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller you want to get the current
+ *                       mapping for
+ * \returns a string that has the controller's mapping or NULL if no mapping
+ *          is available; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerAddMapping
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given joystick is supported by the game controller interface.
+ *
+ * `joystick_index` is the same as the `device_index` passed to
+ * SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, up to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the given joystick is supported by the game controller
+ *          interface, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or it's an invalid index.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name for the game controller.
+ *
+ * This function can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ *
+ * `joystick_index` is the same as the `device_index` passed to
+ * SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, from zero to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()-1
+ * \returns the implementation-dependent name for the game controller, or NULL
+ *          if there is no name or the index is invalid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerName
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
+ * \sa SDL_IsGameController
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of a game controller.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, from zero to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()-1
+ * \returns the controller type.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerType SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerTypeForIndex(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the mapping of a game controller.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, from zero to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()-1
+ * \returns the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL if
+ *          no mapping is available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForDeviceIndex(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Open a game controller for use.
+ *
+ * `joystick_index` is the same as the `device_index` passed to
+ * SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the
+ * system. This index is not the value which will identify this controller in
+ * future controller events. The joystick's instance id (SDL_JoystickID) will
+ * be used there instead.
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, up to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()
+ * \returns a gamecontroller identifier or NULL if an error occurred; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerClose
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_IsGameController
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL_GameController associated with an instance id.
+ *
+ * \param joyid the instance id to get the SDL_GameController for
+ * \returns an SDL_GameController on success or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL_GameController associated with a player index.
+ *
+ * Please note that the player index is _not_ the device index, nor is it the
+ * instance id!
+ *
+ * \param player_index the player index, which is not the device index or the
+ *                     instance id!
+ * \returns the SDL_GameController associated with a player index.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerSetPlayerIndex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromPlayerIndex(int player_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation-dependent name for an opened game controller.
+ *
+ * This is the same name as returned by SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(), but
+ * it takes a controller identifier instead of the (unstable) device index.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller identifier previously returned by
+ *                       SDL_GameControllerOpen()
+ * \returns the implementation dependent name for the game controller, or NULL
+ *          if there is no name or the identifier passed is invalid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of this currently opened controller
+ *
+ * This is the same name as returned by SDL_GameControllerTypeForIndex(), but
+ * it takes a controller identifier instead of the (unstable) device index.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \returns the controller type.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerType SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetType(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the player index of an opened game controller.
+ *
+ * For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \returns the player index for controller, or -1 if it's not available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Set the player index of an opened game controller.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to adjust.
+ * \param player_index Player index to assign to this controller.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSetPlayerIndex(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, int player_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the USB vendor ID of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return the USB vendor ID, or zero if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetVendor(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the USB product ID of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return the USB product ID, or zero if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProduct(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the product version of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return the USB product version, or zero if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProductVersion(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the serial number of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * Returns the serial number of the controller, or NULL if it is not
+ * available.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return the serial number, or NULL if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetSerial(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a controller has been opened and is currently connected.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller identifier previously returned by
+ *                       SDL_GameControllerOpen()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and is currently
+ *          connected, or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerClose
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the Joystick ID from a Game Controller.
+ *
+ * This function will give you a SDL_Joystick object, which allows you to use
+ * the SDL_Joystick functions with a SDL_GameController object. This would be
+ * useful for getting a joystick's position at any given time, even if it
+ * hasn't moved (moving it would produce an event, which would have the axis'
+ * value).
+ *
+ * The pointer returned is owned by the SDL_GameController. You should not
+ * call SDL_JoystickClose() on it, for example, since doing so will likely
+ * cause SDL to crash.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object that you want to get a
+ *                       joystick from
+ * \returns a SDL_Joystick object; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Query or change current state of Game Controller events.
+ *
+ * If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
+ * yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
+ * information.
+ *
+ * Any number can be passed to SDL_GameControllerEventState(), but only -1, 0,
+ * and 1 will have any effect. Other numbers will just be returned.
+ *
+ * \param state can be one of `SDL_QUERY`, `SDL_IGNORE`, or `SDL_ENABLE`
+ * \returns the same value passed to the function, with exception to -1
+ *          (SDL_QUERY), which will return the current state.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickEventState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
+
+/**
+ * Manually pump game controller updates if not using the loop.
+ *
+ * This function is called automatically by the event loop if events are
+ * enabled. Under such circumstances, it will not be necessary to call this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
+
+
+/**
+ *  The list of axes available from a controller
+ *
+ *  Thumbstick axis values range from SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN to SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX,
+ *  and are centered within ~8000 of zero, though advanced UI will allow users to set
+ *  or autodetect the dead zone, which varies between controllers.
+ *
+ *  Trigger axis values range from 0 to SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID = -1,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX
+} SDL_GameControllerAxis;
+
+/**
+ * Convert a string into SDL_GameControllerAxis enum.
+ *
+ * This function is called internally to translate SDL_GameController mapping
+ * strings for the underlying joystick device into the consistent
+ * SDL_GameController mapping. You do not normally need to call this function
+ * unless you are parsing SDL_GameController mappings in your own code.
+ *
+ * Note specially that "righttrigger" and "lefttrigger" map to
+ * `SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT` and `SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT`,
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * \param str string representing a SDL_GameController axis
+ * \returns the SDL_GameControllerAxis enum corresponding to the input string,
+ *          or `SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID` if no match was found.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from an SDL_GameControllerAxis enum to a string.
+ *
+ * The caller should not SDL_free() the returned string.
+ *
+ * \param axis an enum value for a given SDL_GameControllerAxis
+ * \returns a string for the given axis, or NULL if an invalid axis is
+ *          specified. The string returned is of the format used by
+ *          SDL_GameController mapping strings.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for a controller axis mapping.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param axis an axis enum value (one of the SDL_GameControllerAxis values)
+ * \returns a SDL_GameControllerButtonBind describing the bind. On failure
+ *          (like the given Controller axis doesn't exist on the device), its
+ *          `.bindType` will be `SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE`.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+                                 SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a game controller has a given axis.
+ *
+ * This merely reports whether the controller's mapping defined this axis, as
+ * that is all the information SDL has about the physical device.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param axis an axis enum value (an SDL_GameControllerAxis value)
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has this axis, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerHasAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
+ *
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
+ *
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767. Triggers, however, range
+ * from 0 to 32767 (they never return a negative value).
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param axis an axis index (one of the SDL_GameControllerAxis values)
+ * \returns axis state (including 0) on success or 0 (also) on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetButton
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ *  The list of buttons available from a controller
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID = -1,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MISC1,    /* Xbox Series X share button, PS5 microphone button, Nintendo Switch Pro capture button, Amazon Luna microphone button */
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_PADDLE1,  /* Xbox Elite paddle P1 */
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_PADDLE2,  /* Xbox Elite paddle P3 */
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_PADDLE3,  /* Xbox Elite paddle P2 */
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_PADDLE4,  /* Xbox Elite paddle P4 */
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_TOUCHPAD, /* PS4/PS5 touchpad button */
+    SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX
+} SDL_GameControllerButton;
+
+/**
+ * Convert a string into an SDL_GameControllerButton enum.
+ *
+ * This function is called internally to translate SDL_GameController mapping
+ * strings for the underlying joystick device into the consistent
+ * SDL_GameController mapping. You do not normally need to call this function
+ * unless you are parsing SDL_GameController mappings in your own code.
+ *
+ * \param str string representing a SDL_GameController axis
+ * \returns the SDL_GameControllerButton enum corresponding to the input
+ *          string, or `SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID` if no match was found.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from an SDL_GameControllerButton enum to a string.
+ *
+ * The caller should not SDL_free() the returned string.
+ *
+ * \param button an enum value for a given SDL_GameControllerButton
+ * \returns a string for the given button, or NULL if an invalid axis is
+ *          specified. The string returned is of the format used by
+ *          SDL_GameController mapping strings.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for a controller button mapping.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param button an button enum value (an SDL_GameControllerButton value)
+ * \returns a SDL_GameControllerButtonBind describing the bind. On failure
+ *          (like the given Controller button doesn't exist on the device),
+ *          its `.bindType` will be `SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE`.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+                                   SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a game controller has a given button.
+ *
+ * This merely reports whether the controller's mapping defined this button,
+ * as that is all the information SDL has about the physical device.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param button a button enum value (an SDL_GameControllerButton value)
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has this button, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+                                                             SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param button a button index (one of the SDL_GameControllerButton values)
+ * \returns 1 for pressed state or 0 for not pressed state or error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetAxis
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+                                                          SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of touchpads on a game controller.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetNumTouchpads(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of supported simultaneous fingers on a touchpad on a game
+ * controller.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetNumTouchpadFingers(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, int touchpad);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a finger on a touchpad on a game controller.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetTouchpadFinger(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, int touchpad, int finger, Uint8 *state, float *x, float *y, float *pressure);
+
+/**
+ * Return whether a game controller has a particular sensor.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the sensor exists, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasSensor(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type);
+
+/**
+ * Set whether data reporting for a game controller sensor is enabled.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to update
+ * \param type The type of sensor to enable/disable
+ * \param enabled Whether data reporting should be enabled
+ * \returns 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSetSensorEnabled(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type, SDL_bool enabled);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether sensor data reporting is enabled for a game controller.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the sensor is enabled, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerIsSensorEnabled(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type);
+
+/**
+ * Get the data rate (number of events per second) of a game controller
+ * sensor.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \return the data rate, or 0.0f if the data rate is not available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.16.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetSensorDataRate(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a game controller sensor.
+ *
+ * The number of values and interpretation of the data is sensor dependent.
+ * See SDL_sensor.h for the details for each type of sensor.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
+ * \param num_values The number of values to write to data
+ * \return 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetSensorData(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type, float *data, int num_values);
+
+/**
+ * Start a rumble effect on a game controller.
+ *
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling
+ * it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
+ * \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left)
+ *                             rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right)
+ *                              rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this controller
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerHasRumble
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerRumble(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint16 low_frequency_rumble, Uint16 high_frequency_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
+
+/**
+ * Start a rumble effect in the game controller's triggers.
+ *
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous trigger rumble effect, and
+ * calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ *
+ * Note that this is rumbling of the _triggers_ and not the game controller as
+ * a whole. The first controller to offer this feature was the PlayStation 5's
+ * DualShock 5.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
+ * \param left_rumble The intensity of the left trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                    to 0xFFFF
+ * \param right_rumble The intensity of the right trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                     to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if trigger rumble isn't supported on this controller
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerHasRumbleTriggers
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerRumbleTriggers(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint16 left_rumble, Uint16 right_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a game controller has an LED.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if this controller does not have a
+ *          modifiable LED
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasLED(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a game controller has rumble support.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if this controller does not have rumble
+ *          support
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerRumble
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasRumble(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a game controller has rumble support on triggers.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if this controller does not have trigger
+ *          rumble support
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerRumbleTriggers
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasRumbleTriggers(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Update a game controller's LED color.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to update
+ * \param red The intensity of the red LED
+ * \param green The intensity of the green LED
+ * \param blue The intensity of the blue LED
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if this controller does not have a modifiable LED
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSetLED(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint8 red, Uint8 green, Uint8 blue);
+
+/**
+ * Send a controller specific effect packet
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to affect
+ * \param data The data to send to the controller
+ * \param size The size of the data to send to the controller
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if this controller or driver doesn't support effect
+ *          packets
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.16.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSendEffect(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, const void *data, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Close a game controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller identifier previously returned by
+ *                       SDL_GameControllerOpen()
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Return the sfSymbolsName for a given button on a game controller on Apple
+ * platforms.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the controller to query
+ * \param button a button on the game controller
+ * \returns the sfSymbolsName or NULL if the name can't be found
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetAppleSFSymbolsNameForAxis
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAppleSFSymbolsNameForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Return the sfSymbolsName for a given axis on a game controller on Apple
+ * platforms.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the controller to query
+ * \param axis an axis on the game controller
+ * \returns the sfSymbolsName or NULL if the name can't be found
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetAppleSFSymbolsNameForButton
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAppleSFSymbolsNameForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_gamecontroller_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_gesture.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_gesture.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -46,36 +46,66 @@ typedef Sint64 SDL_GestureID;
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- *  \brief Begin Recording a gesture on the specified touch, or all touches (-1)
+ * Begin recording a gesture on a specified touch device or all touch devices.
  *
+ * If the parameter `touchId` is -1 (i.e., all devices), this function will
+ * always return 1, regardless of whether there actually are any devices.
  *
+ * \param touchId the touch device id, or -1 for all touch devices
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 if the specified device could not be found.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTouchDevice
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RecordGesture(SDL_TouchID touchId);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates
+ * Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates.
+ *
+ * \param dst a SDL_RWops to save to
+ * \returns the number of saved templates on success or 0 on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadDollarTemplates
+ * \sa SDL_SaveDollarTemplate
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates(SDL_RWops *dst);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template
+ * Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template.
  *
+ * \param gestureId a gesture id
+ * \param dst a SDL_RWops to save to
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadDollarTemplates
+ * \sa SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveDollarTemplate(SDL_GestureID gestureId,SDL_RWops *dst);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file
+ * Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file.
+ *
+ * \param touchId a touch id
+ * \param src a SDL_RWops to load from
+ * \returns the number of loaded templates on success or a negative error code
+ *          (or 0) on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
+ * \sa SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates
+ * \sa SDL_SaveDollarTemplate
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LoadDollarTemplates(SDL_TouchID touchId, SDL_RWops *src);
 
-
 /* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_haptic.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_haptic.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
  *    }
  *
  *    // Create the effect
- *    memset( &effect, 0, sizeof(SDL_HapticEffect) ); // 0 is safe default
+ *    SDL_memset( &effect, 0, sizeof(SDL_HapticEffect) ); // 0 is safe default
  *    effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SINE;
  *    effect.periodic.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR; // Polar coordinates
  *    effect.periodic.direction.dir[0] = 18000; // Force comes from south
@@ -117,6 +117,17 @@
 extern "C" {
 #endif /* __cplusplus */
 
+/* FIXME: For SDL 2.1, adjust all the magnitude variables to be Uint16 (0xFFFF).
+ *
+ * At the moment the magnitude variables are mixed between signed/unsigned, and
+ * it is also not made clear that ALL of those variables expect a max of 0x7FFF.
+ *
+ * Some platforms may have higher precision than that (Linux FF, Windows XInput)
+ * so we should fix the inconsistency in favor of higher possible precision,
+ * adjusting for platforms that use different scales.
+ * -flibit
+ */
+
 /**
  *  \typedef SDL_Haptic
  *
@@ -325,6 +336,14 @@ typedef struct _SDL_Haptic SDL_Haptic;
  */
 #define SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL  2
 
+/**
+ *  \brief Use this value to play an effect on the steering wheel axis. This
+ *  provides better compatibility across platforms and devices as SDL will guess
+ *  the correct axis.
+ *  \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_STEERING_AXIS 3
+
 /* @} *//* Direction encodings */
 
 /* @} *//* Haptic features */
@@ -433,6 +452,7 @@ typedef struct _SDL_Haptic SDL_Haptic;
  *  \sa SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR
  *  \sa SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN
  *  \sa SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL
+ *  \sa SDL_HAPTIC_STEERING_AXIS
  *  \sa SDL_HapticEffect
  *  \sa SDL_HapticNumAxes
  */
@@ -656,8 +676,8 @@ typedef struct SDL_HapticRamp
  * This struct is exclusively for the ::SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT effect.
  *
  * The Left/Right effect is used to explicitly control the large and small
- * motors, commonly found in modern game controllers. One motor is high
- * frequency, the other is low frequency.
+ * motors, commonly found in modern game controllers. The small (right) motor
+ * is high frequency, and the large (left) motor is low frequency.
  *
  * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT
  * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
@@ -668,7 +688,7 @@ typedef struct SDL_HapticLeftRight
     Uint16 type;            /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT */
 
     /* Replay */
-    Uint32 length;          /**< Duration of the effect. */
+    Uint32 length;          /**< Duration of the effect in milliseconds. */
 
     /* Rumble */
     Uint16 large_magnitude; /**< Control of the large controller motor. */
@@ -800,419 +820,513 @@ typedef union SDL_HapticEffect
 
 
 /* Function prototypes */
+
 /**
- *  \brief Count the number of haptic devices attached to the system.
+ * Count the number of haptic devices attached to the system.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of haptic devices detected on the system or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return Number of haptic devices detected on the system.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticName
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumHaptics(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a haptic device.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a haptic device.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened. If no name can be
+ * found, this function returns NULL.
  *
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ * \param device_index index of the device to query.
+ * \returns the name of the device or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
  *
- *  \param device_index Index of the device to get its name.
- *  \return Name of the device or NULL on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_NumHaptics
+ * \sa SDL_NumHaptics
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_HapticName(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Opens a haptic device for use.
+ * Open a haptic device for use.
  *
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th haptic device on this
- *  system.
+ * The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th haptic device on this
+ * system.
  *
- *  When opening a haptic device, its gain will be set to maximum and
- *  autocenter will be disabled.  To modify these values use
- *  SDL_HapticSetGain() and SDL_HapticSetAutocenter().
+ * When opening a haptic device, its gain will be set to maximum and
+ * autocenter will be disabled. To modify these values use SDL_HapticSetGain()
+ * and SDL_HapticSetAutocenter().
  *
- *  \param device_index Index of the device to open.
- *  \return Device identifier or NULL on error.
+ * \param device_index index of the device to open
+ * \returns the device identifier or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticIndex
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
- *  \sa SDL_HapticClose
- *  \sa SDL_HapticSetGain
- *  \sa SDL_HapticSetAutocenter
- *  \sa SDL_HapticPause
- *  \sa SDL_HapticStopAll
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetAutocenter
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetGain
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopAll
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpen(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks if the haptic device at index has been opened.
+ * Check if the haptic device at the designated index has been opened.
  *
- *  \param device_index Index to check to see if it has been opened.
- *  \return 1 if it has been opened or 0 if it hasn't.
+ * \param device_index the index of the device to query
+ * \returns 1 if it has been opened, 0 if it hasn't or on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpened(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the index of a haptic device.
+ * Get the index of a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to get the index of.
- *  \return The index of the haptic device or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns the index of the specified haptic device or a negative error code
+ *          on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpened
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpened
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticIndex(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets whether or not the current mouse has haptic capabilities.
+ * Query whether or not the current mouse has haptic capabilities.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the mouse is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the mouse is haptic or SDL_FALSE if it isn't.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_MouseIsHaptic(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Tries to open a haptic device from the current mouse.
+ * Try to open a haptic device from the current mouse.
  *
- *  \return The haptic device identifier or NULL on error.
+ * \returns the haptic device identifier or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MouseIsHaptic
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_MouseIsHaptic
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks to see if a joystick has haptic features.
+ * Query if a joystick has haptic features.
  *
- *  \param joystick Joystick to test for haptic capabilities.
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the joystick is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't
- *          or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to test for haptic capabilities
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't, or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIsHaptic(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Opens a haptic device for use from a joystick device.
+ * Open a haptic device for use from a joystick device.
  *
- *  You must still close the haptic device separately.  It will not be closed
- *  with the joystick.
+ * You must still close the haptic device separately. It will not be closed
+ * with the joystick.
  *
- *  When opening from a joystick you should first close the haptic device before
- *  closing the joystick device.  If not, on some implementations the haptic
- *  device will also get unallocated and you'll be unable to use force feedback
- *  on that device.
+ * When opened from a joystick you should first close the haptic device before
+ * closing the joystick device. If not, on some implementations the haptic
+ * device will also get unallocated and you'll be unable to use force feedback
+ * on that device.
  *
- *  \param joystick Joystick to create a haptic device from.
- *  \return A valid haptic device identifier on success or NULL on error.
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to create a haptic device from
+ * \returns a valid haptic device identifier on success or NULL on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickIsHaptic
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick(SDL_Joystick *
                                                                joystick);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Closes a haptic device previously opened with SDL_HapticOpen().
+ * Close a haptic device previously opened with SDL_HapticOpen().
+ *
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to close
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to close.
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HapticClose(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns the number of effects a haptic device can store.
+ * Get the number of effects a haptic device can store.
  *
- *  On some platforms this isn't fully supported, and therefore is an
- *  approximation.  Always check to see if your created effect was actually
- *  created and do not rely solely on SDL_HapticNumEffects().
+ * On some platforms this isn't fully supported, and therefore is an
+ * approximation. Always check to see if your created effect was actually
+ * created and do not rely solely on SDL_HapticNumEffects().
  *
- *  \param haptic The haptic device to query effect max.
- *  \return The number of effects the haptic device can store or
- *          -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns the number of effects the haptic device can store or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumEffects(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns the number of effects a haptic device can play at the same
- *         time.
+ * Get the number of effects a haptic device can play at the same time.
+ *
+ * This is not supported on all platforms, but will always return a value.
  *
- *  This is not supported on all platforms, but will always return a value.
- *  Added here for the sake of completeness.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query maximum playing effects
+ * \returns the number of effects the haptic device can play at the same time
+ *          or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \param haptic The haptic device to query maximum playing effects.
- *  \return The number of effects the haptic device can play at the same time
- *          or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the haptic device's supported features in bitwise manner.
+ * Get the haptic device's supported features in bitwise manner.
  *
- *  Example:
- *  \code
- *  if (SDL_HapticQuery(haptic) & SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT) {
- *      printf("We have constant haptic effect!\n");
- *  }
- *  \endcode
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns a list of supported haptic features in bitwise manner (OR'd), or 0
+ *          on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param haptic The haptic device to query.
- *  \return Haptic features in bitwise manner (OR'd).
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
- *  \sa SDL_HapticEffectSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffectSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
  */
 extern DECLSPEC unsigned int SDLCALL SDL_HapticQuery(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the number of haptic axes the device has.
+ * Get the number of haptic axes the device has.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ * The number of haptic axes might be useful if working with the
+ * SDL_HapticDirection effect.
+ *
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns the number of axes on success or a negative error code on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumAxes(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks to see if effect is supported by haptic.
+ * Check to see if an effect is supported by a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \param effect the desired effect to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't, or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to check on.
- *  \param effect Effect to check to see if it is supported.
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticEffectSupported(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                       SDL_HapticEffect *
                                                       effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Creates a new haptic effect on the device.
+ * Create a new haptic effect on a specified device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to create the effect on.
- *  \param effect Properties of the effect to create.
- *  \return The identifier of the effect on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic an SDL_Haptic device to create the effect on
+ * \param effect an SDL_HapticEffect structure containing the properties of
+ *               the effect to create
+ * \returns the ID of the effect on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticUpdateEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUpdateEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNewEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                 SDL_HapticEffect * effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Updates the properties of an effect.
+ * Update the properties of an effect.
  *
- *  Can be used dynamically, although behavior when dynamically changing
- *  direction may be strange.  Specifically the effect may reupload itself
- *  and start playing from the start.  You cannot change the type either when
- *  running SDL_HapticUpdateEffect().
+ * Can be used dynamically, although behavior when dynamically changing
+ * direction may be strange. Specifically the effect may re-upload itself and
+ * start playing from the start. You also cannot change the type either when
+ * running SDL_HapticUpdateEffect().
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device that has the effect.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to update.
- *  \param data New effect properties to use.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device that has the effect
+ * \param effect the identifier of the effect to update
+ * \param data an SDL_HapticEffect structure containing the new effect
+ *             properties to use
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                    int effect,
                                                    SDL_HapticEffect * data);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Runs the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ * Run the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
  *
- *  If iterations are ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY, it'll run the effect over and over
- *  repeating the envelope (attack and fade) every time.  If you only want the
- *  effect to last forever, set ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY in the effect's length
- *  parameter.
+ * To repeat the effect over and over indefinitely, set `iterations` to
+ * `SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY`. (Repeats the envelope - attack and fade.) To make
+ * one instance of the effect last indefinitely (so the effect does not fade),
+ * set the effect's `length` in its structure/union to `SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY`
+ * instead.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to run the effect on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the haptic effect to run.
- *  \param iterations Number of iterations to run the effect. Use
- *         ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY for infinity.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to run the effect on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to run
+ * \param iterations the number of iterations to run the effect; use
+ *                   `SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY` to repeat forever
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRunEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                 int effect,
                                                 Uint32 iterations);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stops the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ * Stop the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ *
+ * *
+ *
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to stop the effect on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to stop
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to stop the effect on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to stop.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticStopEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                  int effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Destroys a haptic effect on the device.
+ * Destroy a haptic effect on the device.
+ *
+ * This will stop the effect if it's running. Effects are automatically
+ * destroyed when the device is closed.
  *
- *  This will stop the effect if it's running.  Effects are automatically
- *  destroyed when the device is closed.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to destroy the effect on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to destroy
  *
- *  \param haptic Device to destroy the effect on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to destroy.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                      int effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the status of the current effect on the haptic device.
+ * Get the status of the current effect on the specified haptic device.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_STATUS feature.
+ * Device must support the SDL_HAPTIC_STATUS feature.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to query the effect status on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to query its status.
- *  \return 0 if it isn't playing, 1 if it is playing or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query for the effect status on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to query its status
+ * \returns 0 if it isn't playing, 1 if it is playing, or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                       int effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets the global gain of the device.
+ * Set the global gain of the specified haptic device.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN feature.
+ * Device must support the SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN feature.
  *
- *  The user may specify the maximum gain by setting the environment variable
- *  SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX which should be between 0 and 100.  All calls to
- *  SDL_HapticSetGain() will scale linearly using SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX as the
- *  maximum.
+ * The user may specify the maximum gain by setting the environment variable
+ * `SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX` which should be between 0 and 100. All calls to
+ * SDL_HapticSetGain() will scale linearly using `SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX` as the
+ * maximum.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to set the gain on.
- *  \param gain Value to set the gain to, should be between 0 and 100.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to set the gain on
+ * \param gain value to set the gain to, should be between 0 and 100 (0 - 100)
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticSetGain(SDL_Haptic * haptic, int gain);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets the global autocenter of the device.
+ * Set the global autocenter of the device.
+ *
+ * Autocenter should be between 0 and 100. Setting it to 0 will disable
+ * autocentering.
  *
- *  Autocenter should be between 0 and 100.  Setting it to 0 will disable
- *  autocentering.
+ * Device must support the SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER feature.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER feature.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to set autocentering on
+ * \param autocenter value to set autocenter to (0-100)
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to set autocentering on.
- *  \param autocenter Value to set autocenter to, 0 disables autocentering.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticSetAutocenter(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                     int autocenter);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Pauses a haptic device.
+ * Pause a haptic device.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_PAUSE feature.  Call
- *  SDL_HapticUnpause() to resume playback.
+ * Device must support the `SDL_HAPTIC_PAUSE` feature. Call
+ * SDL_HapticUnpause() to resume playback.
  *
- *  Do not modify the effects nor add new ones while the device is paused.
- *  That can cause all sorts of weird errors.
+ * Do not modify the effects nor add new ones while the device is paused. That
+ * can cause all sorts of weird errors.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to pause.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to pause
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticUnpause
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUnpause
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticPause(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Unpauses a haptic device.
+ * Unpause a haptic device.
  *
- *  Call to unpause after SDL_HapticPause().
+ * Call to unpause after SDL_HapticPause().
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to unpause.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to unpause
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticUnpause(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stops all the currently playing effects on a haptic device.
+ * Stop all the currently playing effects on a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to stop.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to stop
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticStopAll(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks to see if rumble is supported on a haptic device.
+ * Check whether rumble is supported on a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic haptic device to check for rumble support
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't, or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to check to see if it supports rumble.
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleSupported(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Initializes the haptic device for simple rumble playback.
+ * Initialize a haptic device for simple rumble playback.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to initialize for simple rumble playback.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the haptic device to initialize for simple rumble playback
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleInit(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Runs simple rumble on a haptic device
+ * Run a simple rumble effect on a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to play rumble effect on.
- *  \param strength Strength of the rumble to play as a 0-1 float value.
- *  \param length Length of the rumble to play in milliseconds.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the haptic device to play the rumble effect on
+ * \param strength strength of the rumble to play as a 0-1 float value
+ * \param length length of the rumble to play in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumblePlay(SDL_Haptic * haptic, float strength, Uint32 length );
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stops the simple rumble on a haptic device.
+ * Stop the simple rumble on a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic the haptic device to stop the rumble effect on
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic to stop the rumble on.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleStop(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_hidapi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_hidapi.h
+ *
+ *  Header file for SDL HIDAPI functions.
+ *
+ *  This is an adaptation of the original HIDAPI interface by Alan Ott,
+ *  and includes source code licensed under the following BSD license:
+ *
+    Copyright (c) 2010, Alan Ott, Signal 11 Software
+    All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    * Neither the name of Signal 11 Software nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+    AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+    LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+    CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+    SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+    INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+    ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+    POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * If you would like a version of SDL without this code, you can build SDL
+ * with SDL_HIDAPI_DISABLED defined to 1. You might want to do this for example
+ * on iOS or tvOS to avoid a dependency on the CoreBluetooth framework.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_hidapi_h_
+#define SDL_hidapi_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A handle representing an open HID device
+ */
+struct SDL_hid_device_;
+typedef struct SDL_hid_device_ SDL_hid_device; /**< opaque hidapi structure */
+
+/** hidapi info structure */
+/**
+ *  \brief  Information about a connected HID device
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_hid_device_info
+{
+    /** Platform-specific device path */
+    char *path;
+    /** Device Vendor ID */
+    unsigned short vendor_id;
+    /** Device Product ID */
+    unsigned short product_id;
+    /** Serial Number */
+    wchar_t *serial_number;
+    /** Device Release Number in binary-coded decimal,
+        also known as Device Version Number */
+    unsigned short release_number;
+    /** Manufacturer String */
+    wchar_t *manufacturer_string;
+    /** Product string */
+    wchar_t *product_string;
+    /** Usage Page for this Device/Interface
+        (Windows/Mac only). */
+    unsigned short usage_page;
+    /** Usage for this Device/Interface
+        (Windows/Mac only).*/
+    unsigned short usage;
+    /** The USB interface which this logical device
+        represents.
+
+        * Valid on both Linux implementations in all cases.
+        * Valid on the Windows implementation only if the device
+          contains more than one interface. */
+    int interface_number;
+
+    /** Additional information about the USB interface.
+        Valid on libusb and Android implementations. */
+    int interface_class;
+    int interface_subclass;
+    int interface_protocol;
+
+    /** Pointer to the next device */
+    struct SDL_hid_device_info *next;
+} SDL_hid_device_info;
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the HIDAPI library.
+ *
+ * This function initializes the HIDAPI library. Calling it is not strictly
+ * necessary, as it will be called automatically by SDL_hid_enumerate() and
+ * any of the SDL_hid_open_*() functions if it is needed. This function should
+ * be called at the beginning of execution however, if there is a chance of
+ * HIDAPI handles being opened by different threads simultaneously.
+ *
+ * Each call to this function should have a matching call to SDL_hid_exit()
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_hid_exit
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the HIDAPI library.
+ *
+ * This function frees all of the static data associated with HIDAPI. It
+ * should be called at the end of execution to avoid memory leaks.
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_hid_init
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_exit(void);
+
+/**
+ * Check to see if devices may have been added or removed.
+ *
+ * Enumerating the HID devices is an expensive operation, so you can call this
+ * to see if there have been any system device changes since the last call to
+ * this function. A change in the counter returned doesn't necessarily mean
+ * that anything has changed, but you can call SDL_hid_enumerate() to get an
+ * updated device list.
+ *
+ * Calling this function for the first time may cause a thread or other system
+ * resource to be allocated to track device change notifications.
+ *
+ * \returns a change counter that is incremented with each potential device
+ *          change, or 0 if device change detection isn't available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_hid_enumerate
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_hid_device_change_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Enumerate the HID Devices.
+ *
+ * This function returns a linked list of all the HID devices attached to the
+ * system which match vendor_id and product_id. If `vendor_id` is set to 0
+ * then any vendor matches. If `product_id` is set to 0 then any product
+ * matches. If `vendor_id` and `product_id` are both set to 0, then all HID
+ * devices will be returned.
+ *
+ * \param vendor_id The Vendor ID (VID) of the types of device to open.
+ * \param product_id The Product ID (PID) of the types of device to open.
+ * \returns a pointer to a linked list of type SDL_hid_device_info, containing
+ *          information about the HID devices attached to the system, or NULL
+ *          in the case of failure. Free this linked list by calling
+ *          SDL_hid_free_enumeration().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_hid_device_change_count
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_hid_device_info * SDLCALL SDL_hid_enumerate(unsigned short vendor_id, unsigned short product_id);
+
+/**
+ * Free an enumeration Linked List
+ *
+ * This function frees a linked list created by SDL_hid_enumerate().
+ *
+ * \param devs Pointer to a list of struct_device returned from
+ *             SDL_hid_enumerate().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_hid_free_enumeration(SDL_hid_device_info *devs);
+
+/**
+ * Open a HID device using a Vendor ID (VID), Product ID (PID) and optionally
+ * a serial number.
+ *
+ * If `serial_number` is NULL, the first device with the specified VID and PID
+ * is opened.
+ *
+ * \param vendor_id The Vendor ID (VID) of the device to open.
+ * \param product_id The Product ID (PID) of the device to open.
+ * \param serial_number The Serial Number of the device to open (Optionally
+ *                      NULL).
+ * \returns a pointer to a SDL_hid_device object on success or NULL on
+ *          failure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_hid_device * SDLCALL SDL_hid_open(unsigned short vendor_id, unsigned short product_id, const wchar_t *serial_number);
+
+/**
+ * Open a HID device by its path name.
+ *
+ * The path name be determined by calling SDL_hid_enumerate(), or a
+ * platform-specific path name can be used (eg: /dev/hidraw0 on Linux).
+ *
+ * \param path The path name of the device to open
+ * \returns a pointer to a SDL_hid_device object on success or NULL on
+ *          failure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_hid_device * SDLCALL SDL_hid_open_path(const char *path, int bExclusive /* = false */);
+
+/**
+ * Write an Output report to a HID device.
+ *
+ * The first byte of `data` must contain the Report ID. For devices which only
+ * support a single report, this must be set to 0x0. The remaining bytes
+ * contain the report data. Since the Report ID is mandatory, calls to
+ * SDL_hid_write() will always contain one more byte than the report contains.
+ * For example, if a hid report is 16 bytes long, 17 bytes must be passed to
+ * SDL_hid_write(), the Report ID (or 0x0, for devices with a single report),
+ * followed by the report data (16 bytes). In this example, the length passed
+ * in would be 17.
+ *
+ * SDL_hid_write() will send the data on the first OUT endpoint, if one
+ * exists. If it does not, it will send the data through the Control Endpoint
+ * (Endpoint 0).
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param data The data to send, including the report number as the first
+ *             byte.
+ * \param length The length in bytes of the data to send.
+ * \returns the actual number of bytes written and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_write(SDL_hid_device *dev, const unsigned char *data, size_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Read an Input report from a HID device with timeout.
+ *
+ * Input reports are returned to the host through the INTERRUPT IN endpoint.
+ * The first byte will contain the Report number if the device uses numbered
+ * reports.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param data A buffer to put the read data into.
+ * \param length The number of bytes to read. For devices with multiple
+ *               reports, make sure to read an extra byte for the report
+ *               number.
+ * \param milliseconds timeout in milliseconds or -1 for blocking wait.
+ * \returns the actual number of bytes read and -1 on error. If no packet was
+ *          available to be read within the timeout period, this function
+ *          returns 0.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_read_timeout(SDL_hid_device *dev, unsigned char *data, size_t length, int milliseconds);
+
+/**
+ * Read an Input report from a HID device.
+ *
+ * Input reports are returned to the host through the INTERRUPT IN endpoint.
+ * The first byte will contain the Report number if the device uses numbered
+ * reports.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param data A buffer to put the read data into.
+ * \param length The number of bytes to read. For devices with multiple
+ *               reports, make sure to read an extra byte for the report
+ *               number.
+ * \returns the actual number of bytes read and -1 on error. If no packet was
+ *          available to be read and the handle is in non-blocking mode, this
+ *          function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_read(SDL_hid_device *dev, unsigned char *data, size_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Set the device handle to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ * In non-blocking mode calls to SDL_hid_read() will return immediately with a
+ * value of 0 if there is no data to be read. In blocking mode, SDL_hid_read()
+ * will wait (block) until there is data to read before returning.
+ *
+ * Nonblocking can be turned on and off at any time.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param nonblock enable or not the nonblocking reads - 1 to enable
+ *                 nonblocking - 0 to disable nonblocking.
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_set_nonblocking(SDL_hid_device *dev, int nonblock);
+
+/**
+ * Send a Feature report to the device.
+ *
+ * Feature reports are sent over the Control endpoint as a Set_Report
+ * transfer. The first byte of `data` must contain the Report ID. For devices
+ * which only support a single report, this must be set to 0x0. The remaining
+ * bytes contain the report data. Since the Report ID is mandatory, calls to
+ * SDL_hid_send_feature_report() will always contain one more byte than the
+ * report contains. For example, if a hid report is 16 bytes long, 17 bytes
+ * must be passed to SDL_hid_send_feature_report(): the Report ID (or 0x0, for
+ * devices which do not use numbered reports), followed by the report data (16
+ * bytes). In this example, the length passed in would be 17.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param data The data to send, including the report number as the first
+ *             byte.
+ * \param length The length in bytes of the data to send, including the report
+ *               number.
+ * \returns the actual number of bytes written and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_send_feature_report(SDL_hid_device *dev, const unsigned char *data, size_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Get a feature report from a HID device.
+ *
+ * Set the first byte of `data` to the Report ID of the report to be read.
+ * Make sure to allow space for this extra byte in `data`. Upon return, the
+ * first byte will still contain the Report ID, and the report data will start
+ * in data[1].
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param data A buffer to put the read data into, including the Report ID.
+ *             Set the first byte of `data` to the Report ID of the report to
+ *             be read, or set it to zero if your device does not use numbered
+ *             reports.
+ * \param length The number of bytes to read, including an extra byte for the
+ *               report ID. The buffer can be longer than the actual report.
+ * \returns the number of bytes read plus one for the report ID (which is
+ *          still in the first byte), or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_get_feature_report(SDL_hid_device *dev, unsigned char *data, size_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Close a HID device.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_hid_close(SDL_hid_device *dev);
+
+/**
+ * Get The Manufacturer String from a HID device.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param string A wide string buffer to put the data into.
+ * \param maxlen The length of the buffer in multiples of wchar_t.
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_get_manufacturer_string(SDL_hid_device *dev, wchar_t *string, size_t maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * Get The Product String from a HID device.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param string A wide string buffer to put the data into.
+ * \param maxlen The length of the buffer in multiples of wchar_t.
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_get_product_string(SDL_hid_device *dev, wchar_t *string, size_t maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * Get The Serial Number String from a HID device.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param string A wide string buffer to put the data into.
+ * \param maxlen The length of the buffer in multiples of wchar_t.
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_get_serial_number_string(SDL_hid_device *dev, wchar_t *string, size_t maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * Get a string from a HID device, based on its string index.
+ *
+ * \param dev A device handle returned from SDL_hid_open().
+ * \param string_index The index of the string to get.
+ * \param string A wide string buffer to put the data into.
+ * \param maxlen The length of the buffer in multiples of wchar_t.
+ * \returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_hid_get_indexed_string(SDL_hid_device *dev, int string_index, wchar_t *string, size_t maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * Start or stop a BLE scan on iOS and tvOS to pair Steam Controllers
+ *
+ * \param active SDL_TRUE to start the scan, SDL_FALSE to stop the scan
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_hid_ble_scan(SDL_bool active);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_hidapi_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set sts=4 ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_hints.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1967 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_hints.h
+ *
+ *  Official documentation for SDL configuration variables
+ *
+ *  This file contains functions to set and get configuration hints,
+ *  as well as listing each of them alphabetically.
+ *
+ *  The convention for naming hints is SDL_HINT_X, where "SDL_X" is
+ *  the environment variable that can be used to override the default.
+ *
+ *  In general these hints are just that - they may or may not be
+ *  supported or applicable on any given platform, but they provide
+ *  a way for an application or user to give the library a hint as
+ *  to how they would like the library to work.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_hints_h_
+#define SDL_hints_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the Android / iOS built-in
+ *  accelerometer should be listed as a joystick device.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - The accelerometer is not listed as a joystick
+ *    "1"       - The accelerometer is available as a 3 axis joystick (the default).
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK "SDL_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specify the behavior of Alt+Tab while the keyboard is grabbed.
+ *
+ * By default, SDL emulates Alt+Tab functionality while the keyboard is grabbed
+ * and your window is full-screen. This prevents the user from getting stuck in
+ * your application if you've enabled keyboard grab.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - SDL will not handle Alt+Tab. Your application is responsible
+                 for handling Alt+Tab while the keyboard is grabbed.
+ *   "1"       - SDL will minimize your window when Alt+Tab is pressed (default)
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_ALLOW_ALT_TAB_WHILE_GRABBED "SDL_ALLOW_ALT_TAB_WHILE_GRABBED"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief If set to "0" then never set the top most bit on a SDL Window, even if the video mode expects it.
+ *      This is a debugging aid for developers and not expected to be used by end users. The default is "1"
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - don't allow topmost
+ *    "1"       - allow topmost
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ALLOW_TOPMOST "SDL_ALLOW_TOPMOST"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Android APK expansion main file version. Should be a string number like "1", "2" etc.
+ *
+ * Must be set together with SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION.
+ *
+ * If both hints were set then SDL_RWFromFile() will look into expansion files
+ * after a given relative path was not found in the internal storage and assets.
+ *
+ * By default this hint is not set and the APK expansion files are not searched.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION "SDL_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Android APK expansion patch file version. Should be a string number like "1", "2" etc.
+ *
+ * Must be set together with SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION.
+ *
+ * If both hints were set then SDL_RWFromFile() will look into expansion files
+ * after a given relative path was not found in the internal storage and assets.
+ *
+ * By default this hint is not set and the APK expansion files are not searched.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION "SDL_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable to control whether the event loop will block itself when the app is paused.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - Non blocking.
+ *   "1"       - Blocking. (default)
+ *
+ * The value should be set before SDL is initialized.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_BLOCK_ON_PAUSE "SDL_ANDROID_BLOCK_ON_PAUSE"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable to control whether SDL will pause audio in background
+ *        (Requires SDL_ANDROID_BLOCK_ON_PAUSE as "Non blocking")
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - Non paused.
+ *   "1"       - Paused. (default)
+ *
+ * The value should be set before SDL is initialized.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_BLOCK_ON_PAUSE_PAUSEAUDIO "SDL_ANDROID_BLOCK_ON_PAUSE_PAUSEAUDIO"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable to control whether we trap the Android back button to handle it manually.
+ *        This is necessary for the right mouse button to work on some Android devices, or
+ *        to be able to trap the back button for use in your code reliably.  If set to true,
+ *        the back button will show up as an SDL_KEYDOWN / SDL_KEYUP pair with a keycode of
+ *        SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - Back button will be handled as usual for system. (default)
+ *   "1"       - Back button will be trapped, allowing you to handle the key press
+ *               manually.  (This will also let right mouse click work on systems
+ *               where the right mouse button functions as back.)
+ *
+ * The value of this hint is used at runtime, so it can be changed at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_TRAP_BACK_BUTTON "SDL_ANDROID_TRAP_BACK_BUTTON"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specify an application name.
+ *
+ * This hint lets you specify the application name sent to the OS when
+ * required. For example, this will often appear in volume control applets for
+ * audio streams, and in lists of applications which are inhibiting the
+ * screensaver.  You should use a string that describes your program ("My Game
+ * 2: The Revenge")
+ *
+ * Setting this to "" or leaving it unset will have SDL use a reasonable
+ * default: probably the application's name or "SDL Application" if SDL
+ * doesn't have any better information.
+ *
+ * Note that, for audio streams, this can be overridden with
+ * SDL_HINT_AUDIO_DEVICE_APP_NAME.
+ *
+ * On targets where this is not supported, this hint does nothing.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_APP_NAME "SDL_APP_NAME"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether controllers used with the Apple TV
+ *  generate UI events.
+ *
+ * When UI events are generated by controller input, the app will be
+ * backgrounded when the Apple TV remote's menu button is pressed, and when the
+ * pause or B buttons on gamepads are pressed.
+ *
+ * More information about properly making use of controllers for the Apple TV
+ * can be found here:
+ * https://developer.apple.com/tvos/human-interface-guidelines/remote-and-controllers/
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Controller input does not generate UI events (the default).
+ *    "1"       - Controller input generates UI events.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_APPLE_TV_CONTROLLER_UI_EVENTS "SDL_APPLE_TV_CONTROLLER_UI_EVENTS"
+
+/**
+ * \brief  A variable controlling whether the Apple TV remote's joystick axes
+ *         will automatically match the rotation of the remote.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Remote orientation does not affect joystick axes (the default).
+ *    "1"       - Joystick axes are based on the orientation of the remote.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_APPLE_TV_REMOTE_ALLOW_ROTATION "SDL_APPLE_TV_REMOTE_ALLOW_ROTATION"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling the audio category on iOS and Mac OS X
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "ambient"     - Use the AVAudioSessionCategoryAmbient audio category, will be muted by the phone mute switch (default)
+ *    "playback"    - Use the AVAudioSessionCategoryPlayback category
+ *
+ *  For more information, see Apple's documentation:
+ *  https://developer.apple.com/library/content/documentation/Audio/Conceptual/AudioSessionProgrammingGuide/AudioSessionCategoriesandModes/AudioSessionCategoriesandModes.html
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_CATEGORY   "SDL_AUDIO_CATEGORY"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specify an application name for an audio device.
+ *
+ * Some audio backends (such as PulseAudio) allow you to describe your audio
+ * stream. Among other things, this description might show up in a system
+ * control panel that lets the user adjust the volume on specific audio
+ * streams instead of using one giant master volume slider.
+ *
+ * This hints lets you transmit that information to the OS. The contents of
+ * this hint are used while opening an audio device. You should use a string
+ * that describes your program ("My Game 2: The Revenge")
+ *
+ * Setting this to "" or leaving it unset will have SDL use a reasonable
+ * default: this will be the name set with SDL_HINT_APP_NAME, if that hint is
+ * set. Otherwise, it'll probably the application's name or "SDL Application"
+ * if SDL doesn't have any better information.
+ *
+ * On targets where this is not supported, this hint does nothing.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_DEVICE_APP_NAME "SDL_AUDIO_DEVICE_APP_NAME"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specify an application name for an audio device.
+ *
+ * Some audio backends (such as PulseAudio) allow you to describe your audio
+ * stream. Among other things, this description might show up in a system
+ * control panel that lets the user adjust the volume on specific audio
+ * streams instead of using one giant master volume slider.
+ *
+ * This hints lets you transmit that information to the OS. The contents of
+ * this hint are used while opening an audio device. You should use a string
+ * that describes your what your program is playing ("audio stream" is
+ * probably sufficient in many cases, but this could be useful for something
+ * like "team chat" if you have a headset playing VoIP audio separately).
+ *
+ * Setting this to "" or leaving it unset will have SDL use a reasonable
+ * default: "audio stream" or something similar.
+ *
+ * On targets where this is not supported, this hint does nothing.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_DEVICE_STREAM_NAME "SDL_AUDIO_DEVICE_STREAM_NAME"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specify an application role for an audio device.
+ *
+ * Some audio backends (such as Pipewire) allow you to describe the role of
+ * your audio stream. Among other things, this description might show up in
+ * a system control panel or software for displaying and manipulating media
+ * playback/capture graphs.
+ *
+ * This hints lets you transmit that information to the OS. The contents of
+ * this hint are used while opening an audio device. You should use a string
+ * that describes your what your program is playing (Game, Music, Movie,
+ * etc...).
+ *
+ * Setting this to "" or leaving it unset will have SDL use a reasonable
+ * default: "Game" or something similar.
+ *
+ * On targets where this is not supported, this hint does nothing.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_DEVICE_STREAM_ROLE "SDL_AUDIO_DEVICE_STREAM_ROLE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling speed/quality tradeoff of audio resampling.
+ *
+ *  If available, SDL can use libsamplerate ( http://www.mega-nerd.com/SRC/ )
+ *  to handle audio resampling. There are different resampling modes available
+ *  that produce different levels of quality, using more CPU.
+ *
+ *  If this hint isn't specified to a valid setting, or libsamplerate isn't
+ *  available, SDL will use the default, internal resampling algorithm.
+ *
+ *  Note that this is currently only applicable to resampling audio that is
+ *  being written to a device for playback or audio being read from a device
+ *  for capture. SDL_AudioCVT always uses the default resampler (although this
+ *  might change for SDL 2.1).
+ *
+ *  This hint is currently only checked at audio subsystem initialization.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "0" or "default" - Use SDL's internal resampling (Default when not set - low quality, fast)
+ *    "1" or "fast"    - Use fast, slightly higher quality resampling, if available
+ *    "2" or "medium"  - Use medium quality resampling, if available
+ *    "3" or "best"    - Use high quality resampling, if available
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_RESAMPLING_MODE   "SDL_AUDIO_RESAMPLING_MODE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether SDL updates joystick state when getting input events
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "0"     - You'll call SDL_JoystickUpdate() manually
+ *    "1"     - SDL will automatically call SDL_JoystickUpdate() (default)
+ *
+ *  This hint can be toggled on and off at runtime.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUTO_UPDATE_JOYSTICKS  "SDL_AUTO_UPDATE_JOYSTICKS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether SDL updates sensor state when getting input events
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "0"     - You'll call SDL_SensorUpdate() manually
+ *    "1"     - SDL will automatically call SDL_SensorUpdate() (default)
+ *
+ *  This hint can be toggled on and off at runtime.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUTO_UPDATE_SENSORS    "SDL_AUTO_UPDATE_SENSORS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Prevent SDL from using version 4 of the bitmap header when saving BMPs.
+ *
+ * The bitmap header version 4 is required for proper alpha channel support and
+ * SDL will use it when required. Should this not be desired, this hint can
+ * force the use of the 40 byte header version which is supported everywhere.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - Surfaces with a colorkey or an alpha channel are saved to a
+ *               32-bit BMP file with an alpha mask. SDL will use the bitmap
+ *               header version 4 and set the alpha mask accordingly.
+ *   "1"       - Surfaces with a colorkey or an alpha channel are saved to a
+ *               32-bit BMP file without an alpha mask. The alpha channel data
+ *               will be in the file, but applications are going to ignore it.
+ *
+ * The default value is "0".
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_BMP_SAVE_LEGACY_FORMAT "SDL_BMP_SAVE_LEGACY_FORMAT"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Override for SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds()
+ *
+ *  If set, this hint will override the expected results for
+ *  SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds() for display index 0. Generally you don't want
+ *  to do this, but this allows an embedded system to request that some of the
+ *  screen be reserved for other uses when paired with a well-behaved
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  The contents of this hint must be 4 comma-separated integers, the first
+ *  is the bounds x, then y, width and height, in that order.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_DISPLAY_USABLE_BOUNDS "SDL_DISPLAY_USABLE_BOUNDS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Disable giving back control to the browser automatically
+ *  when running with asyncify
+ *
+ * With -s ASYNCIFY, SDL2 calls emscripten_sleep during operations
+ * such as refreshing the screen or polling events.
+ *
+ * This hint only applies to the emscripten platform
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable emscripten_sleep calls (if you give back browser control manually or use asyncify for other purposes)
+ *    "1"       - Enable emscripten_sleep calls (the default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_EMSCRIPTEN_ASYNCIFY   "SDL_EMSCRIPTEN_ASYNCIFY"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief override the binding element for keyboard inputs for Emscripten builds
+ *
+ * This hint only applies to the emscripten platform
+ *
+ * The variable can be one of
+ *    "#window"      - The javascript window object (this is the default)
+ *    "#document"    - The javascript document object
+ *    "#screen"      - the javascript window.screen object
+ *    "#canvas"      - the WebGL canvas element
+ *    any other string without a leading # sign applies to the element on the page with that ID.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_EMSCRIPTEN_KEYBOARD_ELEMENT   "SDL_EMSCRIPTEN_KEYBOARD_ELEMENT"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that controls whether Steam Controllers should be exposed using the SDL joystick and game controller APIs
+ *
+ *  The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Do not scan for Steam Controllers
+ *    "1"       - Scan for Steam Controllers (the default)
+ *
+ *  The default value is "1".  This hint must be set before initializing the joystick subsystem.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ENABLE_STEAM_CONTROLLERS "SDL_ENABLE_STEAM_CONTROLLERS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether SDL logs all events pushed onto its internal queue.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "0"     - Don't log any events (default)
+ *    "1"     - Log all events except mouse and finger motion, which are pretty spammy.
+ *    "2"     - Log all events.
+ *
+ *  This is generally meant to be used to debug SDL itself, but can be useful
+ *  for application developers that need better visibility into what is going
+ *  on in the event queue. Logged events are sent through SDL_Log(), which
+ *  means by default they appear on stdout on most platforms or maybe
+ *  OutputDebugString() on Windows, and can be funneled by the app with
+ *  SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(), etc.
+ *
+ *  This hint can be toggled on and off at runtime, if you only need to log
+ *  events for a small subset of program execution.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_EVENT_LOGGING   "SDL_EVENT_LOGGING"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling how 3D acceleration is used to accelerate the SDL screen surface.
+ *
+ *  SDL can try to accelerate the SDL screen surface by using streaming
+ *  textures with a 3D rendering engine.  This variable controls whether and
+ *  how this is done.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable 3D acceleration
+ *    "1"       - Enable 3D acceleration, using the default renderer.
+ *    "X"       - Enable 3D acceleration, using X where X is one of the valid rendering drivers.  (e.g. "direct3d", "opengl", etc.)
+ *
+ *  By default SDL tries to make a best guess for each platform whether
+ *  to use acceleration or not.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION   "SDL_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that lets you manually hint extra gamecontroller db entries.
+ *
+ *  The variable should be newline delimited rows of gamecontroller config data, see SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ *  This hint must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
+ *  You can update mappings after the system is initialized with SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID() and SDL_GameControllerAddMapping()
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that lets you provide a file with extra gamecontroller db entries.
+ *
+ *  The file should contain lines of gamecontroller config data, see SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ *  This hint must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
+ *  You can update mappings after the system is initialized with SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID() and SDL_GameControllerAddMapping()
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG_FILE "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG_FILE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that overrides the automatic controller type detection
+ *
+ *  The variable should be comma separated entries, in the form: VID/PID=type
+ *
+ *  The VID and PID should be hexadecimal with exactly 4 digits, e.g. 0x00fd
+ *
+ *  The type should be one of:
+ *      Xbox360
+ *      XboxOne
+ *      PS3
+ *      PS4
+ *      PS5
+ *      SwitchPro
+ *
+ *  This hint affects what driver is used, and must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERTYPE "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERTYPE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable containing a list of devices to skip when scanning for game controllers.
+ *
+ *  The format of the string is a comma separated list of USB VID/PID pairs
+ *  in hexadecimal form, e.g.
+ *
+ *      0xAAAA/0xBBBB,0xCCCC/0xDDDD
+ *
+ *  The variable can also take the form of @file, in which case the named
+ *  file will be loaded and interpreted as the value of the variable.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES "SDL_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  If set, all devices will be skipped when scanning for game controllers except for the ones listed in this variable.
+ *
+ *  The format of the string is a comma separated list of USB VID/PID pairs
+ *  in hexadecimal form, e.g.
+ *
+ *      0xAAAA/0xBBBB,0xCCCC/0xDDDD
+ *
+ *  The variable can also take the form of @file, in which case the named
+ *  file will be loaded and interpreted as the value of the variable.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES_EXCEPT "SDL_GAMECONTROLLER_IGNORE_DEVICES_EXCEPT"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  If set, game controller face buttons report their values according to their labels instead of their positional layout.
+ *
+ *  For example, on Nintendo Switch controllers, normally you'd get:
+ *
+ *      (Y)
+ *  (X)     (B)
+ *      (A)
+ *
+ *  but if this hint is set, you'll get:
+ *
+ *      (X)
+ *  (Y)     (A)
+ *      (B)
+ *
+ *  The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Report the face buttons by position, as though they were on an Xbox controller.
+ *    "1"       - Report the face buttons by label instead of position
+ *
+ *  The default value is "1".  This hint may be set at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLER_USE_BUTTON_LABELS "SDL_GAMECONTROLLER_USE_BUTTON_LABELS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether grabbing input grabs the keyboard
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Grab will affect only the mouse
+ *    "1"       - Grab will affect mouse and keyboard
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will not grab the keyboard so system shortcuts still work.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GRAB_KEYBOARD              "SDL_GRAB_KEYBOARD"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the idle timer is disabled on iOS.
+ *
+ *  When an iOS app does not receive touches for some time, the screen is
+ *  dimmed automatically. For games where the accelerometer is the only input
+ *  this is problematic. This functionality can be disabled by setting this
+ *  hint.
+ *
+ *  As of SDL 2.0.4, SDL_EnableScreenSaver() and SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
+ *  accomplish the same thing on iOS. They should be preferred over this hint.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Enable idle timer
+ *    "1"       - Disable idle timer
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED "SDL_IOS_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable to control whether certain IMEs should handle text editing internally instead of sending SDL_TEXTEDITING events.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - SDL_TEXTEDITING events are sent, and it is the application's
+ *               responsibility to render the text from these events and
+ *               differentiate it somehow from committed text. (default)
+ *   "1"       - If supported by the IME then SDL_TEXTEDITING events are not sent,
+ *               and text that is being composed will be rendered in its own UI.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_IME_INTERNAL_EDITING "SDL_IME_INTERNAL_EDITING"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable to control whether certain IMEs should show native UI components (such as the Candidate List) instead of suppressing them.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - Native UI components are not display. (default)
+ *   "1"       - Native UI components are displayed.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI "SDL_IME_SHOW_UI"
+
+/**
+ * \brief  A variable controlling whether the home indicator bar on iPhone X
+ *         should be hidden.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - The indicator bar is not hidden (default for windowed applications)
+ *    "1"       - The indicator bar is hidden and is shown when the screen is touched (useful for movie playback applications)
+ *    "2"       - The indicator bar is dim and the first swipe makes it visible and the second swipe performs the "home" action (default for fullscreen applications)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_IOS_HIDE_HOME_INDICATOR "SDL_IOS_HIDE_HOME_INDICATOR"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that lets you enable joystick (and gamecontroller) events even when your app is in the background.
+ *
+ *  The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
+ *                application is in the background.
+ *    "1"       - Enable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
+ *                application is in the background.
+ *
+ *  The default value is "0".  This hint may be set at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS "SDL_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI joystick drivers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI drivers are not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI drivers are used (the default)
+ *
+ *  This variable is the default for all drivers, but can be overridden by the hints for specific drivers below.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for Nintendo GameCube controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+ *
+ *  The default is the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_GAMECUBE "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_GAMECUBE"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether Switch Joy-Cons should be treated the same as Switch Pro Controllers when using the HIDAPI driver.
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - basic Joy-Con support with no analog input (the default)
+  *    "1"       - Joy-Cons treated as half full Pro Controllers with analog inputs and sensors
+  *
+  *  This does not combine Joy-Cons into a single controller. That's up to the user.
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_JOY_CONS "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_JOY_CONS"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for Amazon Luna controllers connected via Bluetooth should be used.
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+  *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+  *
+  *  The default is the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_LUNA "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_LUNA"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for PS4 controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+ *
+ *  The default is the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS4 "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS4"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether extended input reports should be used for PS4 controllers when using the HIDAPI driver.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - extended reports are not enabled (the default)
+ *    "1"       - extended reports
+ *
+ *  Extended input reports allow rumble on Bluetooth PS4 controllers, but
+ *  break DirectInput handling for applications that don't use SDL.
+ *
+ *  Once extended reports are enabled, they can not be disabled without
+ *  power cycling the controller.
+ *
+ *  For compatibility with applications written for versions of SDL prior
+ *  to the introduction of PS5 controller support, this value will also
+ *  control the state of extended reports on PS5 controllers when the
+ *  SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5_RUMBLE hint is not explicitly set.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS4_RUMBLE "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS4_RUMBLE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for PS5 controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+ *
+ *  The default is the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5 "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the player LEDs should be lit to indicate which player is associated with a PS5 controller.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - player LEDs are not enabled
+ *    "1"       - player LEDs are enabled (the default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5_PLAYER_LED "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5_PLAYER_LED"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether extended input reports should be used for PS5 controllers when using the HIDAPI driver.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - extended reports are not enabled (the default)
+ *    "1"       - extended reports
+ *
+ *  Extended input reports allow rumble on Bluetooth PS5 controllers, but
+ *  break DirectInput handling for applications that don't use SDL.
+ *
+ *  Once extended reports are enabled, they can not be disabled without
+ *  power cycling the controller.
+ *
+ *  For compatibility with applications written for versions of SDL prior
+ *  to the introduction of PS5 controller support, this value defaults to
+ *  the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS4_RUMBLE.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5_RUMBLE "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_PS5_RUMBLE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for Google Stadia controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+ *
+ *  The default is the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_STADIA "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_STADIA"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for Steam Controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used for Steam Controllers, which requires Bluetooth access
+ *                and may prompt the user for permission on iOS and Android.
+ *
+ *  The default is "0"
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_STEAM "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_STEAM"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for Nintendo Switch controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+ *
+ *  The default is the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_SWITCH "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_SWITCH"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the Home button LED should be turned on when a Nintendo Switch controller is opened
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - home button LED is turned off
+ *    "1"       - home button LED is turned on
+ *
+ *  By default the Home button LED state is not changed.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_SWITCH_HOME_LED "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_SWITCH_HOME_LED"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the HIDAPI driver for XBox controllers should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - HIDAPI driver is not used
+ *    "1"       - HIDAPI driver is used
+ *
+ *  The default is "0" on Windows, otherwise the value of SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_XBOX   "SDL_JOYSTICK_HIDAPI_XBOX"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the RAWINPUT joystick drivers should be used for better handling XInput-capable devices.
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - RAWINPUT drivers are not used
+  *    "1"       - RAWINPUT drivers are used (the default)
+  *
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_RAWINPUT "SDL_JOYSTICK_RAWINPUT"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the RAWINPUT driver should pull correlated data from XInput.
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - RAWINPUT driver will only use data from raw input APIs
+  *    "1"       - RAWINPUT driver will also pull data from XInput, providing
+  *                better trigger axes, guide button presses, and rumble support
+  *                for Xbox controllers
+  *
+  *  The default is "1".  This hint applies to any joysticks opened after setting the hint.
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_RAWINPUT_CORRELATE_XINPUT   "SDL_JOYSTICK_RAWINPUT_CORRELATE_XINPUT"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether a separate thread should be used
+  *          for handling joystick detection and raw input messages on Windows
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - A separate thread is not used (the default)
+  *    "1"       - A separate thread is used for handling raw input messages
+  *
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_THREAD "SDL_JOYSTICK_THREAD"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determines whether SDL enforces that DRM master is required in order
+ *        to initialize the KMSDRM video backend.
+ *
+ * The DRM subsystem has a concept of a "DRM master" which is a DRM client that
+ * has the ability to set planes, set cursor, etc. When SDL is DRM master, it
+ * can draw to the screen using the SDL rendering APIs. Without DRM master, SDL
+ * is still able to process input and query attributes of attached displays,
+ * but it cannot change display state or draw to the screen directly.
+ *
+ * In some cases, it can be useful to have the KMSDRM backend even if it cannot
+ * be used for rendering. An app may want to use SDL for input processing while
+ * using another rendering API (such as an MMAL overlay on Raspberry Pi) or
+ * using its own code to render to DRM overlays that SDL doesn't support.
+ *
+ * This hint must be set before initializing the video subsystem.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - SDL will allow usage of the KMSDRM backend without DRM master
+ *    "1"       - SDL Will require DRM master to use the KMSDRM backend (default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_KMSDRM_REQUIRE_DRM_MASTER      "SDL_KMSDRM_REQUIRE_DRM_MASTER"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A comma separated list of devices to open as joysticks
+  *
+  *  This variable is currently only used by the Linux joystick driver.
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_DEVICE "SDL_JOYSTICK_DEVICE"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether to use the classic /dev/input/js* joystick interface or the newer /dev/input/event* joystick interface on Linux
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - Use /dev/input/event*
+  *    "1"       - Use /dev/input/js*
+  *
+  *  By default the /dev/input/event* interfaces are used
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_LINUX_JOYSTICK_CLASSIC "SDL_LINUX_JOYSTICK_CLASSIC"
+
+ /**
+  *  \brief  A variable controlling whether joysticks on Linux adhere to their HID-defined deadzones or return unfiltered values.
+  *
+  *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+  *    "0"       - Return unfiltered joystick axis values (the default)
+  *    "1"       - Return axis values with deadzones taken into account
+  */
+#define SDL_HINT_LINUX_JOYSTICK_DEADZONES "SDL_LINUX_JOYSTICK_DEADZONES"
+
+/**
+*  \brief  When set don't force the SDL app to become a foreground process
+*
+*  This hint only applies to Mac OS X.
+*
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_MAC_BACKGROUND_APP    "SDL_MAC_BACKGROUND_APP"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief A variable that determines whether ctrl+click should generate a right-click event on Mac
+ *
+ *  If present, holding ctrl while left clicking will generate a right click
+ *  event when on Mac.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MAC_CTRL_CLICK_EMULATE_RIGHT_CLICK "SDL_MAC_CTRL_CLICK_EMULATE_RIGHT_CLICK"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable setting the double click radius, in pixels.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK_RADIUS    "SDL_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK_RADIUS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable setting the double click time, in milliseconds.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME    "SDL_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK_TIME"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Allow mouse click events when clicking to focus an SDL window
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Ignore mouse clicks that activate a window
+ *    "1"       - Generate events for mouse clicks that activate a window
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will ignore mouse clicks that activate a window
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH "SDL_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable setting the speed scale for mouse motion, in floating point, when the mouse is not in relative mode
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_NORMAL_SPEED_SCALE    "SDL_MOUSE_NORMAL_SPEED_SCALE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether relative mouse mode is implemented using mouse warping
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Relative mouse mode uses raw input
+ *    "1"       - Relative mouse mode uses mouse warping
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will use raw input for relative mouse mode
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP    "SDL_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether relative mouse motion is affected by renderer scaling
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Relative motion is unaffected by DPI or renderer's logical size
+ *    "1"       - Relative motion is scaled according to DPI scaling and logical size
+ *
+ *  By default relative mouse deltas are affected by DPI and renderer scaling
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SCALING "SDL_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SCALING"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable setting the scale for mouse motion, in floating point, when the mouse is in relative mode
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SPEED_SCALE    "SDL_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SPEED_SCALE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether mouse events should generate synthetic touch events
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Mouse events will not generate touch events (default for desktop platforms)
+ *    "1"       - Mouse events will generate touch events (default for mobile platforms, such as Android and iOS)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_TOUCH_EVENTS    "SDL_MOUSE_TOUCH_EVENTS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Tell SDL not to catch the SIGINT or SIGTERM signals.
+ *
+ * This hint only applies to Unix-like platforms, and should set before
+ * any calls to SDL_Init()
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - SDL will install a SIGINT and SIGTERM handler, and when it
+ *               catches a signal, convert it into an SDL_QUIT event.
+ *   "1"       - SDL will not install a signal handler at all.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_NO_SIGNAL_HANDLERS   "SDL_NO_SIGNAL_HANDLERS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling what driver to use for OpenGL ES contexts.
+ *
+ *  On some platforms, currently Windows and X11, OpenGL drivers may support
+ *  creating contexts with an OpenGL ES profile. By default SDL uses these
+ *  profiles, when available, otherwise it attempts to load an OpenGL ES
+ *  library, e.g. that provided by the ANGLE project. This variable controls
+ *  whether SDL follows this default behaviour or will always load an
+ *  OpenGL ES library.
+ *
+ *  Circumstances where this is useful include
+ *  - Testing an app with a particular OpenGL ES implementation, e.g ANGLE,
+ *    or emulator, e.g. those from ARM, Imagination or Qualcomm.
+ *  - Resolving OpenGL ES function addresses at link time by linking with
+ *    the OpenGL ES library instead of querying them at run time with
+ *    SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
+ *
+ *  Caution: for an application to work with the default behaviour across
+ *  different OpenGL drivers it must query the OpenGL ES function
+ *  addresses at run time using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
+ *
+ *  This variable is ignored on most platforms because OpenGL ES is native
+ *  or not supported.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Use ES profile of OpenGL, if available. (Default when not set.)
+ *    "1"       - Load OpenGL ES library using the default library names.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_OPENGL_ES_DRIVER   "SDL_OPENGL_ES_DRIVER"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling which orientations are allowed on iOS/Android.
+ *
+ *  In some circumstances it is necessary to be able to explicitly control
+ *  which UI orientations are allowed.
+ *
+ *  This variable is a space delimited list of the following values:
+ *    "LandscapeLeft", "LandscapeRight", "Portrait" "PortraitUpsideDown"
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ORIENTATIONS "SDL_IOS_ORIENTATIONS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling the use of a sentinel event when polling the event queue
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable poll sentinels
+ *    "1"       - Enable poll sentinels
+ *
+ *  When polling for events, SDL_PumpEvents is used to gather new events from devices.
+ *  If a device keeps producing new events between calls to SDL_PumpEvents, a poll loop will
+ *  become stuck until the new events stop.
+ *  This is most noticable when moving a high frequency mouse.
+ *
+ *  By default, poll sentinels are enabled.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_POLL_SENTINEL "SDL_POLL_SENTINEL"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Override for SDL_GetPreferredLocales()
+ *
+ *  If set, this will be favored over anything the OS might report for the
+ *  user's preferred locales. Changing this hint at runtime will not generate
+ *  a SDL_LOCALECHANGED event (but if you can change the hint, you can push
+ *  your own event, if you want).
+ *
+ *  The format of this hint is a comma-separated list of language and locale,
+ *  combined with an underscore, as is a common format: "en_GB". Locale is
+ *  optional: "en". So you might have a list like this: "en_GB,jp,es_PT"
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_PREFERRED_LOCALES "SDL_PREFERRED_LOCALES"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable describing the content orientation on QtWayland-based platforms.
+ *
+ *  On QtWayland platforms, windows are rotated client-side to allow for custom
+ *  transitions. In order to correctly position overlays (e.g. volume bar) and
+ *  gestures (e.g. events view, close/minimize gestures), the system needs to
+ *  know in which orientation the application is currently drawing its contents.
+ *
+ *  This does not cause the window to be rotated or resized, the application
+ *  needs to take care of drawing the content in the right orientation (the
+ *  framebuffer is always in portrait mode).
+ *
+ *  This variable can be one of the following values:
+ *    "primary" (default), "portrait", "landscape", "inverted-portrait", "inverted-landscape"
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_QTWAYLAND_CONTENT_ORIENTATION "SDL_QTWAYLAND_CONTENT_ORIENTATION"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  Flags to set on QtWayland windows to integrate with the native window manager.
+ *
+ *  On QtWayland platforms, this hint controls the flags to set on the windows.
+ *  For example, on Sailfish OS "OverridesSystemGestures" disables swipe gestures.
+ *
+ *  This variable is a space-separated list of the following values (empty = no flags):
+ *    "OverridesSystemGestures", "StaysOnTop", "BypassWindowManager"
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_QTWAYLAND_WINDOW_FLAGS "SDL_QTWAYLAND_WINDOW_FLAGS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the 2D render API is compatible or efficient.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "0"     - Don't use batching to make rendering more efficient.
+ *    "1"     - Use batching, but might cause problems if app makes its own direct OpenGL calls.
+ *
+ *  Up to SDL 2.0.9, the render API would draw immediately when requested. Now
+ *  it batches up draw requests and sends them all to the GPU only when forced
+ *  to (during SDL_RenderPresent, when changing render targets, by updating a
+ *  texture that the batch needs, etc). This is significantly more efficient,
+ *  but it can cause problems for apps that expect to render on top of the
+ *  render API's output. As such, SDL will disable batching if a specific
+ *  render backend is requested (since this might indicate that the app is
+ *  planning to use the underlying graphics API directly). This hint can
+ *  be used to explicitly request batching in this instance. It is a contract
+ *  that you will either never use the underlying graphics API directly, or
+ *  if you do, you will call SDL_RenderFlush() before you do so any current
+ *  batch goes to the GPU before your work begins. Not following this contract
+ *  will result in undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_BATCHING  "SDL_RENDER_BATCHING"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling how the 2D render API renders lines
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"     - Use the default line drawing method (Bresenham's line algorithm as of SDL 2.0.20)
+ *    "1"     - Use the driver point API using Bresenham's line algorithm (correct, draws many points)
+ *    "2"     - Use the driver line API (occasionally misses line endpoints based on hardware driver quirks, was the default before 2.0.20)
+ *    "3"     - Use the driver geometry API (correct, draws thicker diagonal lines)
+ *
+ *  This variable should be set when the renderer is created.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_LINE_METHOD "SDL_RENDER_LINE_METHOD"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether to enable Direct3D 11+'s Debug Layer.
+ *
+ *  This variable does not have any effect on the Direct3D 9 based renderer.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable Debug Layer use
+ *    "1"       - Enable Debug Layer use
+ *
+ *  By default, SDL does not use Direct3D Debug Layer.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DIRECT3D11_DEBUG    "SDL_RENDER_DIRECT3D11_DEBUG"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the Direct3D device is initialized for thread-safe operations.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Thread-safety is not enabled (faster)
+ *    "1"       - Thread-safety is enabled
+ *
+ *  By default the Direct3D device is created with thread-safety disabled.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DIRECT3D_THREADSAFE "SDL_RENDER_DIRECT3D_THREADSAFE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable specifying which render driver to use.
+ *
+ *  If the application doesn't pick a specific renderer to use, this variable
+ *  specifies the name of the preferred renderer.  If the preferred renderer
+ *  can't be initialized, the normal default renderer is used.
+ *
+ *  This variable is case insensitive and can be set to the following values:
+ *    "direct3d"
+ *    "opengl"
+ *    "opengles2"
+ *    "opengles"
+ *    "metal"
+ *    "software"
+ *
+ *  The default varies by platform, but it's the first one in the list that
+ *  is available on the current platform.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DRIVER              "SDL_RENDER_DRIVER"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling the scaling policy for SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0" or "letterbox" - Uses letterbox/sidebars to fit the entire rendering on screen
+ *    "1" or "overscan"  - Will zoom the rendering so it fills the entire screen, allowing edges to be drawn offscreen
+ *
+ *  By default letterbox is used
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_LOGICAL_SIZE_MODE       "SDL_RENDER_LOGICAL_SIZE_MODE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the OpenGL render driver uses shaders if they are available.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable shaders
+ *    "1"       - Enable shaders
+ *
+ *  By default shaders are used if OpenGL supports them.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS      "SDL_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling the scaling quality
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0" or "nearest" - Nearest pixel sampling
+ *    "1" or "linear"  - Linear filtering (supported by OpenGL and Direct3D)
+ *    "2" or "best"    - Currently this is the same as "linear"
+ *
+ *  By default nearest pixel sampling is used
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY       "SDL_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether updates to the SDL screen surface should be synchronized with the vertical refresh, to avoid tearing.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable vsync
+ *    "1"       - Enable vsync
+ *
+ *  By default SDL does not sync screen surface updates with vertical refresh.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_VSYNC               "SDL_RENDER_VSYNC"
+
+ /**
+ * \brief A variable to control whether the return key on the soft keyboard
+ *        should hide the soft keyboard on Android and iOS.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - The return key will be handled as a key event. This is the behaviour of SDL <= 2.0.3. (default)
+ *   "1"       - The return key will hide the keyboard.
+ *
+ * The value of this hint is used at runtime, so it can be changed at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RETURN_KEY_HIDES_IME "SDL_RETURN_KEY_HIDES_IME"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Tell SDL which Dispmanx layer to use on a Raspberry PI
+ *
+ * Also known as Z-order. The variable can take a negative or positive value.
+ * The default is 10000.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RPI_VIDEO_LAYER           "SDL_RPI_VIDEO_LAYER"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specify an "activity name" for screensaver inhibition.
+ *
+ * Some platforms, notably Linux desktops, list the applications which are
+ * inhibiting the screensaver or other power-saving features.
+ *
+ * This hint lets you specify the "activity name" sent to the OS when
+ * SDL_DisableScreenSaver() is used (or the screensaver is automatically
+ * disabled). The contents of this hint are used when the screensaver is
+ * disabled. You should use a string that describes what your program is doing
+ * (and, therefore, why the screensaver is disabled).  For example, "Playing a
+ * game" or "Watching a video".
+ *
+ * Setting this to "" or leaving it unset will have SDL use a reasonable
+ * default: "Playing a game" or something similar.
+ *
+ * On targets where this is not supported, this hint does nothing.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_SCREENSAVER_INHIBIT_ACTIVITY_NAME "SDL_SCREENSAVER_INHIBIT_ACTIVITY_NAME"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Specifies whether SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL should be treated as realtime.
+ *
+ *  On some platforms, like Linux, a realtime priority thread may be subject to restrictions
+ *  that require special handling by the application. This hint exists to let SDL know that
+ *  the app is prepared to handle said restrictions.
+ *
+ *  On Linux, SDL will apply the following configuration to any thread that becomes realtime:
+ *   * The SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK bit will be set on the scheduling policy,
+ *   * An RLIMIT_RTTIME budget will be configured to the rtkit specified limit.
+ *     * Exceeding this limit will result in the kernel sending SIGKILL to the app,
+ *     * Refer to the man pages for more information.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - default platform specific behaviour
+ *    "1"       - Force SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL to a realtime scheduling policy
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_THREAD_FORCE_REALTIME_TIME_CRITICAL "SDL_THREAD_FORCE_REALTIME_TIME_CRITICAL"
+
+/**
+*  \brief  A string specifying additional information to use with SDL_SetThreadPriority.
+*
+*  By default SDL_SetThreadPriority will make appropriate system changes in order to
+*  apply a thread priority.  For example on systems using pthreads the scheduler policy
+*  is changed automatically to a policy that works well with a given priority.
+*  Code which has specific requirements can override SDL's default behavior with this hint.
+*
+*  pthread hint values are "current", "other", "fifo" and "rr".
+*  Currently no other platform hint values are defined but may be in the future.
+*
+*  \note On Linux, the kernel may send SIGKILL to realtime tasks which exceed the distro
+*  configured execution budget for rtkit. This budget can be queried through RLIMIT_RTTIME
+*  after calling SDL_SetThreadPriority().
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_THREAD_PRIORITY_POLICY         "SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_POLICY"
+
+/**
+*  \brief  A string specifying SDL's threads stack size in bytes or "0" for the backend's default size
+*
+*  Use this hint in case you need to set SDL's threads stack size to other than the default.
+*  This is specially useful if you build SDL against a non glibc libc library (such as musl) which
+*  provides a relatively small default thread stack size (a few kilobytes versus the default 8MB glibc uses).
+*  Support for this hint is currently available only in the pthread, Windows, and PSP backend.
+*
+*  Instead of this hint, in 2.0.9 and later, you can use
+*  SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(). This hint only works with the classic
+*  SDL_CreateThread().
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_THREAD_STACK_SIZE              "SDL_THREAD_STACK_SIZE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief A variable that controls the timer resolution, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ *  The higher resolution the timer, the more frequently the CPU services
+ *  timer interrupts, and the more precise delays are, but this takes up
+ *  power and CPU time.  This hint is only used on Windows.
+ *
+ *  See this blog post for more information:
+ *  http://randomascii.wordpress.com/2013/07/08/windows-timer-resolution-megawatts-wasted/
+ *
+ *  If this variable is set to "0", the system timer resolution is not set.
+ *
+ *  The default value is "1". This hint may be set at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_TIMER_RESOLUTION "SDL_TIMER_RESOLUTION"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether touch events should generate synthetic mouse events
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Touch events will not generate mouse events
+ *    "1"       - Touch events will generate mouse events
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will generate mouse events for touch events
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_TOUCH_MOUSE_EVENTS    "SDL_TOUCH_MOUSE_EVENTS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the Android / tvOS remotes
+ *  should be listed as joystick devices, instead of sending keyboard events.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Remotes send enter/escape/arrow key events
+ *    "1"       - Remotes are available as 2 axis, 2 button joysticks (the default).
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_TV_REMOTE_AS_JOYSTICK "SDL_TV_REMOTE_AS_JOYSTICK"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the screensaver is enabled.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable screensaver
+ *    "1"       - Enable screensaver
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will disable the screensaver.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_ALLOW_SCREENSAVER    "SDL_VIDEO_ALLOW_SCREENSAVER"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Tell the video driver that we only want a double buffer.
+ *
+ * By default, most lowlevel 2D APIs will use a triple buffer scheme that
+ * wastes no CPU time on waiting for vsync after issuing a flip, but
+ * introduces a frame of latency. On the other hand, using a double buffer
+ * scheme instead is recommended for cases where low latency is an important
+ * factor because we save a whole frame of latency.
+ * We do so by waiting for vsync immediately after issuing a flip, usually just
+ * after eglSwapBuffers call in the backend's *_SwapWindow function.
+ *
+ * Since it's driver-specific, it's only supported where possible and
+ * implemented. Currently supported the following drivers:
+ *
+ * - KMSDRM (kmsdrm)
+ * - Raspberry Pi (raspberrypi)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_DOUBLE_BUFFER      "SDL_VIDEO_DOUBLE_BUFFER"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the EGL window is allowed to be
+ * composited as transparent, rather than opaque.
+ *
+ * Most window systems will always render windows opaque, even if the surface
+ * format has an alpha channel. This is not always true, however, so by default
+ * SDL will try to enforce opaque composition. To override this behavior, you
+ * can set this hint to "1".
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_EGL_ALLOW_TRANSPARENCY "SDL_VIDEO_EGL_ALLOW_TRANSPARENCY"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the graphics context is externally managed.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *  "0"         - SDL will manage graphics contexts that are attached to windows.
+ *  "1"         - Disable graphics context management on windows.
+ *
+ * By default SDL will manage OpenGL contexts in certain situations. For example, on Android the
+ * context will be automatically saved and restored when pausing the application. Additionally, some
+ * platforms will assume usage of OpenGL if Vulkan isn't used. Setting this to "1" will prevent this
+ * behavior, which is desireable when the application manages the graphics context, such as
+ * an externally managed OpenGL context or attaching a Vulkan surface to the window.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_EXTERNAL_CONTEXT    "SDL_VIDEO_EXTERNAL_CONTEXT"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief If set to 1, then do not allow high-DPI windows. ("Retina" on Mac and iOS)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED "SDL_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that dictates policy for fullscreen Spaces on Mac OS X.
+ *
+ *  This hint only applies to Mac OS X.
+ *
+ *  The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable Spaces support (FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP won't use them and
+ *                SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE windows won't offer the "fullscreen"
+ *                button on their titlebars).
+ *    "1"       - Enable Spaces support (FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP will use them and
+ *                SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE windows will offer the "fullscreen"
+ *                button on their titlebars).
+ *
+ *  The default value is "1". Spaces are disabled regardless of this hint if
+ *   the OS isn't at least Mac OS X Lion (10.7). This hint must be set before
+ *   any windows are created.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MAC_FULLSCREEN_SPACES    "SDL_VIDEO_MAC_FULLSCREEN_SPACES"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Minimize your SDL_Window if it loses key focus when in fullscreen mode. Defaults to false.
+ *  \warning  Before SDL 2.0.14, this defaulted to true! In 2.0.14, we're
+ *            seeing if "true" causes more problems than it solves in modern times.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS   "SDL_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the libdecor Wayland backend is allowed to be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - libdecor use is disabled.
+ *    "1"       - libdecor use is enabled (default).
+ *
+ *  libdecor is used over xdg-shell when xdg-decoration protocol is unavailable.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WAYLAND_ALLOW_LIBDECOR "SDL_VIDEO_WAYLAND_ALLOW_LIBDECOR"
+
+/**
+*  \brief  A variable that is the address of another SDL_Window* (as a hex string formatted with "%p").
+*
+*  If this hint is set before SDL_CreateWindowFrom() and the SDL_Window* it is set to has
+*  SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL set (and running on WGL only, currently), then two things will occur on the newly
+*  created SDL_Window:
+*
+*  1. Its pixel format will be set to the same pixel format as this SDL_Window.  This is
+*  needed for example when sharing an OpenGL context across multiple windows.
+*
+*  2. The flag SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL will be set on the new window so it can be used for
+*  OpenGL rendering.
+*
+*  This variable can be set to the following values:
+*    The address (as a string "%p") of the SDL_Window* that new windows created with SDL_CreateWindowFrom() should
+*    share a pixel format with.
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WINDOW_SHARE_PIXEL_FORMAT    "SDL_VIDEO_WINDOW_SHARE_PIXEL_FORMAT"
+
+/**
+*  \brief  A variable specifying which shader compiler to preload when using the Chrome ANGLE binaries
+*
+*  SDL has EGL and OpenGL ES2 support on Windows via the ANGLE project. It
+*  can use two different sets of binaries, those compiled by the user from source
+*  or those provided by the Chrome browser. In the later case, these binaries require
+*  that SDL loads a DLL providing the shader compiler.
+*
+*  This variable can be set to the following values:
+*    "d3dcompiler_46.dll" - default, best for Vista or later.
+*    "d3dcompiler_43.dll" - for XP support.
+*    "none" - do not load any library, useful if you compiled ANGLE from source and included the compiler in your binaries.
+*
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WIN_D3DCOMPILER              "SDL_VIDEO_WIN_D3DCOMPILER"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether X11 should use GLX or EGL by default
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Use GLX
+ * "1" - Use EGL
+ *
+ * By default SDL will use GLX when both are present.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_FORCE_EGL "SDL_VIDEO_X11_FORCE_EGL"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR hint should be used.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR
+ * "1" - Enable _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR
+ *
+ * By default SDL will use _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR "SDL_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 _NET_WM_PING protocol should be supported.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable _NET_WM_PING
+ *    "1"       - Enable _NET_WM_PING
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will use _NET_WM_PING, but for applications that know they
+ *  will not always be able to respond to ping requests in a timely manner they can
+ *  turn it off to avoid the window manager thinking the app is hung.
+ *  The hint is checked in CreateWindow.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_PING      "SDL_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_PING"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable forcing the visual ID chosen for new X11 windows
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_WINDOW_VISUALID      "SDL_VIDEO_X11_WINDOW_VISUALID"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 Xinerama extension should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable Xinerama
+ *    "1"       - Enable Xinerama
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will use Xinerama if it is available.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA         "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 XRandR extension should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable XRandR
+ *    "1"       - Enable XRandR
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will not use XRandR because of window manager issues.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR           "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the X11 VidMode extension should be used.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable XVidMode
+ *    "1"       - Enable XVidMode
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will use XVidMode if it is available.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE         "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  Controls how the fact chunk affects the loading of a WAVE file.
+ *
+ *  The fact chunk stores information about the number of samples of a WAVE
+ *  file. The Standards Update from Microsoft notes that this value can be used
+ *  to 'determine the length of the data in seconds'. This is especially useful
+ *  for compressed formats (for which this is a mandatory chunk) if they produce
+ *  multiple sample frames per block and truncating the block is not allowed.
+ *  The fact chunk can exactly specify how many sample frames there should be
+ *  in this case.
+ *
+ *  Unfortunately, most application seem to ignore the fact chunk and so SDL
+ *  ignores it by default as well.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "truncate"    - Use the number of samples to truncate the wave data if
+ *                    the fact chunk is present and valid
+ *    "strict"      - Like "truncate", but raise an error if the fact chunk
+ *                    is invalid, not present for non-PCM formats, or if the
+ *                    data chunk doesn't have that many samples
+ *    "ignorezero"  - Like "truncate", but ignore fact chunk if the number of
+ *                    samples is zero
+ *    "ignore"      - Ignore fact chunk entirely (default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WAVE_FACT_CHUNK   "SDL_WAVE_FACT_CHUNK"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  Controls how the size of the RIFF chunk affects the loading of a WAVE file.
+ *
+ *  The size of the RIFF chunk (which includes all the sub-chunks of the WAVE
+ *  file) is not always reliable. In case the size is wrong, it's possible to
+ *  just ignore it and step through the chunks until a fixed limit is reached.
+ *
+ *  Note that files that have trailing data unrelated to the WAVE file or
+ *  corrupt files may slow down the loading process without a reliable boundary.
+ *  By default, SDL stops after 10000 chunks to prevent wasting time. Use the
+ *  environment variable SDL_WAVE_CHUNK_LIMIT to adjust this value.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "force"        - Always use the RIFF chunk size as a boundary for the chunk search
+ *    "ignorezero"   - Like "force", but a zero size searches up to 4 GiB (default)
+ *    "ignore"       - Ignore the RIFF chunk size and always search up to 4 GiB
+ *    "maximum"      - Search for chunks until the end of file (not recommended)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WAVE_RIFF_CHUNK_SIZE   "SDL_WAVE_RIFF_CHUNK_SIZE"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  Controls how a truncated WAVE file is handled.
+ *
+ *  A WAVE file is considered truncated if any of the chunks are incomplete or
+ *  the data chunk size is not a multiple of the block size. By default, SDL
+ *  decodes until the first incomplete block, as most applications seem to do.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *
+ *    "verystrict" - Raise an error if the file is truncated
+ *    "strict"     - Like "verystrict", but the size of the RIFF chunk is ignored
+ *    "dropframe"  - Decode until the first incomplete sample frame
+ *    "dropblock"  - Decode until the first incomplete block (default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WAVE_TRUNCATION   "SDL_WAVE_TRUNCATION"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Tell SDL not to name threads on Windows with the 0x406D1388 Exception.
+ *        The 0x406D1388 Exception is a trick used to inform Visual Studio of a
+ *        thread's name, but it tends to cause problems with other debuggers,
+ *        and the .NET runtime. Note that SDL 2.0.6 and later will still use
+ *        the (safer) SetThreadDescription API, introduced in the Windows 10
+ *        Creators Update, if available.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - SDL will raise the 0x406D1388 Exception to name threads.
+ *               This is the default behavior of SDL <= 2.0.4.
+ *   "1"       - SDL will not raise this exception, and threads will be unnamed. (default)
+ *               This is necessary with .NET languages or debuggers that aren't Visual Studio.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_DISABLE_THREAD_NAMING "SDL_WINDOWS_DISABLE_THREAD_NAMING"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the windows message loop is processed by SDL
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - The window message loop is not run
+ *    "1"       - The window message loop is processed in SDL_PumpEvents()
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will process the windows message loop
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_ENABLE_MESSAGELOOP "SDL_WINDOWS_ENABLE_MESSAGELOOP"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Force SDL to use Critical Sections for mutexes on Windows.
+ *        On Windows 7 and newer, Slim Reader/Writer Locks are available.
+ *        They offer better performance, allocate no kernel ressources and
+ *        use less memory. SDL will fall back to Critical Sections on older
+ *        OS versions or if forced to by this hint.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Use SRW Locks when available. If not, fall back to Critical Sections. (default)
+ *    "1"       - Force the use of Critical Sections in all cases.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_FORCE_MUTEX_CRITICAL_SECTIONS "SDL_WINDOWS_FORCE_MUTEX_CRITICAL_SECTIONS"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Force SDL to use Kernel Semaphores on Windows.
+ *        Kernel Semaphores are inter-process and require a context
+ *        switch on every interaction. On Windows 8 and newer, the
+ *        WaitOnAddress API is available. Using that and atomics to
+ *        implement semaphores increases performance.
+ *        SDL will fall back to Kernel Objects on older OS versions
+ *        or if forced to by this hint.
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Use Atomics and WaitOnAddress API when available. If not, fall back to Kernel Objects. (default)
+ *    "1"       - Force the use of Kernel Objects in all cases.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_FORCE_SEMAPHORE_KERNEL "SDL_WINDOWS_FORCE_SEMAPHORE_KERNEL"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable to specify custom icon resource id from RC file on Windows platform
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON       "SDL_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON"
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON_SMALL "SDL_WINDOWS_INTRESOURCE_ICON_SMALL"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Tell SDL not to generate window-close events for Alt+F4 on Windows.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *   "0"       - SDL will generate a window-close event when it sees Alt+F4.
+ *   "1"       - SDL will only do normal key handling for Alt+F4.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_NO_CLOSE_ON_ALT_F4 "SDL_WINDOWS_NO_CLOSE_ON_ALT_F4"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Use the D3D9Ex API introduced in Windows Vista, instead of normal D3D9.
+ *        Direct3D 9Ex contains changes to state management that can eliminate device
+ *        loss errors during scenarios like Alt+Tab or UAC prompts. D3D9Ex may require
+ *        some changes to your application to cope with the new behavior, so this
+ *        is disabled by default.
+ *
+ *  This hint must be set before initializing the video subsystem.
+ *
+ *  For more information on Direct3D 9Ex, see:
+ *    - https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/direct3darticles/graphics-apis-in-windows-vista#direct3d-9ex
+ *    - https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/direct3darticles/direct3d-9ex-improvements
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Use the original Direct3D 9 API (default)
+ *    "1"       - Use the Direct3D 9Ex API on Vista and later (and fall back if D3D9Ex is unavailable)
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_USE_D3D9EX "SDL_WINDOWS_USE_D3D9EX"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable controlling whether the window frame and title bar are interactive when the cursor is hidden
+ *
+ *  This variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - The window frame is not interactive when the cursor is hidden (no move, resize, etc)
+ *    "1"       - The window frame is interactive when the cursor is hidden
+ *
+ *  By default SDL will allow interaction with the window frame when the cursor is hidden
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOW_FRAME_USABLE_WHILE_CURSOR_HIDDEN    "SDL_WINDOW_FRAME_USABLE_WHILE_CURSOR_HIDDEN"
+
+/**
+*  \brief  A variable controlling whether the window is activated when the SDL_ShowWindow function is called
+*
+*  This variable can be set to the following values:
+*    "0"       - The window is activated when the SDL_ShowWindow function is called
+*    "1"       - The window is not activated when the SDL_ShowWindow function is called
+*
+*  By default SDL will activate the window when the SDL_ShowWindow function is called
+*/
+#define SDL_HINT_WINDOW_NO_ACTIVATION_WHEN_SHOWN    "SDL_WINDOW_NO_ACTIVATION_WHEN_SHOWN"
+
+/** \brief Allows back-button-press events on Windows Phone to be marked as handled
+ *
+ *  Windows Phone devices typically feature a Back button.  When pressed,
+ *  the OS will emit back-button-press events, which apps are expected to
+ *  handle in an appropriate manner.  If apps do not explicitly mark these
+ *  events as 'Handled', then the OS will invoke its default behavior for
+ *  unhandled back-button-press events, which on Windows Phone 8 and 8.1 is to
+ *  terminate the app (and attempt to switch to the previous app, or to the
+ *  device's home screen).
+ *
+ *  Setting the SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON hint to "1" will cause SDL
+ *  to mark back-button-press events as Handled, if and when one is sent to
+ *  the app.
+ *
+ *  Internally, Windows Phone sends back button events as parameters to
+ *  special back-button-press callback functions.  Apps that need to respond
+ *  to back-button-press events are expected to register one or more
+ *  callback functions for such, shortly after being launched (during the
+ *  app's initialization phase).  After the back button is pressed, the OS
+ *  will invoke these callbacks.  If the app's callback(s) do not explicitly
+ *  mark the event as handled by the time they return, or if the app never
+ *  registers one of these callback, the OS will consider the event
+ *  un-handled, and it will apply its default back button behavior (terminate
+ *  the app).
+ *
+ *  SDL registers its own back-button-press callback with the Windows Phone
+ *  OS.  This callback will emit a pair of SDL key-press events (SDL_KEYDOWN
+ *  and SDL_KEYUP), each with a scancode of SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK, after which
+ *  it will check the contents of the hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON.
+ *  If the hint's value is set to "1", the back button event's Handled
+ *  property will get set to 'true'.  If the hint's value is set to something
+ *  else, or if it is unset, SDL will leave the event's Handled property
+ *  alone.  (By default, the OS sets this property to 'false', to note.)
+ *
+ *  SDL apps can either set SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON well before a
+ *  back button is pressed, or can set it in direct-response to a back button
+ *  being pressed.
+ *
+ *  In order to get notified when a back button is pressed, SDL apps should
+ *  register a callback function with SDL_AddEventWatch(), and have it listen
+ *  for SDL_KEYDOWN events that have a scancode of SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK.
+ *  (Alternatively, SDL_KEYUP events can be listened-for.  Listening for
+ *  either event type is suitable.)  Any value of SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON
+ *  set by such a callback, will be applied to the OS' current
+ *  back-button-press event.
+ *
+ *  More details on back button behavior in Windows Phone apps can be found
+ *  at the following page, on Microsoft's developer site:
+ *  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windowsphone/develop/jj247550(v=vs.105).aspx
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON "SDL_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON"
+
+/** \brief Label text for a WinRT app's privacy policy link
+ *
+ *  Network-enabled WinRT apps must include a privacy policy.  On Windows 8, 8.1, and RT,
+ *  Microsoft mandates that this policy be available via the Windows Settings charm.
+ *  SDL provides code to add a link there, with its label text being set via the
+ *  optional hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL.
+ *
+ *  Please note that a privacy policy's contents are not set via this hint.  A separate
+ *  hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL, is used to link to the actual text of the
+ *  policy.
+ *
+ *  The contents of this hint should be encoded as a UTF8 string.
+ *
+ *  The default value is "Privacy Policy".  This hint should only be set during app
+ *  initialization, preferably before any calls to SDL_Init().
+ *
+ *  For additional information on linking to a privacy policy, see the documentation for
+ *  SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL "SDL_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief A URL to a WinRT app's privacy policy
+ *
+ *  All network-enabled WinRT apps must make a privacy policy available to its
+ *  users.  On Windows 8, 8.1, and RT, Microsoft mandates that this policy be
+ *  be available in the Windows Settings charm, as accessed from within the app.
+ *  SDL provides code to add a URL-based link there, which can point to the app's
+ *  privacy policy.
+ *
+ *  To setup a URL to an app's privacy policy, set SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL
+ *  before calling any SDL_Init() functions.  The contents of the hint should
+ *  be a valid URL.  For example, "http://www.example.com".
+ *
+ *  The default value is "", which will prevent SDL from adding a privacy policy
+ *  link to the Settings charm.  This hint should only be set during app init.
+ *
+ *  The label text of an app's "Privacy Policy" link may be customized via another
+ *  hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL.
+ *
+ *  Please note that on Windows Phone, Microsoft does not provide standard UI
+ *  for displaying a privacy policy link, and as such, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL
+ *  will not get used on that platform.  Network-enabled phone apps should display
+ *  their privacy policy through some other, in-app means.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL "SDL_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief Mark X11 windows as override-redirect.
+ *
+ *  If set, this _might_ increase framerate at the expense of the desktop
+ *  not working as expected. Override-redirect windows aren't noticed by the
+ *  window manager at all.
+ *
+ *  You should probably only use this for fullscreen windows, and you probably
+ *  shouldn't even use it for that. But it's here if you want to try!
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_X11_FORCE_OVERRIDE_REDIRECT "SDL_X11_FORCE_OVERRIDE_REDIRECT"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that lets you disable the detection and use of Xinput gamepad devices
+ *
+ *  The variable can be set to the following values:
+ *    "0"       - Disable XInput detection (only uses direct input)
+ *    "1"       - Enable XInput detection (the default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_ENABLED "SDL_XINPUT_ENABLED"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that causes SDL to use the old axis and button mapping for XInput devices.
+ *
+ *  This hint is for backwards compatibility only and will be removed in SDL 2.1
+ *
+ *  The default value is "0".  This hint must be set before SDL_Init()
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_USE_OLD_JOYSTICK_MAPPING "SDL_XINPUT_USE_OLD_JOYSTICK_MAPPING"
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  A variable that causes SDL to not ignore audio "monitors"
+ *
+ *  This is currently only used for PulseAudio and ignored elsewhere.
+ *
+ *  By default, SDL ignores audio devices that aren't associated with physical
+ *  hardware. Changing this hint to "1" will expose anything SDL sees that
+ *  appears to be an audio source or sink. This will add "devices" to the list
+ *  that the user probably doesn't want or need, but it can be useful in
+ *  scenarios where you want to hook up SDL to some sort of virtual device,
+ *  etc.
+ *
+ *  The default value is "0".  This hint must be set before SDL_Init().
+ *
+ *  This hint is available since SDL 2.0.16. Before then, virtual devices are
+ *  always ignored.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_AUDIO_INCLUDE_MONITORS "SDL_AUDIO_INCLUDE_MONITORS"
+
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  An enumeration of hint priorities
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_HINT_DEFAULT,
+    SDL_HINT_NORMAL,
+    SDL_HINT_OVERRIDE
+} SDL_HintPriority;
+
+
+/**
+ * Set a hint with a specific priority.
+ *
+ * The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already has a
+ * value. Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and lower.
+ * Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
+ *
+ * \param name the hint to set
+ * \param value the value of the hint variable
+ * \param priority the SDL_HintPriority level for the hint
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHint
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHintWithPriority(const char *name,
+                                                         const char *value,
+                                                         SDL_HintPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * Set a hint with normal priority.
+ *
+ * Hints will not be set if there is an existing override hint or environment
+ * variable that takes precedence. You can use SDL_SetHintWithPriority() to
+ * set the hint with override priority instead.
+ *
+ * \param name the hint to set
+ * \param value the value of the hint variable
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHintWithPriority
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHint(const char *name,
+                                             const char *value);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value of a hint.
+ *
+ * \param name the hint to query
+ * \returns the string value of a hint or NULL if the hint isn't set.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHintWithPriority
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetHint(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get the boolean value of a hint variable.
+ *
+ * \param name the name of the hint to get the boolean value from
+ * \param default_value the value to return if the hint does not exist
+ * \returns the boolean value of a hint or the provided default value if the
+ *          hint does not exist.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.5.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHint
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetHintBoolean(const char *name, SDL_bool default_value);
+
+/**
+ * Type definition of the hint callback function.
+ *
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_AddHintCallback()
+ * \param name what was passed as `name` to SDL_AddHintCallback()
+ * \param oldValue the previous hint value
+ * \param newValue the new value hint is to be set to
+ */
+typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_HintCallback)(void *userdata, const char *name, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue);
+
+/**
+ * Add a function to watch a particular hint.
+ *
+ * \param name the hint to watch
+ * \param callback An SDL_HintCallback function that will be called when the
+ *                 hint value changes
+ * \param userdata a pointer to pass to the callback function
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DelHintCallback
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddHintCallback(const char *name,
+                                                 SDL_HintCallback callback,
+                                                 void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Remove a function watching a particular hint.
+ *
+ * \param name the hint being watched
+ * \param callback An SDL_HintCallback function that will be called when the
+ *                 hint value changes
+ * \param userdata a pointer being passed to the callback function
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AddHintCallback
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelHintCallback(const char *name,
+                                                 SDL_HintCallback callback,
+                                                 void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Clear all hints.
+ *
+ * This function is automatically called during SDL_Quit().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearHints(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_hints_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_joystick.h

@@ -0,0 +1,946 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_joystick.h
+ *
+ *  Include file for SDL joystick event handling
+ *
+ * The term "device_index" identifies currently plugged in joystick devices between 0 and SDL_NumJoysticks(), with the exact joystick
+ *   behind a device_index changing as joysticks are plugged and unplugged.
+ *
+ * The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
+ *   then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
+ *
+ * The term "player_index" is the number assigned to a player on a specific
+ *   controller. For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
+ *   Many joysticks will not be able to supply this information.
+ *
+ * The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
+ *   the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_joystick_h_
+#define SDL_joystick_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_joystick.h
+ *
+ *  In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+ *  with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
+ *  for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ *  If you would like to receive joystick updates while the application
+ *  is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
+ *  SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick
+ */
+struct _SDL_Joystick;
+typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
+
+/* A structure that encodes the stable unique id for a joystick device */
+typedef struct {
+    Uint8 data[16];
+} SDL_JoystickGUID;
+
+/**
+ * This is a unique ID for a joystick for the time it is connected to the system,
+ * and is never reused for the lifetime of the application. If the joystick is
+ * disconnected and reconnected, it will get a new ID.
+ *
+ * The ID value starts at 0 and increments from there. The value -1 is an invalid ID.
+ */
+typedef Sint32 SDL_JoystickID;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_GAMECONTROLLER,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_WHEEL,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_ARCADE_STICK,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_FLIGHT_STICK,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_DANCE_PAD,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_GUITAR,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_DRUM_KIT,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_ARCADE_PAD,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_THROTTLE
+} SDL_JoystickType;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_UNKNOWN = -1,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_EMPTY,   /* <= 5% */
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_LOW,     /* <= 20% */
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MEDIUM,  /* <= 70% */
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_FULL,    /* <= 100% */
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_WIRED,
+    SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MAX
+} SDL_JoystickPowerLevel;
+
+/* Set max recognized G-force from accelerometer
+   See src/joystick/uikit/SDL_sysjoystick.m for notes on why this is needed
+ */
+#define SDL_IPHONE_MAX_GFORCE 5.0
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * Locking for multi-threaded access to the joystick API
+ *
+ * If you are using the joystick API or handling events from multiple threads
+ * you should use these locking functions to protect access to the joysticks.
+ *
+ * In particular, you are guaranteed that the joystick list won't change, so
+ * the API functions that take a joystick index will be valid, and joystick
+ * and game controller events will not be delivered.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockJoysticks(void);
+
+
+/**
+ * Unlocking for multi-threaded access to the joystick API
+ *
+ * If you are using the joystick API or handling events from multiple threads
+ * you should use these locking functions to protect access to the joysticks.
+ *
+ * In particular, you are guaranteed that the joystick list won't change, so
+ * the API functions that take a joystick index will be valid, and joystick
+ * and game controller events will not be delivered.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.7.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockJoysticks(void);
+
+/**
+ * Count the number of joysticks attached to the system.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of attached joysticks on success or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickName
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system)
+ * \returns the name of the selected joystick. If no name can be found, this
+ *          function returns NULL; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickName
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the player index of a joystick, or -1 if it's not available This can be
+ * called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDevicePlayerIndex(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation-dependent GUID for the joystick at a given device
+ * index.
+ *
+ * This function can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the GUID of the selected joystick. If called on an invalid index,
+ *          this function returns a zero GUID
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the USB vendor ID of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened. If the vendor ID isn't
+ * available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the USB vendor ID of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns zero
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceVendor(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the USB product ID of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened. If the product ID isn't
+ * available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the USB product ID of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns zero
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProduct(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the product version of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened. If the product version
+ * isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the product version of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns zero
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProductVersion(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the SDL_JoystickType of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns `SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_UNKNOWN`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceType(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the instance ID of a joystick.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened. If the index is out of
+ * range, this function will return -1.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the instance id of the selected joystick. If called on an invalid
+ *          index, this function returns zero
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Open a joystick for use.
+ *
+ * The `device_index` argument refers to the N'th joystick presently
+ * recognized by SDL on the system. It is **NOT** the same as the instance ID
+ * used to identify the joystick in future events. See
+ * SDL_JoystickInstanceID() for more details about instance IDs.
+ *
+ * The joystick subsystem must be initialized before a joystick can be opened
+ * for use.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query
+ * \returns a joystick identifier or NULL if an error occurred; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickClose
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickInstanceID
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL_Joystick associated with an instance id.
+ *
+ * \param instance_id the instance id to get the SDL_Joystick for
+ * \returns an SDL_Joystick on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID instance_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL_Joystick associated with a player index.
+ *
+ * \param player_index the player index to get the SDL_Joystick for
+ * \returns an SDL_Joystick on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromPlayerIndex(int player_index);
+
+/**
+ * Attach a new virtual joystick.
+ *
+ * \returns the joystick's device index, or -1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickAttachVirtual(SDL_JoystickType type,
+                                                      int naxes,
+                                                      int nbuttons,
+                                                      int nhats);
+
+/**
+ * Detach a virtual joystick.
+ *
+ * \param device_index a value previously returned from
+ *                     SDL_JoystickAttachVirtual()
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickDetachVirtual(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether or not the joystick at a given device index is virtual.
+ *
+ * \param device_index a joystick device index.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick is virtual, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIsVirtual(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's axis.
+ *
+ * Please note that values set here will not be applied until the next call to
+ * SDL_JoystickUpdate, which can either be called directly, or can be called
+ * indirectly through various other SDL APIs, including, but not limited to
+ * the following: SDL_PollEvent, SDL_PumpEvents, SDL_WaitEventTimeout,
+ * SDL_WaitEvent.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the virtual joystick on which to set state.
+ * \param axis the specific axis on the virtual joystick to set.
+ * \param value the new value for the specified axis.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetVirtualAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int axis, Sint16 value);
+
+/**
+ * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's button.
+ *
+ * Please note that values set here will not be applied until the next call to
+ * SDL_JoystickUpdate, which can either be called directly, or can be called
+ * indirectly through various other SDL APIs, including, but not limited to
+ * the following: SDL_PollEvent, SDL_PumpEvents, SDL_WaitEventTimeout,
+ * SDL_WaitEvent.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the virtual joystick on which to set state.
+ * \param button the specific button on the virtual joystick to set.
+ * \param value the new value for the specified button.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetVirtualButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int button, Uint8 value);
+
+/**
+ * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's hat.
+ *
+ * Please note that values set here will not be applied until the next call to
+ * SDL_JoystickUpdate, which can either be called directly, or can be called
+ * indirectly through various other SDL APIs, including, but not limited to
+ * the following: SDL_PollEvent, SDL_PumpEvents, SDL_WaitEventTimeout,
+ * SDL_WaitEvent.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the virtual joystick on which to set state.
+ * \param hat the specific hat on the virtual joystick to set.
+ * \param value the new value for the specified hat.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetVirtualHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int hat, Uint8 value);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the name of the selected joystick. If no name can be found, this
+ *          function returns NULL; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the player index of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index. Many joysticks
+ * will not be able to supply this information.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the player index, or -1 if it's not available.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetPlayerIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Set the player index of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \param player_index the player index to set.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetPlayerIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int player_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation-dependent GUID for the joystick.
+ *
+ * This function requires an open joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the GUID of the given joystick. If called on an invalid index,
+ *          this function returns a zero GUID; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the USB vendor ID of an opened joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the USB vendor ID of the selected joystick, or 0 if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetVendor(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the USB product ID of an opened joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the USB product ID of the selected joystick, or 0 if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProduct(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the product version of an opened joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the product version of the selected joystick, or 0 if unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProductVersion(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the serial number of an opened joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * Returns the serial number of the joystick, or NULL if it is not available.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the serial number of the selected joystick, or NULL if
+ *          unavailable.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetSerial(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the SDL_JoystickType of the selected joystick.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetType(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get an ASCII string representation for a given SDL_JoystickGUID.
+ *
+ * You should supply at least 33 bytes for pszGUID.
+ *
+ * \param guid the SDL_JoystickGUID you wish to convert to string
+ * \param pszGUID buffer in which to write the ASCII string
+ * \param cbGUID the size of pszGUID
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a GUID string into a SDL_JoystickGUID structure.
+ *
+ * Performs no error checking. If this function is given a string containing
+ * an invalid GUID, the function will silently succeed, but the GUID generated
+ * will not be useful.
+ *
+ * \param pchGUID string containing an ASCII representation of a GUID
+ * \returns a SDL_JoystickGUID structure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
+
+/**
+ * Get the status of a specified joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the joystick to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened, SDL_FALSE if it has not;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickClose
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the instance ID of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the instance ID of the specified joystick on success or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
+ *
+ * Often, the directional pad on a game controller will either look like 4
+ * separate buttons or a POV hat, and not axes, but all of this is up to the
+ * device and platform.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of axis controls/number of axes on success or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetAxis
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
+ *
+ * Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated with them
+ * and their state cannot be polled.
+ *
+ * Most joysticks do not have trackballs.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of trackballs on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetBall
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of POV hats on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetHat
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of buttons on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetButton
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Update the current state of the open joysticks.
+ *
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick events are
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickEventState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable joystick event polling.
+ *
+ * If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
+ * yourself and manually check the state of the joystick when you want
+ * joystick information.
+ *
+ * It is recommended that you leave joystick event handling enabled.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: Calling this function may delete all events currently in SDL's
+ * event queue.
+ *
+ * \param state can be one of `SDL_QUERY`, `SDL_IGNORE`, or `SDL_ENABLE`
+ * \returns 1 if enabled, 0 if disabled, or a negative error code on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ *          If `state` is `SDL_QUERY` then the current state is returned,
+ *          otherwise the new processing state is returned.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerEventState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
+
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX   32767
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN   -32768
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
+ *
+ * SDL makes no promises about what part of the joystick any given axis refers
+ * to. Your game should have some sort of configuration UI to let users
+ * specify what each axis should be bound to. Alternately, SDL's higher-level
+ * Game Controller API makes a great effort to apply order to this lower-level
+ * interface, so you know that a specific axis is the "left thumb stick," etc.
+ *
+ * The value returned by SDL_JoystickGetAxis() is a signed integer (-32768 to
+ * 32767) representing the current position of the axis. It may be necessary
+ * to impose certain tolerances on these values to account for jitter.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param axis the axis to query; the axis indices start at index 0
+ * \returns a 16-bit signed integer representing the current position of the
+ *          axis or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumAxes
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
+                                                   int axis);
+
+/**
+ * Get the initial state of an axis control on a joystick.
+ *
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+ *
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param axis the axis to query; the axis indices start at index 0
+ * \param state Upon return, the initial value is supplied here.
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if this axis has any initial value, or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxisInitialState(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
+                                                   int axis, Sint16 *state);
+
+/**
+ *  \name Hat positions
+ */
+/* @{ */
+#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED    0x00
+#define SDL_HAT_UP          0x01
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT       0x02
+#define SDL_HAT_DOWN        0x04
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFT        0x08
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP     (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN   (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP      (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN    (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
+ *
+ * The returned value will be one of the following positions:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_CENTERED`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_UP`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_RIGHT`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_DOWN`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_LEFT`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_LEFTUP`
+ * - `SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN`
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param hat the hat index to get the state from; indices start at index 0
+ * \returns the current hat position.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumHats
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
+                                                 int hat);
+
+/**
+ * Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
+ *
+ * Trackballs can only return relative motion since the last call to
+ * SDL_JoystickGetBall(), these motion deltas are placed into `dx` and `dy`.
+ *
+ * Most joysticks do not have trackballs.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to query
+ * \param ball the ball index to query; ball indices start at index 0
+ * \param dx stores the difference in the x axis position since the last poll
+ * \param dy stores the difference in the y axis position since the last poll
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumBalls
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
+                                                int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param button the button index to get the state from; indices start at
+ *               index 0
+ * \returns 1 if the specified button is pressed, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumButtons
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
+                                                    int button);
+
+/**
+ * Start a rumble effect.
+ *
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling
+ * it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
+ * \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left)
+ *                             rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right)
+ *                              rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this joystick
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickHasRumble
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickRumble(SDL_Joystick *joystick, Uint16 low_frequency_rumble, Uint16 high_frequency_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
+
+/**
+ * Start a rumble effect in the joystick's triggers
+ *
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous trigger rumble effect, and
+ * calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ *
+ * Note that this function is for _trigger_ rumble; the first joystick to
+ * support this was the PlayStation 5's DualShock 5 controller. If you want
+ * the (more common) whole-controller rumble, use SDL_JoystickRumble()
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
+ * \param left_rumble The intensity of the left trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                    to 0xFFFF
+ * \param right_rumble The intensity of the right trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                     to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if trigger rumble isn't supported on this joystick
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickHasRumbleTriggers
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickRumbleTriggers(SDL_Joystick *joystick, Uint16 left_rumble, Uint16 right_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a joystick has an LED.
+ *
+ * An example of a joystick LED is the light on the back of a PlayStation 4's
+ * DualShock 4 controller.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to query
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the joystick has a modifiable LED, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickHasLED(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a joystick has rumble support.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to query
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the joystick has rumble, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickRumble
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickHasRumble(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether a joystick has rumble support on triggers.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to query
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the joystick has trigger rumble, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickRumbleTriggers
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickHasRumbleTriggers(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Update a joystick's LED color.
+ *
+ * An example of a joystick LED is the light on the back of a PlayStation 4's
+ * DualShock 4 controller.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to update
+ * \param red The intensity of the red LED
+ * \param green The intensity of the green LED
+ * \param blue The intensity of the blue LED
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 if this joystick does not have a modifiable LED
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetLED(SDL_Joystick *joystick, Uint8 red, Uint8 green, Uint8 blue);
+
+/**
+ * Send a joystick specific effect packet
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to affect
+ * \param data The data to send to the joystick
+ * \param size The size of the data to send to the joystick
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if this joystick or driver doesn't support effect packets
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.16.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSendEffect(SDL_Joystick *joystick, const void *data, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick device to close
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the battery level of a joystick as SDL_JoystickPowerLevel.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to query
+ * \returns the current battery level as SDL_JoystickPowerLevel on success or
+ *          `SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_UNKNOWN` if it is unknown
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickPowerLevel SDLCALL SDL_JoystickCurrentPowerLevel(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_joystick_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_keyboard.h

@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_keyboard.h
+ *
+ *  Include file for SDL keyboard event handling
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_keyboard_h_
+#define SDL_keyboard_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_keycode.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The SDL keysym structure, used in key events.
+ *
+ *  \note  If you are looking for translated character input, see the ::SDL_TEXTINPUT event.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Keysym
+{
+    SDL_Scancode scancode;      /**< SDL physical key code - see ::SDL_Scancode for details */
+    SDL_Keycode sym;            /**< SDL virtual key code - see ::SDL_Keycode for details */
+    Uint16 mod;                 /**< current key modifiers */
+    Uint32 unused;
+} SDL_Keysym;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * Query the window which currently has keyboard focus.
+ *
+ * \returns the window with keyboard focus.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
+ *
+ * The pointer returned is a pointer to an internal SDL array. It will be
+ * valid for the whole lifetime of the application and should not be freed by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * A array element with a value of 1 means that the key is pressed and a value
+ * of 0 means that it is not. Indexes into this array are obtained by using
+ * SDL_Scancode values.
+ *
+ * Use SDL_PumpEvents() to update the state array.
+ *
+ * This function gives you the current state after all events have been
+ * processed, so if a key or button has been pressed and released before you
+ * process events, then the pressed state will never show up in the
+ * SDL_GetKeyboardState() calls.
+ *
+ * Note: This function doesn't take into account whether shift has been
+ * pressed or not.
+ *
+ * \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array
+ * \returns a pointer to an array of key states.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const Uint8 *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardState(int *numkeys);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ *
+ * \returns an OR'd combination of the modifier keys for the keyboard. See
+ *          SDL_Keymod for details.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyboardState
+ * \sa SDL_SetModState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keymod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ *
+ * The inverse of SDL_GetModState(), SDL_SetModState() allows you to impose
+ * modifier key states on your application. Simply pass your desired modifier
+ * states into `modstate`. This value may be a bitwise, OR'd combination of
+ * SDL_Keymod values.
+ *
+ * This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags that
+ * SDL reports.
+ *
+ * \param modstate the desired SDL_Keymod for the keyboard
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetModState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDL_Keymod modstate);
+
+/**
+ * Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode according to the
+ * current keyboard layout.
+ *
+ * See SDL_Keycode for details.
+ *
+ * \param scancode the desired SDL_Scancode to query
+ * \returns the SDL_Keycode that corresponds to the given SDL_Scancode.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyName
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromScancode(SDL_Scancode scancode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code according to the
+ * current keyboard layout.
+ *
+ * See SDL_Scancode for details.
+ *
+ * \param key the desired SDL_Keycode to query
+ * \returns the SDL_Scancode that corresponds to the given SDL_Keycode.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromScancode
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeName
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromKey(SDL_Keycode key);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
+ *
+ * See SDL_Scancode for details.
+ *
+ * **Warning**: The returned name is by design not stable across platforms,
+ * e.g. the name for `SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI` is "Left GUI" under Linux but "Left
+ * Windows" under Microsoft Windows, and some scancodes like
+ * `SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH` don't have any name at all. There are even
+ * scancodes that share names, e.g. `SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN` and
+ * `SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2` (both called "Return"). This function is therefore
+ * unsuitable for creating a stable cross-platform two-way mapping between
+ * strings and scancodes.
+ *
+ * \param scancode the desired SDL_Scancode to query
+ * \returns a pointer to the name for the scancode. If the scancode doesn't
+ *          have a name this function returns an empty string ("").
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromName
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeName(SDL_Scancode scancode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a scancode from a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * \param name the human-readable scancode name
+ * \returns the SDL_Scancode, or `SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN` if the name wasn't
+ *          recognized; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromName
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeName
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromName(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human-readable name for a key.
+ *
+ * See SDL_Scancode and SDL_Keycode for details.
+ *
+ * \param key the desired SDL_Keycode to query
+ * \returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the
+ *          next call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you
+ *          must copy it. If the key doesn't have a name, this function
+ *          returns an empty string ("").
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromName
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromScancode
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDL_Keycode key);
+
+/**
+ * Get a key code from a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * \param name the human-readable key name
+ * \returns key code, or `SDLK_UNKNOWN` if the name wasn't recognized; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromScancode
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyName
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromName
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromName(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Start accepting Unicode text input events.
+ *
+ * This function will start accepting Unicode text input events in the focused
+ * SDL window, and start emitting SDL_TextInputEvent (SDL_TEXTINPUT) and
+ * SDL_TextEditingEvent (SDL_TEXTEDITING) events. Please use this function in
+ * pair with SDL_StopTextInput().
+ *
+ * On some platforms using this function activates the screen keyboard.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect
+ * \sa SDL_StopTextInput
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StartTextInput(void);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if text input events are enabled else SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTextInputActive(void);
+
+/**
+ * Stop receiving any text input events.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StopTextInput(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
+ *
+ * \param rect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to receive
+ *             text (ignored if NULL)
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetTextInputRect(SDL_Rect *rect);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether the platform has screen keyboard support.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the platform has some screen keyboard support or
+ *          SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
+ * \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport(void);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
+ *
+ * \param window the window for which screen keyboard should be queried
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown(SDL_Window *window);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_keyboard_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_keycode.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_keycode.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ typedef Sint32 SDL_Keycode;
 #define SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK (1<<30)
 #define SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(X)  (X | SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK)
 
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0,
 
     SDLK_RETURN = '\r',
-    SDLK_ESCAPE = '\033',
+    SDLK_ESCAPE = '\x1B',
     SDLK_BACKSPACE = '\b',
     SDLK_TAB = '\t',
     SDLK_SPACE = ' ',
@@ -88,9 +88,11 @@ enum
     SDLK_GREATER = '>',
     SDLK_QUESTION = '?',
     SDLK_AT = '@',
+
     /*
        Skip uppercase letters
      */
+
     SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = '[',
     SDLK_BACKSLASH = '\\',
     SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = ']',
@@ -145,7 +147,7 @@ enum
     SDLK_INSERT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT),
     SDLK_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HOME),
     SDLK_PAGEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP),
-    SDLK_DELETE = '\177',
+    SDLK_DELETE = '\x7F',
     SDLK_END = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_END),
     SDLK_PAGEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN),
     SDLK_RIGHT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT),
@@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ enum
 
     SDLK_AUDIOREWIND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOREWIND),
     SDLK_AUDIOFASTFORWARD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOFASTFORWARD)
-};
+} SDL_KeyCode;
 
 /**
  * \brief Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together).
@@ -336,13 +338,15 @@ typedef enum
     KMOD_NUM = 0x1000,
     KMOD_CAPS = 0x2000,
     KMOD_MODE = 0x4000,
-    KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
-} SDL_Keymod;
+    KMOD_SCROLL = 0x8000,
+
+    KMOD_CTRL = KMOD_LCTRL | KMOD_RCTRL,
+    KMOD_SHIFT = KMOD_LSHIFT | KMOD_RSHIFT,
+    KMOD_ALT = KMOD_LALT | KMOD_RALT,
+    KMOD_GUI = KMOD_LGUI | KMOD_RGUI,
 
-#define KMOD_CTRL   (KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
-#define KMOD_SHIFT  (KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
-#define KMOD_ALT    (KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
-#define KMOD_GUI    (KMOD_LGUI|KMOD_RGUI)
+    KMOD_RESERVED = KMOD_SCROLL /* This is for source-level compatibility with SDL 2.0.0. */
+} SDL_Keymod;
 
 #endif /* SDL_keycode_h_ */
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_loadso.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_loadso.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -51,22 +51,56 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
- *  to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
- *  The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
+ * Dynamically load a shared object.
+ *
+ * \param sofile a system-dependent name of the object file
+ * \returns an opaque pointer to the object handle or NULL if there was an
+ *          error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadFunction
+ * \sa SDL_UnloadObject
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
 
 /**
- *  Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
- *  named function in the shared object and returns it.  This address
- *  is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ * Look up the address of the named function in a shared object.
+ *
+ * This function pointer is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ *
+ * This function can only look up C function names. Other languages may have
+ * name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from compiler to
+ * compiler.
+ *
+ * Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
+ * convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
+ * mysteriously if you do not do this.
+ *
+ * If the requested function doesn't exist, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * \param handle a valid shared object handle returned by SDL_LoadObject()
+ * \param name the name of the function to look up
+ * \returns a pointer to the function or NULL if there was an error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadObject
+ * \sa SDL_UnloadObject
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle,
                                                const char *name);
 
 /**
- *  Unload a shared object from memory.
+ * Unload a shared object from memory.
+ *
+ * \param handle a valid shared object handle returned by SDL_LoadObject()
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadFunction
+ * \sa SDL_LoadObject
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_locale.h

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_locale.h
+ *
+ *  Include file for SDL locale services
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_locale_h
+#define _SDL_locale_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+extern "C" {
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct SDL_Locale
+{
+    const char *language;  /**< A language name, like "en" for English. */
+    const char *country;  /**< A country, like "US" for America. Can be NULL. */
+} SDL_Locale;
+
+/**
+ * Report the user's preferred locale.
+ *
+ * This returns an array of SDL_Locale structs, the final item zeroed out.
+ * When the caller is done with this array, it should call SDL_free() on the
+ * returned value; all the memory involved is allocated in a single block, so
+ * a single SDL_free() will suffice.
+ *
+ * Returned language strings are in the format xx, where 'xx' is an ISO-639
+ * language specifier (such as "en" for English, "de" for German, etc).
+ * Country strings are in the format YY, where "YY" is an ISO-3166 country
+ * code (such as "US" for the United States, "CA" for Canada, etc). Country
+ * might be NULL if there's no specific guidance on them (so you might get {
+ * "en", "US" } for American English, but { "en", NULL } means "English
+ * language, generically"). Language strings are never NULL, except to
+ * terminate the array.
+ *
+ * Please note that not all of these strings are 2 characters; some are three
+ * or more.
+ *
+ * The returned list of locales are in the order of the user's preference. For
+ * example, a German citizen that is fluent in US English and knows enough
+ * Japanese to navigate around Tokyo might have a list like: { "de", "en_US",
+ * "jp", NULL }. Someone from England might prefer British English (where
+ * "color" is spelled "colour", etc), but will settle for anything like it: {
+ * "en_GB", "en", NULL }.
+ *
+ * This function returns NULL on error, including when the platform does not
+ * supply this information at all.
+ *
+ * This might be a "slow" call that has to query the operating system. It's
+ * best to ask for this once and save the results. However, this list can
+ * change, usually because the user has changed a system preference outside of
+ * your program; SDL will send an SDL_LOCALECHANGED event in this case, if
+ * possible, and you can call this function again to get an updated copy of
+ * preferred locales.
+ *
+ * \return array of locales, terminated with a locale with a NULL language
+ *         field. Will return NULL on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Locale * SDLCALL SDL_GetPreferredLocales(void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+}
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_locale_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_log.h

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_log.h
+ *
+ *  Simple log messages with categories and priorities.
+ *
+ *  By default logs are quiet, but if you're debugging SDL you might want:
+ *
+ *      SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN);
+ *
+ *  Here's where the messages go on different platforms:
+ *      Windows: debug output stream
+ *      Android: log output
+ *      Others: standard error output (stderr)
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_log_h_
+#define SDL_log_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The maximum size of a log message
+ *
+ *  Messages longer than the maximum size will be truncated
+ */
+#define SDL_MAX_LOG_MESSAGE 4096
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The predefined log categories
+ *
+ *  By default the application category is enabled at the INFO level,
+ *  the assert category is enabled at the WARN level, test is enabled
+ *  at the VERBOSE level and all other categories are enabled at the
+ *  CRITICAL level.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ERROR,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ASSERT,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_SYSTEM,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_AUDIO,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_VIDEO,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RENDER,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_TEST,
+
+    /* Reserved for future SDL library use */
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED1,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED2,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED3,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED4,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED5,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED6,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED7,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED8,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED9,
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED10,
+
+    /* Beyond this point is reserved for application use, e.g.
+       enum {
+           MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME1 = SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM,
+           MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME2,
+           MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME3,
+           ...
+       };
+     */
+    SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM
+} SDL_LogCategory;
+
+/**
+ *  \brief The predefined log priorities
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE = 1,
+    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG,
+    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO,
+    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN,
+    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR,
+    SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL,
+    SDL_NUM_LOG_PRIORITIES
+} SDL_LogPriority;
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the priority of all log categories.
+ *
+ * \param priority the SDL_LogPriority to assign
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetPriority
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LogPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * Set the priority of a particular log category.
+ *
+ * \param category the category to assign a priority to
+ * \param priority the SDL_LogPriority to assign
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogGetPriority
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetAllPriority
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetPriority(int category,
+                                                SDL_LogPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * Get the priority of a particular log category.
+ *
+ * \param category the category to query
+ * \returns the SDL_LogPriority for the requested category
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetPriority
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_LogPriority SDLCALL SDL_LogGetPriority(int category);
+
+/**
+ * Reset all priorities to default.
+ *
+ * This is called by SDL_Quit().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetAllPriority
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetPriority
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogResetPriorities(void);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO.
+ *
+ * = * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ *
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the `fmt` string, if
+ *            any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Log(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogVerbose(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogDebug(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogInfo(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogWarn(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogError(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogCritical(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param priority the priority of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessage(int category,
+                                            SDL_LogPriority priority,
+                                            SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(3);
+
+/**
+ * Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param priority the priority of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ap a variable argument list
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessageV(int category,
+                                             SDL_LogPriority priority,
+                                             const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+
+/**
+ * The prototype for the log output callback function.
+ *
+ * This function is called by SDL when there is new text to be logged.
+ *
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_LogSetOutputFunction()
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param priority the priority of the message
+ * \param message the message being output
+ */
+typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_LogOutputFunction)(void *userdata, int category, SDL_LogPriority priority, const char *message);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current log output function.
+ *
+ * \param callback an SDL_LogOutputFunction filled in with the current log
+ *                 callback
+ * \param userdata a pointer filled in with the pointer that is passed to
+ *                 `callback`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetOutputFunction
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogGetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction *callback, void **userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Replace the default log output function with one of your own.
+ *
+ * \param callback an SDL_LogOutputFunction to call instead of the default
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `callback`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogGetOutputFunction
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction callback, void *userdata);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_log_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_main.h

@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SDL_main_h_
+#define SDL_main_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_main.h
+ *
+ *  Redefine main() on some platforms so that it is called by SDL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
+#if defined(__WIN32__)
+/* On Windows SDL provides WinMain(), which parses the command line and passes
+   the arguments to your main function.
+
+   If you provide your own WinMain(), you may define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE
+
+#elif defined(__WINRT__)
+/* On WinRT, SDL provides a main function that initializes CoreApplication,
+   creating an instance of IFrameworkView in the process.
+
+   Please note that #include'ing SDL_main.h is not enough to get a main()
+   function working.  In non-XAML apps, the file,
+   src/main/winrt/SDL_WinRT_main_NonXAML.cpp, or a copy of it, must be compiled
+   into the app itself.  In XAML apps, the function, SDL_WinRTRunApp must be
+   called, with a pointer to the Direct3D-hosted XAML control passed in.
+*/
+#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
+
+#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
+/* On iOS SDL provides a main function that creates an application delegate
+   and starts the iOS application run loop.
+
+   If you link with SDL dynamically on iOS, the main function can't be in a
+   shared library, so you need to link with libSDLmain.a, which includes a
+   stub main function that calls into the shared library to start execution.
+
+   See src/video/uikit/SDL_uikitappdelegate.m for more details.
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
+
+#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
+/* On Android SDL provides a Java class in SDLActivity.java that is the
+   main activity entry point.
+
+   See docs/README-android.md for more details on extending that class.
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
+
+/* We need to export SDL_main so it can be launched from Java */
+#define SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC    DECLSPEC
+
+#elif defined(__NACL__)
+/* On NACL we use ppapi_simple to set up the application helper code,
+   then wait for the first PSE_INSTANCE_DIDCHANGEVIEW event before
+   starting the user main function.
+   All user code is run in a separate thread by ppapi_simple, thus
+   allowing for blocking io to take place via nacl_io
+*/
+#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
+
+#elif defined(__PSP__)
+/* On PSP SDL provides a main function that sets the module info,
+   activates the GPU and starts the thread required to be able to exit
+   the software.
+
+   If you provide this yourself, you may define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE
+
+#endif
+#endif /* SDL_MAIN_HANDLED */
+
+#ifndef SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC
+#define SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_main.h
+ *
+ *  The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
+ *  and should be declared like this:
+ *  \code
+ *  #ifdef __cplusplus
+ *  extern "C"
+ *  #endif
+ *  int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+ *  {
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ */
+
+#if defined(SDL_MAIN_NEEDED) || defined(SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE)
+#define main    SDL_main
+#endif
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  The prototype for the application's main() function
+ */
+typedef int (*SDL_main_func)(int argc, char *argv[]);
+extern SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+
+/**
+ * Circumvent failure of SDL_Init() when not using SDL_main() as an entry
+ * point.
+ *
+ * This function is defined in SDL_main.h, along with the preprocessor rule to
+ * redefine main() as SDL_main(). Thus to ensure that your main() function
+ * will not be changed it is necessary to define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED before
+ * including SDL.h.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetMainReady(void);
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+
+/**
+ * Register a win32 window class for SDL's use.
+ *
+ * This can be called to set the application window class at startup. It is
+ * safe to call this multiple times, as long as every call is eventually
+ * paired with a call to SDL_UnregisterApp, but a second registration attempt
+ * while a previous registration is still active will be ignored, other than
+ * to increment a counter.
+ *
+ * Most applications do not need to, and should not, call this directly; SDL
+ * will call it when initializing the video subsystem.
+ *
+ * \param name the window class name, in UTF-8 encoding. If NULL, SDL
+ *             currently uses "SDL_app" but this isn't guaranteed.
+ * \param style the value to use in WNDCLASSEX::style. If `name` is NULL, SDL
+ *              currently uses `(CS_BYTEALIGNCLIENT | CS_OWNDC)` regardless of
+ *              what is specified here.
+ * \param hInst the HINSTANCE to use in WNDCLASSEX::hInstance. If zero, SDL
+ *              will use `GetModuleHandle(NULL)` instead.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error. SDL_GetError() may have details.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(const char *name, Uint32 style, void *hInst);
+
+/**
+ * Deregister the win32 window class from an SDL_RegisterApp call.
+ *
+ * This can be called to undo the effects of SDL_RegisterApp.
+ *
+ * Most applications do not need to, and should not, call this directly; SDL
+ * will call it when deinitializing the video subsystem.
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this multiple times, as long as every call is eventually
+ * paired with a prior call to SDL_RegisterApp. The window class will only be
+ * deregistered when the registration counter in SDL_RegisterApp decrements to
+ * zero through calls to this function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
+
+#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+
+
+#ifdef __WINRT__
+
+/**
+ * Initialize and launch an SDL/WinRT application.
+ *
+ * \param mainFunction the SDL app's C-style main(), an SDL_main_func
+ * \param reserved reserved for future use; should be NULL
+ * \returns 0 on success or -1 on failure; call SDL_GetError() to retrieve
+ *          more information on the failure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.3.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WinRTRunApp(SDL_main_func mainFunction, void * reserved);
+
+#endif /* __WINRT__ */
+
+#if defined(__IPHONEOS__)
+
+/**
+ * Initializes and launches an SDL application.
+ *
+ * \param argc The argc parameter from the application's main() function
+ * \param argv The argv parameter from the application's main() function
+ * \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main(), an SDL_main_func
+ * \return the return value from mainFunction
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UIKitRunApp(int argc, char *argv[], SDL_main_func mainFunction);
+
+#endif /* __IPHONEOS__ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_main_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_messagebox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SDL_messagebox_h_
+#define SDL_messagebox_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"      /* For SDL_Window */
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR                 = 0x00000010,   /**< error dialog */
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING               = 0x00000020,   /**< warning dialog */
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION           = 0x00000040,   /**< informational dialog */
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTONS_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = 0x00000080,   /**< buttons placed left to right */
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTONS_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = 0x00000100    /**< buttons placed right to left */
+} SDL_MessageBoxFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_RETURNKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000001,  /**< Marks the default button when return is hit */
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_ESCAPEKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000002   /**< Marks the default button when escape is hit */
+} SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Individual button data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    Uint32 flags;       /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags */
+    int buttonid;       /**< User defined button id (value returned via SDL_ShowMessageBox) */
+    const char * text;  /**< The UTF-8 button text */
+} SDL_MessageBoxButtonData;
+
+/**
+ * RGB value used in a message box color scheme
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    Uint8 r, g, b;
+} SDL_MessageBoxColor;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BACKGROUND,
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_TEXT,
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BORDER,
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BACKGROUND,
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_SELECTED,
+    SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX
+} SDL_MessageBoxColorType;
+
+/**
+ * A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    SDL_MessageBoxColor colors[SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX];
+} SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme;
+
+/**
+ * MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    Uint32 flags;                       /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags */
+    SDL_Window *window;                 /**< Parent window, can be NULL */
+    const char *title;                  /**< UTF-8 title */
+    const char *message;                /**< UTF-8 message text */
+
+    int numbuttons;
+    const SDL_MessageBoxButtonData *buttons;
+
+    const SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme *colorScheme;   /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme, can be NULL to use system settings */
+} SDL_MessageBoxData;
+
+/**
+ * Create a modal message box.
+ *
+ * If your needs aren't complex, it might be easier to use
+ * SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox.
+ *
+ * This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
+ * window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
+ * block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or closes the
+ * messagebox.
+ *
+ * This function may be called at any time, even before SDL_Init(). This makes
+ * it useful for reporting errors like a failure to create a renderer or
+ * OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * On X11, SDL rolls its own dialog box with X11 primitives instead of a
+ * formal toolkit like GTK+ or Qt.
+ *
+ * Note that if SDL_Init() would fail because there isn't any available video
+ * target, this function is likely to fail for the same reasons. If this is a
+ * concern, check the return value from this function and fall back to writing
+ * to stderr if you can.
+ *
+ * \param messageboxdata the SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text and
+ *                       other options
+ * \param buttonid the pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowMessageBox(const SDL_MessageBoxData *messageboxdata, int *buttonid);
+
+/**
+ * Display a simple modal message box.
+ *
+ * If your needs aren't complex, this function is preferred over
+ * SDL_ShowMessageBox.
+ *
+ * `flags` may be any of the following:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR`: error dialog
+ * - `SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING`: warning dialog
+ * - `SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION`: informational dialog
+ *
+ * This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
+ * window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
+ * block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or closes the
+ * messagebox.
+ *
+ * This function may be called at any time, even before SDL_Init(). This makes
+ * it useful for reporting errors like a failure to create a renderer or
+ * OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * On X11, SDL rolls its own dialog box with X11 primitives instead of a
+ * formal toolkit like GTK+ or Qt.
+ *
+ * Note that if SDL_Init() would fail because there isn't any available video
+ * target, this function is likely to fail for the same reasons. If this is a
+ * concern, check the return value from this function and fall back to writing
+ * to stderr if you can.
+ *
+ * \param flags an SDL_MessageBoxFlags value
+ * \param title UTF-8 title text
+ * \param message UTF-8 message text
+ * \param window the parent window, or NULL for no parent
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(Uint32 flags, const char *title, const char *message, SDL_Window *window);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_messagebox_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_metal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_metal.h
+ *
+ *  Header file for functions to creating Metal layers and views on SDL windows.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_metal_h_
+#define SDL_metal_h_
+
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief A handle to a CAMetalLayer-backed NSView (macOS) or UIView (iOS/tvOS).
+ *
+ *  \note This can be cast directly to an NSView or UIView.
+ */
+typedef void *SDL_MetalView;
+
+/**
+ *  \name Metal support functions
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * Create a CAMetalLayer-backed NSView/UIView and attach it to the specified
+ * window.
+ *
+ * On macOS, this does *not* associate a MTLDevice with the CAMetalLayer on
+ * its own. It is up to user code to do that.
+ *
+ * The returned handle can be casted directly to a NSView or UIView. To access
+ * the backing CAMetalLayer, call SDL_Metal_GetLayer().
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Metal_DestroyView
+ * \sa SDL_Metal_GetLayer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_MetalView SDLCALL SDL_Metal_CreateView(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy an existing SDL_MetalView object.
+ *
+ * This should be called before SDL_DestroyWindow, if SDL_Metal_CreateView was
+ * called after SDL_CreateWindow.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Metal_CreateView
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Metal_DestroyView(SDL_MetalView view);
+
+/**
+ * Get a pointer to the backing CAMetalLayer for the given view.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MetalCreateView
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_Metal_GetLayer(SDL_MetalView view);
+
+/**
+ * Get the size of a window's underlying drawable in pixels (for use with
+ * setting viewport, scissor & etc).
+ *
+ * \param window SDL_Window from which the drawable size should be queried
+ * \param w Pointer to variable for storing the width in pixels, may be NULL
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowSize
+ * \sa SDL_CreateWindow
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Metal_GetDrawableSize(SDL_Window* window, int *w,
+                                                       int *h);
+
+/* @} *//* Metal support functions */
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_metal_h_ */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_misc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_misc.h
+ *
+ *  \brief Include file for SDL API functions that don't fit elsewhere.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_misc_h_
+#define SDL_misc_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Open a URL/URI in the browser or other appropriate external application.
+ *
+ * Open a URL in a separate, system-provided application. How this works will
+ * vary wildly depending on the platform. This will likely launch what makes
+ * sense to handle a specific URL's protocol (a web browser for `http://`,
+ * etc), but it might also be able to launch file managers for directories and
+ * other things.
+ *
+ * What happens when you open a URL varies wildly as well: your game window
+ * may lose focus (and may or may not lose focus if your game was fullscreen
+ * or grabbing input at the time). On mobile devices, your app will likely
+ * move to the background or your process might be paused. Any given platform
+ * may or may not handle a given URL.
+ *
+ * If this is unimplemented (or simply unavailable) for a platform, this will
+ * fail with an error. A successful result does not mean the URL loaded, just
+ * that we launched _something_ to handle it (or at least believe we did).
+ *
+ * All this to say: this function can be useful, but you should definitely
+ * test it on every platform you target.
+ *
+ * \param url A valid URL/URI to open. Use `file:///full/path/to/file` for
+ *            local files, if supported.
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenURL(const char *url);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_misc_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_mouse.h

@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_mouse.h
+ *
+ *  Include file for SDL mouse event handling.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_mouse_h_
+#define SDL_mouse_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct SDL_Cursor SDL_Cursor;   /**< Implementation dependent */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Cursor types for SDL_CreateSystemCursor().
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW,     /**< Arrow */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM,     /**< I-beam */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT,      /**< Wait */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR, /**< Crosshair */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAITARROW, /**< Small wait cursor (or Wait if not available) */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE,  /**< Double arrow pointing northwest and southeast */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW,  /**< Double arrow pointing northeast and southwest */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE,    /**< Double arrow pointing west and east */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS,    /**< Double arrow pointing north and south */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL,   /**< Four pointed arrow pointing north, south, east, and west */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO,        /**< Slashed circle or crossbones */
+    SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND,      /**< Hand */
+    SDL_NUM_SYSTEM_CURSORS
+} SDL_SystemCursor;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Scroll direction types for the Scroll event
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_NORMAL,    /**< The scroll direction is normal */
+    SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_FLIPPED    /**< The scroll direction is flipped / natural */
+} SDL_MouseWheelDirection;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
+ *
+ * \returns the window with mouse focus.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseFocus(void);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+ *
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can be
+ * tested using the `SDL_BUTTON(X)` macros (where `X` is generally 1 for the
+ * left, 2 for middle, 3 for the right button), and `x` and `y` are set to the
+ * mouse cursor position relative to the focus window. You can pass NULL for
+ * either `x` or `y`.
+ *
+ * \param x the x coordinate of the mouse cursor position relative to the
+ *          focus window
+ * \param y the y coordinate of the mouse cursor position relative to the
+ *          focus window
+ * \returns a 32-bit button bitmask of the current button state.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetGlobalMouseState
+ * \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseState
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of the mouse in relation to the desktop.
+ *
+ * This works similarly to SDL_GetMouseState(), but the coordinates will be
+ * reported relative to the top-left of the desktop. This can be useful if you
+ * need to track the mouse outside of a specific window and SDL_CaptureMouse()
+ * doesn't fit your needs. For example, it could be useful if you need to
+ * track the mouse while dragging a window, where coordinates relative to a
+ * window might not be in sync at all times.
+ *
+ * Note: SDL_GetMouseState() returns the mouse position as SDL understands it
+ * from the last pump of the event queue. This function, however, queries the
+ * OS for the current mouse position, and as such, might be a slightly less
+ * efficient function. Unless you know what you're doing and have a good
+ * reason to use this function, you probably want SDL_GetMouseState() instead.
+ *
+ * \param x filled in with the current X coord relative to the desktop; can be
+ *          NULL
+ * \param y filled in with the current Y coord relative to the desktop; can be
+ *          NULL
+ * \returns the current button state as a bitmask which can be tested using
+ *          the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CaptureMouse
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
+ *
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can be
+ * tested using the `SDL_BUTTON(X)` macros (where `X` is generally 1 for the
+ * left, 2 for middle, 3 for the right button), and `x` and `y` are set to the
+ * mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState() or since
+ * event initialization. You can pass NULL for either `x` or `y`.
+ *
+ * \param x a pointer filled with the last recorded x coordinate of the mouse
+ * \param y a pointer filled with the last recorded y coordinate of the mouse
+ * \returns a 32-bit button bitmask of the relative button state.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetMouseState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/**
+ * Move the mouse cursor to the given position within the window.
+ *
+ * This function generates a mouse motion event.
+ *
+ * Note that this function will appear to succeed, but not actually move the
+ * mouse when used over Microsoft Remote Desktop.
+ *
+ * \param window the window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current
+ *               mouse focus
+ * \param x the x coordinate within the window
+ * \param y the y coordinate within the window
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WarpMouseGlobal
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(SDL_Window * window,
+                                                   int x, int y);
+
+/**
+ * Move the mouse to the given position in global screen space.
+ *
+ * This function generates a mouse motion event.
+ *
+ * A failure of this function usually means that it is unsupported by a
+ * platform.
+ *
+ * Note that this function will appear to succeed, but not actually move the
+ * mouse when used over Microsoft Remote Desktop.
+ *
+ * \param x the x coordinate
+ * \param y the y coordinate
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WarpMouseInWindow
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseGlobal(int x, int y);
+
+/**
+ * Set relative mouse mode.
+ *
+ * While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the driver
+ * will try to report continuous motion in the current window. Only relative
+ * motion events will be delivered, the mouse position will not change.
+ *
+ * Note that this function will not be able to provide continuous relative
+ * motion when used over Microsoft Remote Desktop, instead motion is limited
+ * to the bounds of the screen.
+ *
+ * This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
+ *
+ * \param enabled SDL_TRUE to enable relative mode, SDL_FALSE to disable.
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ *          If relative mode is not supported, this returns -1.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_bool enabled);
+
+/**
+ * Capture the mouse and to track input outside an SDL window.
+ *
+ * Capturing enables your app to obtain mouse events globally, instead of just
+ * within your window. Not all video targets support this function. When
+ * capturing is enabled, the current window will get all mouse events, but
+ * unlike relative mode, no change is made to the cursor and it is not
+ * restrained to your window.
+ *
+ * This function may also deny mouse input to other windows--both those in
+ * your application and others on the system--so you should use this function
+ * sparingly, and in small bursts. For example, you might want to track the
+ * mouse while the user is dragging something, until the user releases a mouse
+ * button. It is not recommended that you capture the mouse for long periods
+ * of time, such as the entire time your app is running. For that, you should
+ * probably use SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode() or SDL_SetWindowGrab(), depending
+ * on your goals.
+ *
+ * While captured, mouse events still report coordinates relative to the
+ * current (foreground) window, but those coordinates may be outside the
+ * bounds of the window (including negative values). Capturing is only allowed
+ * for the foreground window. If the window loses focus while capturing, the
+ * capture will be disabled automatically.
+ *
+ * While capturing is enabled, the current window will have the
+ * `SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_CAPTURE` flag set.
+ *
+ * \param enabled SDL_TRUE to enable capturing, SDL_FALSE to disable.
+ * \returns 0 on success or -1 if not supported; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetGlobalMouseState
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CaptureMouse(SDL_bool enabled);
+
+/**
+ * Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if relative mode is enabled or SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a cursor using the specified bitmap data and mask (in MSB format).
+ *
+ * `mask` has to be in MSB (Most Significant Bit) format.
+ *
+ * The cursor width (`w`) must be a multiple of 8 bits.
+ *
+ * The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
+ *
+ * - data=0, mask=1: white
+ * - data=1, mask=1: black
+ * - data=0, mask=0: transparent
+ * - data=1, mask=0: inverted color if possible, black if not.
+ *
+ * Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor().
+ *
+ * If you want to have a color cursor, or create your cursor from an
+ * SDL_Surface, you should use SDL_CreateColorCursor(). Alternately, you can
+ * hide the cursor and draw your own as part of your game's rendering, but it
+ * will be bound to the framerate.
+ *
+ * Also, since SDL 2.0.0, SDL_CreateSystemCursor() is available, which
+ * provides twelve readily available system cursors to pick from.
+ *
+ * \param data the color value for each pixel of the cursor
+ * \param mask the mask value for each pixel of the cursor
+ * \param w the width of the cursor
+ * \param h the height of the cursor
+ * \param hot_x the X-axis location of the upper left corner of the cursor
+ *              relative to the actual mouse position
+ * \param hot_y the Y-axis location of the upper left corner of the cursor
+ *              relative to the actual mouse position
+ * \returns a new cursor with the specified parameters on success or NULL on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor
+ * \sa SDL_SetCursor
+ * \sa SDL_ShowCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
+                                                     const Uint8 * mask,
+                                                     int w, int h, int hot_x,
+                                                     int hot_y);
+
+/**
+ * Create a color cursor.
+ *
+ * \param surface an SDL_Surface structure representing the cursor image
+ * \param hot_x the x position of the cursor hot spot
+ * \param hot_y the y position of the cursor hot spot
+ * \returns the new cursor on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateColorCursor(SDL_Surface *surface,
+                                                          int hot_x,
+                                                          int hot_y);
+
+/**
+ * Create a system cursor.
+ *
+ * \param id an SDL_SystemCursor enum value
+ * \returns a cursor on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SystemCursor id);
+
+/**
+ * Set the active cursor.
+ *
+ * This function sets the currently active cursor to the specified one. If the
+ * cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately represented on
+ * the display. SDL_SetCursor(NULL) can be used to force cursor redraw, if
+ * this is desired for any reason.
+ *
+ * \param cursor a cursor to make active
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_GetCursor
+ * \sa SDL_ShowCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
+
+/**
+ * Get the active cursor.
+ *
+ * This function returns a pointer to the current cursor which is owned by the
+ * library. It is not necessary to free the cursor with SDL_FreeCursor().
+ *
+ * \returns the active cursor or NULL if there is no mouse.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the default cursor.
+ *
+ * \returns the default cursor on success or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultCursor(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free a previously-created cursor.
+ *
+ * Use this function to free cursor resources created with SDL_CreateCursor(),
+ * SDL_CreateColorCursor() or SDL_CreateSystemCursor().
+ *
+ * \param cursor the cursor to free
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateColorCursor
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
+
+/**
+ * Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
+ *
+ * The cursor starts off displayed but can be turned off. Passing `SDL_ENABLE`
+ * displays the cursor and passing `SDL_DISABLE` hides it.
+ *
+ * The current state of the mouse cursor can be queried by passing
+ * `SDL_QUERY`; either `SDL_DISABLE` or `SDL_ENABLE` will be returned.
+ *
+ * \param toggle `SDL_ENABLE` to show the cursor, `SDL_DISABLE` to hide it,
+ *               `SDL_QUERY` to query the current state without changing it.
+ * \returns `SDL_ENABLE` if the cursor is shown, or `SDL_DISABLE` if the
+ *          cursor is hidden, or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_SetCursor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
+
+/**
+ * Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
+ *
+ * - Button 1:  Left mouse button
+ * - Button 2:  Middle mouse button
+ * - Button 3:  Right mouse button
+ */
+#define SDL_BUTTON(X)       (1 << ((X)-1))
+#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT     1
+#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE   2
+#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT    3
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X1       4
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X2       5
+#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK    SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK    SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK    SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK   SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X1)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK   SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X2)
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_mouse_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_mutex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SDL_mutex_h_
+#define SDL_mutex_h_
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_mutex.h
+ *
+ *  Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives.
+ */
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
+ *  if they time out.
+ */
+#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT  1
+
+/**
+ *  This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out.
+ */
+#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT   (~(Uint32)0)
+
+
+/**
+ *  \name Mutex functions
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_sysmutex.c */
+struct SDL_mutex;
+typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
+
+/**
+ * Create a new mutex.
+ *
+ * All newly-created mutexes begin in the _unlocked_ state.
+ *
+ * Calls to SDL_LockMutex() will not return while the mutex is locked by
+ * another thread. See SDL_TryLockMutex() to attempt to lock without blocking.
+ *
+ * SDL mutexes are reentrant.
+ *
+ * \returns the initialized and unlocked mutex or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyMutex
+ * \sa SDL_LockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_TryLockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockMutex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex *SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
+
+/**
+ * Lock the mutex.
+ *
+ * This will block until the mutex is available, which is to say it is in the
+ * unlocked state and the OS has chosen the caller as the next thread to lock
+ * it. Of all threads waiting to lock the mutex, only one may do so at a time.
+ *
+ * It is legal for the owning thread to lock an already-locked mutex. It must
+ * unlock it the same number of times before it is actually made available for
+ * other threads in the system (this is known as a "recursive mutex").
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to lock
+ * \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+#define SDL_mutexP(m)   SDL_LockMutex(m)
+
+/**
+ * Try to lock a mutex without blocking.
+ *
+ * This works just like SDL_LockMutex(), but if the mutex is not available,
+ * this function returns `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEOUT` immediately.
+ *
+ * This technique is useful if you need exclusive access to a resource but
+ * don't want to wait for it, and will return to it to try again later.
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to try to lock
+ * \returns 0, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT`, or -1 on error; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateMutex
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyMutex
+ * \sa SDL_LockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockMutex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TryLockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Unlock the mutex.
+ *
+ * It is legal for the owning thread to lock an already-locked mutex. It must
+ * unlock it the same number of times before it is actually made available for
+ * other threads in the system (this is known as a "recursive mutex").
+ *
+ * It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by the current
+ * thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * It is also an error to unlock a mutex that isn't locked at all.
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to unlock.
+ * \returns 0, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UnlockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+#define SDL_mutexV(m)   SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
+
+/**
+ * Destroy a mutex created with SDL_CreateMutex().
+ *
+ * This function must be called on any mutex that is no longer needed. Failure
+ * to destroy a mutex will result in a system memory or resource leak. While
+ * it is safe to destroy a mutex that is _unlocked_, it is not safe to attempt
+ * to destroy a locked mutex, and may result in undefined behavior depending
+ * on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to destroy
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateMutex
+ * \sa SDL_LockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_TryLockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockMutex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/* @} *//* Mutex functions */
+
+
+/**
+ *  \name Semaphore functions
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_syssem.c */
+struct SDL_semaphore;
+typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
+
+/**
+ * Create a semaphore.
+ *
+ * This function creates a new semaphore and initializes it with the value
+ * `initial_value`. Each wait operation on the semaphore will atomically
+ * decrement the semaphore value and potentially block if the semaphore value
+ * is 0. Each post operation will atomically increment the semaphore value and
+ * wake waiting threads and allow them to retry the wait operation.
+ *
+ * \param initial_value the starting value of the semaphore
+ * \returns a new semaphore or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy a semaphore.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to destroy a semaphore if there are threads currently
+ * waiting on it.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to destroy
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * Wait until a semaphore has a positive value and then decrements it.
+ *
+ * This function suspends the calling thread until either the semaphore
+ * pointed to by `sem` has a positive value or the call is interrupted by a
+ * signal or error. If the call is successful it will atomically decrement the
+ * semaphore value.
+ *
+ * This function is the equivalent of calling SDL_SemWaitTimeout() with a time
+ * length of `SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT`.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore wait on
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * See if a semaphore has a positive value and decrement it if it does.
+ *
+ * This function checks to see if the semaphore pointed to by `sem` has a
+ * positive value and atomically decrements the semaphore value if it does. If
+ * the semaphore doesn't have a positive value, the function immediately
+ * returns SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to wait on
+ * \returns 0 if the wait succeeds, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT` if the wait would
+ *          block, or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * Wait until a semaphore has a positive value and then decrements it.
+ *
+ * This function suspends the calling thread until either the semaphore
+ * pointed to by `sem` has a positive value, the call is interrupted by a
+ * signal or error, or the specified time has elapsed. If the call is
+ * successful it will atomically decrement the semaphore value.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to wait on
+ * \param ms the length of the timeout, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0 if the wait succeeds, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT` if the wait does not
+ *          succeed in the allotted time, or a negative error code on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem * sem, Uint32 ms);
+
+/**
+ * Atomically increment a semaphore's value and wake waiting threads.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to increment
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current value of a semaphore.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to query
+ * \returns the current value of the semaphore.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/* @} *//* Semaphore functions */
+
+
+/**
+ *  \name Condition variable functions
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_syscond.c */
+struct SDL_cond;
+typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
+
+/**
+ * Create a condition variable.
+ *
+ * \returns a new condition variable or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy a condition variable.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to destroy
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond * cond);
+
+/**
+ * Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to signal
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond * cond);
+
+/**
+ * Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to signal
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond * cond);
+
+/**
+ * Wait until a condition variable is signaled.
+ *
+ * This function unlocks the specified `mutex` and waits for another thread to
+ * call SDL_CondSignal() or SDL_CondBroadcast() on the condition variable
+ * `cond`. Once the condition variable is signaled, the mutex is re-locked and
+ * the function returns.
+ *
+ * The mutex must be locked before calling this function.
+ *
+ * This function is the equivalent of calling SDL_CondWaitTimeout() with a
+ * time length of `SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT`.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to wait on
+ * \param mutex the mutex used to coordinate thread access
+ * \returns 0 when it is signaled or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond * cond, SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Wait until a condition variable is signaled or a certain time has passed.
+ *
+ * This function unlocks the specified `mutex` and waits for another thread to
+ * call SDL_CondSignal() or SDL_CondBroadcast() on the condition variable
+ * `cond`, or for the specified time to elapse. Once the condition variable is
+ * signaled or the time elapsed, the mutex is re-locked and the function
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * The mutex must be locked before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to wait on
+ * \param mutex the mutex used to coordinate thread access
+ * \param ms the maximum time to wait, in milliseconds, or `SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT`
+ *           to wait indefinitely
+ * \returns 0 if the condition variable is signaled, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT` if
+ *          the condition is not signaled in the allotted time, or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond * cond,
+                                                SDL_mutex * mutex, Uint32 ms);
+
+/* @} *//* Condition variable functions */
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_mutex_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_name.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_name.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_opengl.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_opengl.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_opengl_glext.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_opengl_glext.h

@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ extern "C" {
 #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
 #endif
+#ifndef NOMINMAX   /* don't define min() and max(). */
+#define NOMINMAX
+#endif
 #include <windows.h>
 #endif
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_opengles.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_opengles.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_opengles2.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_opengles2.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
  */
 #include "SDL_config.h"
 
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SDL_USE_BUILTIN_OPENGL_DEFINITIONS)
 
 #ifdef __IPHONEOS__
 #include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_pixels.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_pixels.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern "C" {
 /* @} */
 
 /** Pixel type. */
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDL_PIXELTYPE_UNKNOWN,
     SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1,
@@ -62,18 +62,18 @@ enum
     SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU32,
     SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF16,
     SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF32
-};
+} SDL_PixelType;
 
 /** Bitmap pixel order, high bit -> low bit. */
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDL_BITMAPORDER_NONE,
     SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321,
     SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234
-};
+} SDL_BitmapOrder;
 
 /** Packed component order, high bit -> low bit. */
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDL_PACKEDORDER_NONE,
     SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
@@ -84,12 +84,12 @@ enum
     SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
     SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
     SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA
-};
+} SDL_PackedOrder;
 
 /** Array component order, low byte -> high byte. */
 /* !!! FIXME: in 2.1, make these not overlap differently with
    !!! FIXME:  SDL_PACKEDORDER_*, so we can simplify SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ALPHA */
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDL_ARRAYORDER_NONE,
     SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB,
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ enum
     SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR,
     SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGRA,
     SDL_ARRAYORDER_ABGR
-};
+} SDL_ArrayOrder;
 
 /** Packed component layout. */
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_NONE,
     SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332,
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ enum
     SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888,
     SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010,
     SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1010102
-};
+} SDL_PackedLayout;
 
 #define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC(A, B, C, D) SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D)
 
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ enum
     ((format) && (SDL_PIXELFLAG(format) != 1))
 
 /* Note: If you modify this list, update SDL_GetPixelFormatName() */
-enum
+typedef enum
 {
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN,
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1LSB =
@@ -188,15 +188,22 @@ enum
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB332 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332, 8, 1),
-    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 =
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XRGB4444 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 12, 2),
-    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB555 =
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XRGB4444,
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XBGR4444 =
+        SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
+                               SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 12, 2),
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR444 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XBGR4444,
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XRGB1555 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
-    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR555 =
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB555 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XRGB1555,
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XBGR1555 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR555 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XBGR1555,
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB4444 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
@@ -233,15 +240,17 @@ enum
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR24 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR, 0,
                                24, 3),
-    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 =
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XRGB8888 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XRGB8888,
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBX8888 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
-    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR888 =
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XBGR8888 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR888 = SDL_PIXELFORMAT_XBGR8888,
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRX8888 =
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
                                SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
@@ -287,9 +296,16 @@ enum
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_NV12 =      /**< Planar mode: Y + U/V interleaved  (2 planes) */
         SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('N', 'V', '1', '2'),
     SDL_PIXELFORMAT_NV21 =      /**< Planar mode: Y + V/U interleaved  (2 planes) */
-        SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('N', 'V', '2', '1')
-};
+        SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('N', 'V', '2', '1'),
+    SDL_PIXELFORMAT_EXTERNAL_OES =      /**< Android video texture format */
+        SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('O', 'E', 'S', ' ')
+} SDL_PixelFormatEnum;
 
+/**
+ * The bits of this structure can be directly reinterpreted as an integer-packed
+ * color which uses the SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32 format (SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888
+ * on little-endian systems and SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8888 on big-endian systems).
+ */
 typedef struct SDL_Color
 {
     Uint8 r;
@@ -334,16 +350,31 @@ typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat
 } SDL_PixelFormat;
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the human readable name of a pixel format
+ * Get the human readable name of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * \param format the pixel format to query
+ * \returns the human readable name of the specified pixel format or
+ *          `SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN` if the format isn't recognized.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GetPixelFormatName(Uint32 format);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp and RGBA masks.
+ * Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp value and RGBA masks.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't possible.
+ * \param format one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values
+ * \param bpp a bits per pixel value; usually 15, 16, or 32
+ * \param Rmask a pointer filled in with the red mask for the format
+ * \param Gmask a pointer filled in with the green mask for the format
+ * \param Bmask a pointer filled in with the blue mask for the format
+ * \param Amask a pointer filled in with the alpha mask for the format
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't
+ *          possible; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum()
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
                                                             int *bpp,
@@ -353,12 +384,21 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
                                                             Uint32 * Amask);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Convert a bpp and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
+ * Convert a bpp value and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
+ *
+ * This will return `SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN` if the conversion wasn't
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * \param bpp a bits per pixel value; usually 15, 16, or 32
+ * \param Rmask the red mask for the format
+ * \param Gmask the green mask for the format
+ * \param Bmask the blue mask for the format
+ * \param Amask the alpha mask for the format
+ * \returns one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values
  *
- *  \return The pixel format, or ::SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN if the conversion
- *          wasn't possible.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks()
+ * \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
                                                           Uint32 Rmask,
@@ -367,84 +407,213 @@ extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
                                                           Uint32 Amask);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure from a pixel format enum.
+ * Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure corresponding to a pixel format.
+ *
+ * Returned structure may come from a shared global cache (i.e. not newly
+ * allocated), and hence should not be modified, especially the palette. Weird
+ * errors such as `Blit combination not supported` may occur.
+ *
+ * \param pixel_format one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values
+ * \returns the new SDL_PixelFormat structure or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeFormat
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_PixelFormat * SDLCALL SDL_AllocFormat(Uint32 pixel_format);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure.
+ * Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure allocated by SDL_AllocFormat().
+ *
+ * \param format the SDL_PixelFormat structure to free
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocFormat
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeFormat(SDL_PixelFormat *format);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a palette structure with the specified number of color
- *         entries.
+ * Create a palette structure with the specified number of color entries.
+ *
+ * The palette entries are initialized to white.
  *
- *  \return A new palette, or NULL if there wasn't enough memory.
+ * \param ncolors represents the number of color entries in the color palette
+ * \returns a new SDL_Palette structure on success or NULL on failure (e.g. if
+ *          there wasn't enough memory); call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \note The palette entries are initialized to white.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_FreePalette()
+ * \sa SDL_FreePalette
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Palette *SDLCALL SDL_AllocPalette(int ncolors);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
+ * Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
+ *
+ * \param format the SDL_PixelFormat structure that will use the palette
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure that will be used
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette
+ * \sa SDL_FreePalette
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPixelFormatPalette(SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                                       SDL_Palette *palette);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set a range of colors in a palette.
+ * Set a range of colors in a palette.
+ *
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure to modify
+ * \param colors an array of SDL_Color structures to copy into the palette
+ * \param firstcolor the index of the first palette entry to modify
+ * \param ncolors the number of entries to modify
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code if not all of the colors
+ *          could be set; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param palette    The palette to modify.
- *  \param colors     An array of colors to copy into the palette.
- *  \param firstcolor The index of the first palette entry to modify.
- *  \param ncolors    The number of entries to modify.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if not all of the colors could be set.
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPaletteColors(SDL_Palette * palette,
                                                  const SDL_Color * colors,
                                                  int firstcolor, int ncolors);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
+ * Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
+ *
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure to be freed
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_AllocPalette()
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreePalette(SDL_Palette * palette);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ * Map an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MapRGBA
+ * This function maps the RGB color value to the specified pixel format and
+ * returns the pixel value best approximating the given RGB color value for
+ * the given pixel format.
+ *
+ * If the format has a palette (8-bit) the index of the closest matching color
+ * in the palette will be returned.
+ *
+ * If the specified pixel format has an alpha component it will be returned as
+ * all 1 bits (fully opaque).
+ *
+ * If the pixel format bpp (color depth) is less than 32-bpp then the unused
+ * upper bits of the return value can safely be ignored (e.g., with a 16-bpp
+ * format the return value can be assigned to a Uint16, and similarly a Uint8
+ * for an 8-bpp format).
+ *
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the pixel format
+ * \param r the red component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param g the green component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param b the blue component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \returns a pixel value
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                           Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ * Map an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ *
+ * This function maps the RGBA color value to the specified pixel format and
+ * returns the pixel value best approximating the given RGBA color value for
+ * the given pixel format.
+ *
+ * If the specified pixel format has no alpha component the alpha value will
+ * be ignored (as it will be in formats with a palette).
+ *
+ * If the format has a palette (8-bit) the index of the closest matching color
+ * in the palette will be returned.
+ *
+ * If the pixel format bpp (color depth) is less than 32-bpp then the unused
+ * upper bits of the return value can safely be ignored (e.g., with a 16-bpp
+ * format the return value can be assigned to a Uint16, and similarly a Uint8
+ * for an 8-bpp format).
+ *
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the format of the
+ *               pixel
+ * \param r the red component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param g the green component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param b the blue component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param a the alpha component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \returns a pixel value
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                            Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
                                            Uint8 a);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the RGB components from a pixel of the specified format.
+ * Get RGB values from a pixel in the specified format.
+ *
+ * This function uses the entire 8-bit [0..255] range when converting color
+ * components from pixel formats with less than 8-bits per RGB component
+ * (e.g., a completely white pixel in 16-bit RGB565 format would return [0xff,
+ * 0xff, 0xff] not [0xf8, 0xfc, 0xf8]).
+ *
+ * \param pixel a pixel value
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the format of the
+ *               pixel
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the red component
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the green component
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the blue component
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel,
                                         const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                         Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the RGBA components from a pixel of the specified format.
+ * Get RGBA values from a pixel in the specified format.
+ *
+ * This function uses the entire 8-bit [0..255] range when converting color
+ * components from pixel formats with less than 8-bits per RGB component
+ * (e.g., a completely white pixel in 16-bit RGB565 format would return [0xff,
+ * 0xff, 0xff] not [0xf8, 0xfc, 0xf8]).
+ *
+ * If the surface has no alpha component, the alpha will be returned as 0xff
+ * (100% opaque).
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \param pixel a pixel value
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the format of the
+ *               pixel
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the red component
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the green component
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the blue component
+ * \param a a pointer filled in with the alpha component
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
                                          const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
@@ -452,7 +621,14 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
                                          Uint8 * a);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
+ * Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
+ *
+ * \param gamma a gamma value where 0.0 is black and 1.0 is identity
+ * \param ramp an array of 256 values filled in with the gamma ramp
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CalculateGammaRamp(float gamma, Uint16 * ramp);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_platform.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_platform.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -70,6 +70,27 @@
 /* lets us know what version of Mac OS X we're compiling on */
 #include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
 #include "TargetConditionals.h"
+
+/* Fix building with older SDKs that don't define these
+   See this for more information:
+   https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12132933/preprocessor-macro-for-os-x-targets
+*/
+#ifndef TARGET_OS_MACCATALYST
+#define TARGET_OS_MACCATALYST 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TARGET_OS_IOS
+#define TARGET_OS_IOS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TARGET_OS_IPHONE
+#define TARGET_OS_IPHONE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TARGET_OS_TV
+#define TARGET_OS_TV 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TARGET_OS_SIMULATOR
+#define TARGET_OS_SIMULATOR 0
+#endif
+
 #if TARGET_OS_TV
 #undef __TVOS__
 #define __TVOS__ 1
@@ -121,7 +142,12 @@
 #if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
 /* Try to find out if we're compiling for WinRT or non-WinRT */
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__has_include)
-#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H __has_include(<winapifamily.h>)
+#if __has_include(<winapifamily.h>)
+#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 1
+#else
+#define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 0
+#endif
+
 /* If _USING_V110_SDK71_ is defined it means we are using the Windows XP toolset. */
 #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1700 && !_USING_V110_SDK71_)    /* _MSC_VER == 1700 for Visual Studio 2012 */
 #define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY_H 1
@@ -170,6 +196,9 @@
 #define __SDL_NOGETPROCADDR__
 #endif
 
+#if defined(__vita__)
+#define __VITA__ 1
+#endif
 
 #include "begin_code.h"
 /* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
@@ -178,7 +207,20 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the name of the platform.
+ * Get the name of the platform.
+ *
+ * Here are the names returned for some (but not all) supported platforms:
+ *
+ * - "Windows"
+ * - "Mac OS X"
+ * - "Linux"
+ * - "iOS"
+ * - "Android"
+ *
+ * \returns the name of the platform. If the correct platform name is not
+ *          available, returns a string beginning with the text "Unknown".
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetPlatform (void);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_power.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_power.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  \brief The basic state for the system's power supply.
+ *  The basic state for the system's power supply.
  */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -50,17 +50,30 @@ typedef enum
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current power supply details.
+ * Get the current power supply details.
  *
- *  \param secs Seconds of battery life left. You can pass a NULL here if
- *              you don't care. Will return -1 if we can't determine a
- *              value, or we're not running on a battery.
+ * You should never take a battery status as absolute truth. Batteries
+ * (especially failing batteries) are delicate hardware, and the values
+ * reported here are best estimates based on what that hardware reports. It's
+ * not uncommon for older batteries to lose stored power much faster than it
+ * reports, or completely drain when reporting it has 20 percent left, etc.
  *
- *  \param pct Percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100. You can
- *             pass a NULL here if you don't care. Will return -1 if we
- *             can't determine a value, or we're not running on a battery.
+ * Battery status can change at any time; if you are concerned with power
+ * state, you should call this function frequently, and perhaps ignore changes
+ * until they seem to be stable for a few seconds.
  *
- *  \return The state of the battery (if any).
+ * It's possible a platform can only report battery percentage or time left
+ * but not both.
+ *
+ * \param secs seconds of battery life left, you can pass a NULL here if you
+ *             don't care, will return -1 if we can't determine a value, or
+ *             we're not running on a battery
+ * \param pct percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100, you can pass
+ *            a NULL here if you don't care, will return -1 if we can't
+ *            determine a value, or we're not running on a battery
+ * \returns an SDL_PowerState enum representing the current battery state.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_PowerState SDLCALL SDL_GetPowerInfo(int *secs, int *pct);
 

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_quit.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_quit.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_rect.h

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_rect.h
+ *
+ *  Header file for SDL_rect definition and management functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_rect_h_
+#define SDL_rect_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_pixels.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The structure that defines a point (integer)
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ * \sa SDL_PointInRect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Point
+{
+    int x;
+    int y;
+} SDL_Point;
+
+/**
+ * The structure that defines a point (floating point)
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ * \sa SDL_PointInRect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_FPoint
+{
+    float x;
+    float y;
+} SDL_FPoint;
+
+
+/**
+ * A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (integer).
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RectEmpty
+ * \sa SDL_RectEquals
+ * \sa SDL_HasIntersection
+ * \sa SDL_IntersectRect
+ * \sa SDL_UnionRect
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Rect
+{
+    int x, y;
+    int w, h;
+} SDL_Rect;
+
+
+/**
+ * A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (floating point).
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_FRect
+{
+    float x;
+    float y;
+    float w;
+    float h;
+} SDL_FRect;
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if point resides inside a rectangle.
+ */
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_PointInRect(const SDL_Point *p, const SDL_Rect *r)
+{
+    return ( (p->x >= r->x) && (p->x < (r->x + r->w)) &&
+             (p->y >= r->y) && (p->y < (r->y + r->h)) ) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
+ */
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
+{
+    return ((!r) || (r->w <= 0) || (r->h <= 0)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
+ */
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
+{
+    return (a && b && (a->x == b->x) && (a->y == b->y) &&
+            (a->w == b->w) && (a->h == b->h)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
+ *
+ * If either pointer is NULL the function will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \param A an SDL_Rect structure representing the first rectangle
+ * \param B an SDL_Rect structure representing the second rectangle
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_IntersectRect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasIntersection(const SDL_Rect * A,
+                                                     const SDL_Rect * B);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
+ *
+ * If `result` is NULL then this function will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \param A an SDL_Rect structure representing the first rectangle
+ * \param B an SDL_Rect structure representing the second rectangle
+ * \param result an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the intersection of
+ *               rectangles `A` and `B`
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasIntersection
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
+                                                   const SDL_Rect * B,
+                                                   SDL_Rect * result);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the union of two rectangles.
+ *
+ * \param A an SDL_Rect structure representing the first rectangle
+ * \param B an SDL_Rect structure representing the second rectangle
+ * \param result an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the union of rectangles
+ *               `A` and `B`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnionRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
+                                           const SDL_Rect * B,
+                                           SDL_Rect * result);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points.
+ *
+ * If `clip` is not NULL then only points inside of the clipping rectangle are
+ * considered.
+ *
+ * \param points an array of SDL_Point structures representing points to be
+ *               enclosed
+ * \param count the number of structures in the `points` array
+ * \param clip an SDL_Rect used for clipping or NULL to enclose all points
+ * \param result an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the minimal enclosing
+ *               rectangle
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if any points were enclosed or SDL_FALSE if all the
+ *          points were outside of the clipping rectangle.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
+                                                   int count,
+                                                   const SDL_Rect * clip,
+                                                   SDL_Rect * result);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
+ *
+ * This function is used to clip a line segment to a rectangle. A line segment
+ * contained entirely within the rectangle or that does not intersect will
+ * remain unchanged. A line segment that crosses the rectangle at either or
+ * both ends will be clipped to the boundary of the rectangle and the new
+ * coordinates saved in `X1`, `Y1`, `X2`, and/or `Y2` as necessary.
+ *
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to intersect
+ * \param X1 a pointer to the starting X-coordinate of the line
+ * \param Y1 a pointer to the starting Y-coordinate of the line
+ * \param X2 a pointer to the ending X-coordinate of the line
+ * \param Y2 a pointer to the ending Y-coordinate of the line
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRectAndLine(const SDL_Rect *
+                                                          rect, int *X1,
+                                                          int *Y1, int *X2,
+                                                          int *Y2);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_rect_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_render.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1890 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_render.h
+ *
+ *  Header file for SDL 2D rendering functions.
+ *
+ *  This API supports the following features:
+ *      * single pixel points
+ *      * single pixel lines
+ *      * filled rectangles
+ *      * texture images
+ *
+ *  The primitives may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
+ *
+ *  The texture images may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
+ *  They can have an additional color tint or alpha modulation applied to
+ *  them, and may also be stretched with linear interpolation.
+ *
+ *  This API is designed to accelerate simple 2D operations. You may
+ *  want more functionality such as polygons and particle effects and
+ *  in that case you should use SDL's OpenGL/Direct3D support or one
+ *  of the many good 3D engines.
+ *
+ *  These functions must be called from the main thread.
+ *  See this bug for details: http://bugzilla.libsdl.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_render_h_
+#define SDL_render_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_rect.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Flags used when creating a rendering context
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_RENDERER_SOFTWARE = 0x00000001,         /**< The renderer is a software fallback */
+    SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED = 0x00000002,      /**< The renderer uses hardware
+                                                     acceleration */
+    SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC = 0x00000004,     /**< Present is synchronized
+                                                     with the refresh rate */
+    SDL_RENDERER_TARGETTEXTURE = 0x00000008     /**< The renderer supports
+                                                     rendering to texture */
+} SDL_RendererFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Information on the capabilities of a render driver or context.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_RendererInfo
+{
+    const char *name;           /**< The name of the renderer */
+    Uint32 flags;               /**< Supported ::SDL_RendererFlags */
+    Uint32 num_texture_formats; /**< The number of available texture formats */
+    Uint32 texture_formats[16]; /**< The available texture formats */
+    int max_texture_width;      /**< The maximum texture width */
+    int max_texture_height;     /**< The maximum texture height */
+} SDL_RendererInfo;
+
+/**
+ *  Vertex structure
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Vertex
+{
+    SDL_FPoint position;        /**< Vertex position, in SDL_Renderer coordinates  */
+    SDL_Color  color;           /**< Vertex color */
+    SDL_FPoint tex_coord;       /**< Normalized texture coordinates, if needed */
+} SDL_Vertex;
+
+/**
+ * The scaling mode for a texture.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_ScaleModeNearest, /**< nearest pixel sampling */
+    SDL_ScaleModeLinear,  /**< linear filtering */
+    SDL_ScaleModeBest     /**< anisotropic filtering */
+} SDL_ScaleMode;
+
+/**
+ * The access pattern allowed for a texture.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC,    /**< Changes rarely, not lockable */
+    SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING, /**< Changes frequently, lockable */
+    SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET     /**< Texture can be used as a render target */
+} SDL_TextureAccess;
+
+/**
+ * The texture channel modulation used in SDL_RenderCopy().
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_NONE = 0x00000000,     /**< No modulation */
+    SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_COLOR = 0x00000001,    /**< srcC = srcC * color */
+    SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_ALPHA = 0x00000002     /**< srcA = srcA * alpha */
+} SDL_TextureModulate;
+
+/**
+ * Flip constants for SDL_RenderCopyEx
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_FLIP_NONE = 0x00000000,     /**< Do not flip */
+    SDL_FLIP_HORIZONTAL = 0x00000001,    /**< flip horizontally */
+    SDL_FLIP_VERTICAL = 0x00000002     /**< flip vertically */
+} SDL_RendererFlip;
+
+/**
+ * A structure representing rendering state
+ */
+struct SDL_Renderer;
+typedef struct SDL_Renderer SDL_Renderer;
+
+/**
+ * An efficient driver-specific representation of pixel data
+ */
+struct SDL_Texture;
+typedef struct SDL_Texture SDL_Texture;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of 2D rendering drivers available for the current display.
+ *
+ * A render driver is a set of code that handles rendering and texture
+ * management on a particular display. Normally there is only one, but some
+ * drivers may have several available with different capabilities.
+ *
+ * There may be none if SDL was compiled without render support.
+ *
+ * \returns a number >= 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumRenderDrivers(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get info about a specific 2D rendering driver for the current display.
+ *
+ * \param index the index of the driver to query information about
+ * \param info an SDL_RendererInfo structure to be filled with information on
+ *             the rendering driver
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumRenderDrivers
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo(int index,
+                                                    SDL_RendererInfo * info);
+
+/**
+ * Create a window and default renderer.
+ *
+ * \param width the width of the window
+ * \param height the height of the window
+ * \param window_flags the flags used to create the window (see
+ *                     SDL_CreateWindow())
+ * \param window a pointer filled with the window, or NULL on error
+ * \param renderer a pointer filled with the renderer, or NULL on error
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_CreateWindow
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowAndRenderer(
+                                int width, int height, Uint32 window_flags,
+                                SDL_Window **window, SDL_Renderer **renderer);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create a 2D rendering context for a window.
+ *
+ * \param window the window where rendering is displayed
+ * \param index the index of the rendering driver to initialize, or -1 to
+ *              initialize the first one supporting the requested flags
+ * \param flags 0, or one or more SDL_RendererFlags OR'd together
+ * \returns a valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumRenderDrivers
+ * \sa SDL_GetRendererInfo
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRenderer(SDL_Window * window,
+                                               int index, Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a 2D software rendering context for a surface.
+ *
+ * Two other API which can be used to create SDL_Renderer:
+ * SDL_CreateRenderer() and SDL_CreateWindowAndRenderer(). These can _also_
+ * create a software renderer, but they are intended to be used with an
+ * SDL_Window as the final destination and not an SDL_Surface.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure representing the surface where
+ *                rendering is done
+ * \returns a valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_CreateWindowRenderer
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer(SDL_Surface * surface);
+
+/**
+ * Get the renderer associated with a window.
+ *
+ * \param window the window to query
+ * \returns the rendering context on success or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderer(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * Get information about a rendering context.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param info an SDL_RendererInfo structure filled with information about the
+ *             current renderer
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererInfo(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                SDL_RendererInfo * info);
+
+/**
+ * Get the output size in pixels of a rendering context.
+ *
+ * Due to high-dpi displays, you might end up with a rendering context that
+ * has more pixels than the window that contains it, so use this instead of
+ * SDL_GetWindowSize() to decide how much drawing area you have.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param w an int filled with the width
+ * \param h an int filled with the height
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                      int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * Create a texture for a rendering context.
+ *
+ * You can set the texture scaling method by setting
+ * `SDL_HINT_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY` before creating the texture.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param format one of the enumerated values in SDL_PixelFormatEnum
+ * \param access one of the enumerated values in SDL_TextureAccess
+ * \param w the width of the texture in pixels
+ * \param h the height of the texture in pixels
+ * \returns a pointer to the created texture or NULL if no rendering context
+ *          was active, the format was unsupported, or the width or height
+ *          were out of range; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyTexture
+ * \sa SDL_QueryTexture
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTexture(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                        Uint32 format,
+                                                        int access, int w,
+                                                        int h);
+
+/**
+ * Create a texture from an existing surface.
+ *
+ * The surface is not modified or freed by this function.
+ *
+ * The SDL_TextureAccess hint for the created texture is
+ * `SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC`.
+ *
+ * The pixel format of the created texture may be different from the pixel
+ * format of the surface. Use SDL_QueryTexture() to query the pixel format of
+ * the texture.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure containing pixel data used to fill
+ *                the texture
+ * \returns the created texture or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTexture
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyTexture
+ * \sa SDL_QueryTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface(SDL_Renderer * renderer, SDL_Surface * surface);
+
+/**
+ * Query the attributes of a texture.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to query
+ * \param format a pointer filled in with the raw format of the texture; the
+ *               actual format may differ, but pixel transfers will use this
+ *               format (one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values)
+ * \param access a pointer filled in with the actual access to the texture
+ *               (one of the SDL_TextureAccess values)
+ * \param w a pointer filled in with the width of the texture in pixels
+ * \param h a pointer filled in with the height of the texture in pixels
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueryTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                             Uint32 * format, int *access,
+                                             int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * Set an additional color value multiplied into render copy operations.
+ *
+ * When this texture is rendered, during the copy operation each source color
+ * channel is modulated by the appropriate color value according to the
+ * following formula:
+ *
+ * `srcC = srcC * (color / 255)`
+ *
+ * Color modulation is not always supported by the renderer; it will return -1
+ * if color modulation is not supported.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update
+ * \param r the red color value multiplied into copy operations
+ * \param g the green color value multiplied into copy operations
+ * \param b the blue color value multiplied into copy operations
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureColorMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                   Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the additional color value multiplied into render copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to query
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the current red color value
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the current green color value
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the current blue color value
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                   Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
+                                                   Uint8 * b);
+
+/**
+ * Set an additional alpha value multiplied into render copy operations.
+ *
+ * When this texture is rendered, during the copy operation the source alpha
+ * value is modulated by this alpha value according to the following formula:
+ *
+ * `srcA = srcA * (alpha / 255)`
+ *
+ * Alpha modulation is not always supported by the renderer; it will return -1
+ * if alpha modulation is not supported.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update
+ * \param alpha the source alpha value multiplied into copy operations
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                   Uint8 alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Get the additional alpha value multiplied into render copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to query
+ * \param alpha a pointer filled in with the current alpha value
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureColorMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                   Uint8 * alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Set the blend mode for a texture, used by SDL_RenderCopy().
+ *
+ * If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is chosen
+ * and this function returns -1.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update
+ * \param blendMode the SDL_BlendMode to use for texture blending
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_RenderCopy
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                    SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to query
+ * \param blendMode a pointer filled in with the current SDL_BlendMode
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                    SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * Set the scale mode used for texture scale operations.
+ *
+ * If the scale mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is chosen.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to update.
+ * \param scaleMode the SDL_ScaleMode to use for texture scaling.
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureScaleMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureScaleMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                    SDL_ScaleMode scaleMode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the scale mode used for texture scale operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to query.
+ * \param scaleMode a pointer filled in with the current scale mode.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureScaleMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureScaleMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                    SDL_ScaleMode *scaleMode);
+
+/**
+ * Associate a user-specified pointer with a texture.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update.
+ * \param userdata the pointer to associate with the texture.
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureUserData
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureUserData(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                   void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Get the user-specified pointer associated with a texture
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to query.
+ * \return the pointer associated with the texture, or NULL if the texture is
+ *         not valid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureUserData
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureUserData(SDL_Texture * texture);
+
+/**
+ * Update the given texture rectangle with new pixel data.
+ *
+ * The pixel data must be in the pixel format of the texture. Use
+ * SDL_QueryTexture() to query the pixel format of the texture.
+ *
+ * This is a fairly slow function, intended for use with static textures that
+ * do not change often.
+ *
+ * If the texture is intended to be updated often, it is preferred to create
+ * the texture as streaming and use the locking functions referenced below.
+ * While this function will work with streaming textures, for optimization
+ * reasons you may not get the pixels back if you lock the texture afterward.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the area to update, or NULL
+ *             to update the entire texture
+ * \param pixels the raw pixel data in the format of the texture
+ * \param pitch the number of bytes in a row of pixel data, including padding
+ *              between lines
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTexture
+ * \sa SDL_LockTexture
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                              const SDL_Rect * rect,
+                                              const void *pixels, int pitch);
+
+/**
+ * Update a rectangle within a planar YV12 or IYUV texture with new pixel
+ * data.
+ *
+ * You can use SDL_UpdateTexture() as long as your pixel data is a contiguous
+ * block of Y and U/V planes in the proper order, but this function is
+ * available if your pixel data is not contiguous.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update
+ * \param rect a pointer to the rectangle of pixels to update, or NULL to
+ *             update the entire texture
+ * \param Yplane the raw pixel data for the Y plane
+ * \param Ypitch the number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the Y
+ *               plane
+ * \param Uplane the raw pixel data for the U plane
+ * \param Upitch the number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the U
+ *               plane
+ * \param Vplane the raw pixel data for the V plane
+ * \param Vpitch the number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the V
+ *               plane
+ * \returns 0 on success or -1 if the texture is not valid; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateYUVTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                 const SDL_Rect * rect,
+                                                 const Uint8 *Yplane, int Ypitch,
+                                                 const Uint8 *Uplane, int Upitch,
+                                                 const Uint8 *Vplane, int Vpitch);
+
+/**
+ * Update a rectangle within a planar NV12 or NV21 texture with new pixels.
+ *
+ * You can use SDL_UpdateTexture() as long as your pixel data is a contiguous
+ * block of NV12/21 planes in the proper order, but this function is available
+ * if your pixel data is not contiguous.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to update
+ * \param rect a pointer to the rectangle of pixels to update, or NULL to
+ *             update the entire texture.
+ * \param Yplane the raw pixel data for the Y plane.
+ * \param Ypitch the number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the Y
+ *               plane.
+ * \param UVplane the raw pixel data for the UV plane.
+ * \param UVpitch the number of bytes between rows of pixel data for the UV
+ *                plane.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.16.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateNVTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                                 const SDL_Rect * rect,
+                                                 const Uint8 *Yplane, int Ypitch,
+                                                 const Uint8 *UVplane, int UVpitch);
+
+/**
+ * Lock a portion of the texture for **write-only** pixel access.
+ *
+ * As an optimization, the pixels made available for editing don't necessarily
+ * contain the old texture data. This is a write-only operation, and if you
+ * need to keep a copy of the texture data you should do that at the
+ * application level.
+ *
+ * You must use SDL_UnlockTexture() to unlock the pixels and apply any
+ * changes.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to lock for access, which was created with
+ *                `SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING`
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the area to lock for access;
+ *             NULL to lock the entire texture
+ * \param pixels this is filled in with a pointer to the locked pixels,
+ *               appropriately offset by the locked area
+ * \param pitch this is filled in with the pitch of the locked pixels; the
+ *              pitch is the length of one row in bytes
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code if the texture is not valid
+ *          or was not created with `SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING`; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                            const SDL_Rect * rect,
+                                            void **pixels, int *pitch);
+
+/**
+ * Lock a portion of the texture for **write-only** pixel access, and expose
+ * it as a SDL surface.
+ *
+ * Besides providing an SDL_Surface instead of raw pixel data, this function
+ * operates like SDL_LockTexture.
+ *
+ * As an optimization, the pixels made available for editing don't necessarily
+ * contain the old texture data. This is a write-only operation, and if you
+ * need to keep a copy of the texture data you should do that at the
+ * application level.
+ *
+ * You must use SDL_UnlockTexture() to unlock the pixels and apply any
+ * changes.
+ *
+ * The returned surface is freed internally after calling SDL_UnlockTexture()
+ * or SDL_DestroyTexture(). The caller should not free it.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to lock for access, which was created with
+ *                `SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING`
+ * \param rect a pointer to the rectangle to lock for access. If the rect is
+ *             NULL, the entire texture will be locked
+ * \param surface this is filled in with an SDL surface representing the
+ *                locked area
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or was not created
+ *          with `SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING`
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.12.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockTexture
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockTextureToSurface(SDL_Texture *texture,
+                                            const SDL_Rect *rect,
+                                            SDL_Surface **surface);
+
+/**
+ * Unlock a texture, uploading the changes to video memory, if needed.
+ *
+ * **Warning**: Please note that SDL_LockTexture() is intended to be
+ * write-only; it will not guarantee the previous contents of the texture will
+ * be provided. You must fully initialize any area of a texture that you lock
+ * before unlocking it, as the pixels might otherwise be uninitialized memory.
+ *
+ * Which is to say: locking and immediately unlocking a texture can result in
+ * corrupted textures, depending on the renderer in use.
+ *
+ * \param texture a texture locked by SDL_LockTexture()
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether a renderer supports the use of render targets.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer that will be checked
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if supported or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderTarget
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderTargetSupported(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Set a texture as the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * Before using this function, you should check the
+ * `SDL_RENDERER_TARGETTEXTURE` bit in the flags of SDL_RendererInfo to see if
+ * render targets are supported.
+ *
+ * The default render target is the window for which the renderer was created.
+ * To stop rendering to a texture and render to the window again, call this
+ * function with a NULL `texture`.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param texture the targeted texture, which must be created with the
+ *                `SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET` flag, or NULL to render to the
+ *                window instead of a texture.
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderTarget
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer,
+                                                SDL_Texture *texture);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current render target.
+ *
+ * The default render target is the window for which the renderer was created,
+ * and is reported a NULL here.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \returns the current render target or NULL for the default render target.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderTarget
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Set a device independent resolution for rendering.
+ *
+ * This function uses the viewport and scaling functionality to allow a fixed
+ * logical resolution for rendering, regardless of the actual output
+ * resolution. If the actual output resolution doesn't have the same aspect
+ * ratio the output rendering will be centered within the output display.
+ *
+ * If the output display is a window, mouse and touch events in the window
+ * will be filtered and scaled so they seem to arrive within the logical
+ * resolution. The SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_SCALING hint controls whether
+ * relative motion events are also scaled.
+ *
+ * If this function results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the rendering
+ * backend, it will be handled using the appropriate quality hints.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer for which resolution should be set
+ * \param w the width of the logical resolution
+ * \param h the height of the logical resolution
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int w, int h);
+
+/**
+ * Get device independent resolution for rendering.
+ *
+ * This may return 0 for `w` and `h` if the SDL_Renderer has never had its
+ * logical size set by SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize() and never had a render
+ * target set.
+ *
+ * \param renderer a rendering context
+ * \param w an int to be filled with the width
+ * \param h an int to be filled with the height
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * Set whether to force integer scales for resolution-independent rendering.
+ *
+ * This function restricts the logical viewport to integer values - that is,
+ * when a resolution is between two multiples of a logical size, the viewport
+ * size is rounded down to the lower multiple.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer for which integer scaling should be set
+ * \param enable enable or disable the integer scaling for rendering
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.5.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetIntegerScale
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetIntegerScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                      SDL_bool enable);
+
+/**
+ * Get whether integer scales are forced for resolution-independent rendering.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which integer scaling should be queried
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if integer scales are forced or SDL_FALSE if not and on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.5.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetIntegerScale
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetIntegerScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Set the drawing area for rendering on the current target.
+ *
+ * When the window is resized, the viewport is reset to fill the entire new
+ * window size.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rect the SDL_Rect structure representing the drawing area, or NULL
+ *             to set the viewport to the entire target
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetViewport
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                  const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Get the drawing area for the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the current drawing area
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                   SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Set the clip rectangle for rendering on the specified target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context for which clip rectangle should be
+ *                 set
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the clip area, relative to
+ *             the viewport, or NULL to disable clipping
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetClipRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderIsClipEnabled
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                  const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Get the clip rectangle for the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context from which clip rectangle should be
+ *                 queried
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the current clipping area
+ *             or an empty rectangle if clipping is disabled
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderIsClipEnabled
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetClipRect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                   SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Get whether clipping is enabled on the given renderer.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which clip state should be queried
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if clipping is enabled or SDL_FALSE if not; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetClipRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetClipRect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderIsClipEnabled(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the drawing scale for rendering on the current target.
+ *
+ * The drawing coordinates are scaled by the x/y scaling factors before they
+ * are used by the renderer. This allows resolution independent drawing with a
+ * single coordinate system.
+ *
+ * If this results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the rendering backend, it
+ * will be handled using the appropriate quality hints. For best results use
+ * integer scaling factors.
+ *
+ * \param renderer a rendering context
+ * \param scaleX the horizontal scaling factor
+ * \param scaleY the vertical scaling factor
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetScale
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                               float scaleX, float scaleY);
+
+/**
+ * Get the drawing scale for the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which drawing scale should be queried
+ * \param scaleX a pointer filled in with the horizontal scaling factor
+ * \param scaleY a pointer filled in with the vertical scaling factor
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetScale
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                               float *scaleX, float *scaleY);
+
+/**
+ * Get logical coordinates of point in renderer when given real coordinates of
+ * point in window.
+ *
+ * Logical coordinates will differ from real coordinates when render is scaled
+ * and logical renderer size set
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which the logical coordinates should be
+ *                 calcualted
+ * \param windowX the real X coordinate in the window
+ * \param windowY the real Y coordinate in the window
+ * \param logicalX the pointer filled with the logical x coordinate
+ * \param logicalY the pointer filled with the logical y coordinate
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetScale
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetScale
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderWindowToLogical(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                            int windowX, int windowY,
+                                                            float *logicalX, float *logicalY);
+
+                                                  /**
+ * Get real coordinates of point in window when given logical coordinates of point in renderer.
+ * Logical coordinates will differ from real coordinates when render is scaled and logical renderer size set
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which the window coordinates should be calculated
+ * \param logicalX the logical x coordinate
+ * \param logicalY the logical y coordinate
+ * \param windowX the pointer filled with the real X coordinate in the window
+ * \param windowY the pointer filled with the real Y coordinate in the window
+
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetScale
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetScale
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderLogicalToWindow(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                            float logicalX, float logicalY,
+                                                            int *windowX, int *windowY);
+
+/**
+ * Set the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
+ *
+ * Set the color for drawing or filling rectangles, lines, and points, and for
+ * SDL_RenderClear().
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param r the red value used to draw on the rendering target
+ * \param g the green value used to draw on the rendering target
+ * \param b the blue value used to draw on the rendering target
+ * \param a the alpha value used to draw on the rendering target; usually
+ *          `SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE` (255). Use SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode to
+ *          specify how the alpha channel is used
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawColor
+ * \sa SDL_RenderClear
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                           Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
+                                           Uint8 a);
+
+/**
+ * Get the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the red value used to draw on the
+ *          rendering target
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the green value used to draw on the
+ *          rendering target
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the blue value used to draw on the
+ *          rendering target
+ * \param a a pointer filled in with the alpha value used to draw on the
+ *          rendering target; usually `SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE` (255)
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                           Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
+                                           Uint8 * a);
+
+/**
+ * Set the blend mode used for drawing operations (Fill and Line).
+ *
+ * If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is chosen.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param blendMode the SDL_BlendMode to use for blending
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                       SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the blend mode used for drawing operations.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param blendMode a pointer filled in with the current SDL_BlendMode
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                       SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * Clear the current rendering target with the drawing color.
+ *
+ * This function clears the entire rendering target, ignoring the viewport and
+ * the clip rectangle.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderClear(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a point on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * SDL_RenderDrawPoint() draws a single point. If you want to draw multiple,
+ * use SDL_RenderDrawPoints() instead.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param x the x coordinate of the point
+ * \param y the y coordinate of the point
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoint(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                int x, int y);
+
+/**
+ * Draw multiple points on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param points an array of SDL_Point structures that represent the points to
+ *               draw
+ * \param count the number of points to draw
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoints(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                 const SDL_Point * points,
+                                                 int count);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a line on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * SDL_RenderDrawLine() draws the line to include both end points. If you want
+ * to draw multiple, connecting lines use SDL_RenderDrawLines() instead.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param x1 the x coordinate of the start point
+ * \param y1 the y coordinate of the start point
+ * \param x2 the x coordinate of the end point
+ * \param y2 the y coordinate of the end point
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLine(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                               int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a series of connected lines on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param points an array of SDL_Point structures representing points along
+ *               the lines
+ * \param count the number of points, drawing count-1 lines
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLines(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                const SDL_Point * points,
+                                                int count);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a rectangle on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to draw, or
+ *             NULL to outline the entire rendering target
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                               const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Draw some number of rectangles on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rects an array of SDL_Rect structures representing the rectangles to
+ *              be drawn
+ * \param count the number of rectangles
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                const SDL_Rect * rects,
+                                                int count);
+
+/**
+ * Fill a rectangle on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
+ *
+ * The current drawing color is set by SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(), and the
+ * color's alpha value is ignored unless blending is enabled with the
+ * appropriate call to SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode().
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to fill, or
+ *             NULL for the entire rendering target
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                               const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Fill some number of rectangles on the current rendering target with the
+ * drawing color.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rects an array of SDL_Rect structures representing the rectangles to
+ *              be filled
+ * \param count the number of rectangles
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderPresent
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                const SDL_Rect * rects,
+                                                int count);
+
+/**
+ * Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * The texture is blended with the destination based on its blend mode set
+ * with SDL_SetTextureBlendMode().
+ *
+ * The texture color is affected based on its color modulation set by
+ * SDL_SetTextureColorMod().
+ *
+ * The texture alpha is affected based on its alpha modulation set by
+ * SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod().
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param texture the source texture
+ * \param srcrect the source SDL_Rect structure or NULL for the entire texture
+ * \param dstrect the destination SDL_Rect structure or NULL for the entire
+ *                rendering target; the texture will be stretched to fill the
+ *                given rectangle
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderCopyEx
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopy(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                           SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                           const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+                                           const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering, with optional
+ * rotation and flipping.
+ *
+ * Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering target, optionally
+ * rotating it by angle around the given center and also flipping it
+ * top-bottom and/or left-right.
+ *
+ * The texture is blended with the destination based on its blend mode set
+ * with SDL_SetTextureBlendMode().
+ *
+ * The texture color is affected based on its color modulation set by
+ * SDL_SetTextureColorMod().
+ *
+ * The texture alpha is affected based on its alpha modulation set by
+ * SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod().
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param texture the source texture
+ * \param srcrect the source SDL_Rect structure or NULL for the entire texture
+ * \param dstrect the destination SDL_Rect structure or NULL for the entire
+ *                rendering target
+ * \param angle an angle in degrees that indicates the rotation that will be
+ *              applied to dstrect, rotating it in a clockwise direction
+ * \param center a pointer to a point indicating the point around which
+ *               dstrect will be rotated (if NULL, rotation will be done
+ *               around `dstrect.w / 2`, `dstrect.h / 2`)
+ * \param flip a SDL_RendererFlip value stating which flipping actions should
+ *             be performed on the texture
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderCopy
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopyEx(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                           SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                           const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+                                           const SDL_Rect * dstrect,
+                                           const double angle,
+                                           const SDL_Point *center,
+                                           const SDL_RendererFlip flip);
+
+
+/**
+ * Draw a point on the current rendering target at subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw a point.
+ * \param x The x coordinate of the point.
+ * \param y The y coordinate of the point.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPointF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                 float x, float y);
+
+/**
+ * Draw multiple points on the current rendering target at subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple points.
+ * \param points The points to draw
+ * \param count The number of points to draw
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPointsF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                  const SDL_FPoint * points,
+                                                  int count);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a line on the current rendering target at subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw a line.
+ * \param x1 The x coordinate of the start point.
+ * \param y1 The y coordinate of the start point.
+ * \param x2 The x coordinate of the end point.
+ * \param y2 The y coordinate of the end point.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLineF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a series of connected lines on the current rendering target at
+ * subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple lines.
+ * \param points The points along the lines
+ * \param count The number of points, drawing count-1 lines
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLinesF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                 const SDL_FPoint * points,
+                                                 int count);
+
+/**
+ * Draw a rectangle on the current rendering target at subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw a rectangle.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL to outline the
+ *             entire rendering target.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRectF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                const SDL_FRect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Draw some number of rectangles on the current rendering target at subpixel
+ * precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple rectangles.
+ * \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
+ * \param count The number of rectangles.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRectsF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                 const SDL_FRect * rects,
+                                                 int count);
+
+/**
+ * Fill a rectangle on the current rendering target with the drawing color at
+ * subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should fill a rectangle.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the entire
+ *             rendering target.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRectF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                const SDL_FRect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Fill some number of rectangles on the current rendering target with the
+ * drawing color at subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should fill multiple rectangles.
+ * \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
+ * \param count The number of rectangles.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRectsF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                 const SDL_FRect * rects,
+                                                 int count);
+
+/**
+ * Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering target at subpixel
+ * precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
+ * \param texture The source texture.
+ * \param srcrect A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
+ *                texture.
+ * \param dstrect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
+ *                entire rendering target.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopyF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                            SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                            const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+                                            const SDL_FRect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * Copy a portion of the source texture to the current rendering target, with
+ * rotation and flipping, at subpixel precision.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
+ * \param texture The source texture.
+ * \param srcrect A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
+ *                texture.
+ * \param dstrect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
+ *                entire rendering target.
+ * \param angle An angle in degrees that indicates the rotation that will be
+ *              applied to dstrect, rotating it in a clockwise direction
+ * \param center A pointer to a point indicating the point around which
+ *               dstrect will be rotated (if NULL, rotation will be done
+ *               around dstrect.w/2, dstrect.h/2).
+ * \param flip An SDL_RendererFlip value stating which flipping actions should
+ *             be performed on the texture
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopyExF(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                            SDL_Texture * texture,
+                                            const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+                                            const SDL_FRect * dstrect,
+                                            const double angle,
+                                            const SDL_FPoint *center,
+                                            const SDL_RendererFlip flip);
+
+/**
+ * Render a list of triangles, optionally using a texture and indices into the
+ * vertex array Color and alpha modulation is done per vertex
+ * (SDL_SetTextureColorMod and SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod are ignored).
+ *
+ * \param texture (optional) The SDL texture to use.
+ * \param vertices Vertices.
+ * \param num_vertices Number of vertices.
+ * \param indices (optional) An array of integer indices into the 'vertices'
+ *                array, if NULL all vertices will be rendered in sequential
+ *                order.
+ * \param num_indices Number of indices.
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGeometryRaw
+ * \sa SDL_Vertex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderGeometry(SDL_Renderer *renderer,
+                                               SDL_Texture *texture,
+                                               const SDL_Vertex *vertices, int num_vertices,
+                                               const int *indices, int num_indices);
+
+/**
+ * Render a list of triangles, optionally using a texture and indices into the
+ * vertex arrays Color and alpha modulation is done per vertex
+ * (SDL_SetTextureColorMod and SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod are ignored).
+ *
+ * \param texture (optional) The SDL texture to use.
+ * \param xy Vertex positions
+ * \param xy_stride Byte size to move from one element to the next element
+ * \param color Vertex colors (as SDL_Color)
+ * \param color_stride Byte size to move from one element to the next element
+ * \param uv Vertex normalized texture coordinates
+ * \param uv_stride Byte size to move from one element to the next element
+ * \param num_vertices Number of vertices.
+ * \param indices (optional) An array of indices into the 'vertices' arrays,
+ *                if NULL all vertices will be rendered in sequential order.
+ * \param num_indices Number of indices.
+ * \param size_indices Index size: 1 (byte), 2 (short), 4 (int)
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGeometry
+ * \sa SDL_Vertex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderGeometryRaw(SDL_Renderer *renderer,
+                                               SDL_Texture *texture,
+                                               const float *xy, int xy_stride,
+                                               const SDL_Color *color, int color_stride,
+                                               const float *uv, int uv_stride,
+                                               int num_vertices,
+                                               const void *indices, int num_indices, int size_indices);
+
+/**
+ * Read pixels from the current rendering target to an array of pixels.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: This is a very slow operation, and should not be used
+ * frequently.
+ *
+ * `pitch` specifies the number of bytes between rows in the destination
+ * `pixels` data. This allows you to write to a subrectangle or have padded
+ * rows in the destination. Generally, `pitch` should equal the number of
+ * pixels per row in the `pixels` data times the number of bytes per pixel,
+ * but it might contain additional padding (for example, 24bit RGB Windows
+ * Bitmap data pads all rows to multiples of 4 bytes).
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the area to read, or NULL
+ *             for the entire render target
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormatEnum value of the desired format of the
+ *               pixel data, or 0 to use the format of the rendering target
+ * \param pixels a pointer to the pixel data to copy into
+ * \param pitch the pitch of the `pixels` parameter
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderReadPixels(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+                                                 const SDL_Rect * rect,
+                                                 Uint32 format,
+                                                 void *pixels, int pitch);
+
+/**
+ * Update the screen with any rendering performed since the previous call.
+ *
+ * SDL's rendering functions operate on a backbuffer; that is, calling a
+ * rendering function such as SDL_RenderDrawLine() does not directly put a
+ * line on the screen, but rather updates the backbuffer. As such, you compose
+ * your entire scene and *present* the composed backbuffer to the screen as a
+ * complete picture.
+ *
+ * Therefore, when using SDL's rendering API, one does all drawing intended
+ * for the frame, and then calls this function once per frame to present the
+ * final drawing to the user.
+ *
+ * The backbuffer should be considered invalidated after each present; do not
+ * assume that previous contents will exist between frames. You are strongly
+ * encouraged to call SDL_RenderClear() to initialize the backbuffer before
+ * starting each new frame's drawing, even if you plan to overwrite every
+ * pixel.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderClear
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLine
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawLines
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoint
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawPoints
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderDrawRects
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRect
+ * \sa SDL_RenderFillRects
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawColor
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderPresent(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy the specified texture.
+ *
+ * Passing NULL or an otherwise invalid texture will set the SDL error message
+ * to "Invalid texture".
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to destroy
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTexture
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy the rendering context for a window and free associated textures.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyRenderer(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Force the rendering context to flush any pending commands to the underlying
+ * rendering API.
+ *
+ * You do not need to (and in fact, shouldn't) call this function unless you
+ * are planning to call into OpenGL/Direct3D/Metal/whatever directly in
+ * addition to using an SDL_Renderer.
+ *
+ * This is for a very-specific case: if you are using SDL's render API, you
+ * asked for a specific renderer backend (OpenGL, Direct3D, etc), you set
+ * SDL_HINT_RENDER_BATCHING to "1", and you plan to make OpenGL/D3D/whatever
+ * calls in addition to SDL render API calls. If all of this applies, you
+ * should call SDL_RenderFlush() between calls to SDL's render API and the
+ * low-level API you're using in cooperation.
+ *
+ * In all other cases, you can ignore this function. This is only here to get
+ * maximum performance out of a specific situation. In all other cases, SDL
+ * will do the right thing, perhaps at a performance loss.
+ *
+ * This function is first available in SDL 2.0.10, and is not needed in 2.0.9
+ * and earlier, as earlier versions did not queue rendering commands at all,
+ * instead flushing them to the OS immediately.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the rendering context
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFlush(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+
+/**
+ * Bind an OpenGL/ES/ES2 texture to the current context.
+ *
+ * This is for use with OpenGL instructions when rendering OpenGL primitives
+ * directly.
+ *
+ * If not NULL, `texw` and `texh` will be filled with the width and height
+ * values suitable for the provided texture. In most cases, both will be 1.0,
+ * however, on systems that support the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension,
+ * these values will actually be the pixel width and height used to create the
+ * texture, so this factor needs to be taken into account when providing
+ * texture coordinates to OpenGL.
+ *
+ * You need a renderer to create an SDL_Texture, therefore you can only use
+ * this function with an implicit OpenGL context from SDL_CreateRenderer(),
+ * not with your own OpenGL context. If you need control over your OpenGL
+ * context, you need to write your own texture-loading methods.
+ *
+ * Also note that SDL may upload RGB textures as BGR (or vice-versa), and
+ * re-order the color channels in the shaders phase, so the uploaded texture
+ * may have swapped color channels.
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to bind to the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context
+ * \param texw a pointer to a float value which will be filled with the
+ *             texture width or NULL if you don't need that value
+ * \param texh a pointer to a float value which will be filled with the
+ *             texture height or NULL if you don't need that value
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_MakeCurrent
+ * \sa SDL_GL_UnbindTexture
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_BindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture, float *texw, float *texh);
+
+/**
+ * Unbind an OpenGL/ES/ES2 texture from the current context.
+ *
+ * See SDL_GL_BindTexture() for examples on how to use these functions
+ *
+ * \param texture the texture to unbind from the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_BindTexture
+ * \sa SDL_GL_MakeCurrent
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnbindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture);
+
+/**
+ * Get the CAMetalLayer associated with the given Metal renderer.
+ *
+ * This function returns `void *`, so SDL doesn't have to include Metal's
+ * headers, but it can be safely cast to a `CAMetalLayer *`.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer to query
+ * \returns a `CAMetalLayer *` on success, or NULL if the renderer isn't a
+ *          Metal renderer
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.8.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetMetalCommandEncoder
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetMetalLayer(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Get the Metal command encoder for the current frame
+ *
+ * This function returns `void *`, so SDL doesn't have to include Metal's
+ * headers, but it can be safely cast to an `id<MTLRenderCommandEncoder>`.
+ *
+ * Note that as of SDL 2.0.18, this will return NULL if Metal refuses to give
+ * SDL a drawable to render to, which might happen if the window is
+ * hidden/minimized/offscreen. This doesn't apply to command encoders for
+ * render targets, just the window's backbacker. Check your return values!
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer to query
+ * \returns an `id<MTLRenderCommandEncoder>` on success, or NULL if the
+ *          renderer isn't a Metal renderer or there was an error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.8.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetMetalLayer
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetMetalCommandEncoder(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * Toggle VSync of the given renderer.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer to toggle
+ * \param vsync 1 for on, 0 for off. All other values are reserved
+ * \returns a 0 int on success, or non-zero on failure
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.18.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetVSync(SDL_Renderer* renderer, int vsync);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_render_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_revision.h

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define SDL_REVISION "https://github.com/libsdl-org/SDL.git@b424665e0899769b200231ba943353a5fee1b6b6"
+#define SDL_REVISION_NUMBER 0

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_rwops.h

@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_rwops.h
+ *
+ *  This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
+ *  data streams.  It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_rwops_h_
+#define SDL_rwops_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* RWops Types */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_UNKNOWN   0U  /**< Unknown stream type */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_WINFILE   1U  /**< Win32 file */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_STDFILE   2U  /**< Stdio file */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_JNIFILE   3U  /**< Android asset */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY    4U  /**< Memory stream */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY_RO 5U  /**< Read-Only memory stream */
+#if defined(__VITA__)
+#define SDL_RWOPS_VITAFILE  6U  /**< Vita file */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_RWops
+{
+    /**
+     *  Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
+     */
+    Sint64 (SDLCALL * size) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
+
+    /**
+     *  Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
+     *  RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
+     *
+     *  \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
+     */
+    Sint64 (SDLCALL * seek) (struct SDL_RWops * context, Sint64 offset,
+                             int whence);
+
+    /**
+     *  Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
+     *  stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
+     *
+     *  \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
+     */
+    size_t (SDLCALL * read) (struct SDL_RWops * context, void *ptr,
+                             size_t size, size_t maxnum);
+
+    /**
+     *  Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
+     *  pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
+     *
+     *  \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
+     */
+    size_t (SDLCALL * write) (struct SDL_RWops * context, const void *ptr,
+                              size_t size, size_t num);
+
+    /**
+     *  Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
+     *
+     *  \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
+     */
+    int (SDLCALL * close) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
+
+    Uint32 type;
+    union
+    {
+#if defined(__ANDROID__)
+        struct
+        {
+            void *asset;
+        } androidio;
+#elif defined(__WIN32__)
+        struct
+        {
+            SDL_bool append;
+            void *h;
+            struct
+            {
+                void *data;
+                size_t size;
+                size_t left;
+            } buffer;
+        } windowsio;
+#elif defined(__VITA__)
+        struct
+        {
+            int h;
+            struct
+            {
+                void *data;
+                size_t size;
+                size_t left;
+            } buffer;
+        } vitaio;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
+        struct
+        {
+            SDL_bool autoclose;
+            FILE *fp;
+        } stdio;
+#endif
+        struct
+        {
+            Uint8 *base;
+            Uint8 *here;
+            Uint8 *stop;
+        } mem;
+        struct
+        {
+            void *data1;
+            void *data2;
+        } unknown;
+    } hidden;
+
+} SDL_RWops;
+
+
+/**
+ *  \name RWFrom functions
+ *
+ *  Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data streams.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to create a new SDL_RWops structure for reading from
+ * and/or writing to a named file.
+ *
+ * The `mode` string is treated roughly the same as in a call to the C
+ * library's fopen(), even if SDL doesn't happen to use fopen() behind the
+ * scenes.
+ *
+ * Available `mode` strings:
+ *
+ * - "r": Open a file for reading. The file must exist.
+ * - "w": Create an empty file for writing. If a file with the same name
+ *   already exists its content is erased and the file is treated as a new
+ *   empty file.
+ * - "a": Append to a file. Writing operations append data at the end of the
+ *   file. The file is created if it does not exist.
+ * - "r+": Open a file for update both reading and writing. The file must
+ *   exist.
+ * - "w+": Create an empty file for both reading and writing. If a file with
+ *   the same name already exists its content is erased and the file is
+ *   treated as a new empty file.
+ * - "a+": Open a file for reading and appending. All writing operations are
+ *   performed at the end of the file, protecting the previous content to be
+ *   overwritten. You can reposition (fseek, rewind) the internal pointer to
+ *   anywhere in the file for reading, but writing operations will move it
+ *   back to the end of file. The file is created if it does not exist.
+ *
+ * **NOTE**: In order to open a file as a binary file, a "b" character has to
+ * be included in the `mode` string. This additional "b" character can either
+ * be appended at the end of the string (thus making the following compound
+ * modes: "rb", "wb", "ab", "r+b", "w+b", "a+b") or be inserted between the
+ * letter and the "+" sign for the mixed modes ("rb+", "wb+", "ab+").
+ * Additional characters may follow the sequence, although they should have no
+ * effect. For example, "t" is sometimes appended to make explicit the file is
+ * a text file.
+ *
+ * This function supports Unicode filenames, but they must be encoded in UTF-8
+ * format, regardless of the underlying operating system.
+ *
+ * As a fallback, SDL_RWFromFile() will transparently open a matching filename
+ * in an Android app's `assets`.
+ *
+ * Closing the SDL_RWops will close the file handle SDL is holding internally.
+ *
+ * \param file a UTF-8 string representing the filename to open
+ * \param mode an ASCII string representing the mode to be used for opening
+ *             the file.
+ * \returns a pointer to the SDL_RWops structure that is created, or NULL on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWtell
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file,
+                                                  const char *mode);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE * fp, SDL_bool autoclose);
+
+#else
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to create an SDL_RWops structure from a standard I/O file
+ * pointer (stdio.h's `FILE*`).
+ *
+ * This function is not available on Windows, since files opened in an
+ * application on that platform cannot be used by a dynamically linked
+ * library.
+ *
+ * On some platforms, the first parameter is a `void*`, on others, it's a
+ * `FILE*`, depending on what system headers are available to SDL. It is
+ * always intended to be the `FILE*` type from the C runtime's stdio.h.
+ *
+ * \param fp the `FILE*` that feeds the SDL_RWops stream
+ * \param autoclose SDL_TRUE to close the `FILE*` when closing the SDL_RWops,
+ *                  SDL_FALSE to leave the `FILE*` open when the RWops is
+ *                  closed
+ * \returns a pointer to the SDL_RWops structure that is created, or NULL on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWtell
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(void * fp,
+                                                SDL_bool autoclose);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to prepare a read-write memory buffer for use with
+ * SDL_RWops.
+ *
+ * This function sets up an SDL_RWops struct based on a memory area of a
+ * certain size, for both read and write access.
+ *
+ * This memory buffer is not copied by the RWops; the pointer you provide must
+ * remain valid until you close the stream. Closing the stream will not free
+ * the original buffer.
+ *
+ * If you need to make sure the RWops never writes to the memory buffer, you
+ * should use SDL_RWFromConstMem() with a read-only buffer of memory instead.
+ *
+ * \param mem a pointer to a buffer to feed an SDL_RWops stream
+ * \param size the buffer size, in bytes
+ * \returns a pointer to a new SDL_RWops structure, or NULL if it fails; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWtell
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to prepare a read-only memory buffer for use with RWops.
+ *
+ * This function sets up an SDL_RWops struct based on a memory area of a
+ * certain size. It assumes the memory area is not writable.
+ *
+ * Attempting to write to this RWops stream will report an error without
+ * writing to the memory buffer.
+ *
+ * This memory buffer is not copied by the RWops; the pointer you provide must
+ * remain valid until you close the stream. Closing the stream will not free
+ * the original buffer.
+ *
+ * If you need to write to a memory buffer, you should use SDL_RWFromMem()
+ * with a writable buffer of memory instead.
+ *
+ * \param mem a pointer to a read-only buffer to feed an SDL_RWops stream
+ * \param size the buffer size, in bytes
+ * \returns a pointer to a new SDL_RWops structure, or NULL if it fails; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWtell
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem,
+                                                      int size);
+
+/* @} *//* RWFrom functions */
+
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to allocate an empty, unpopulated SDL_RWops structure.
+ *
+ * Applications do not need to use this function unless they are providing
+ * their own SDL_RWops implementation. If you just need a SDL_RWops to
+ * read/write a common data source, you should use the built-in
+ * implementations in SDL, like SDL_RWFromFile() or SDL_RWFromMem(), etc.
+ *
+ * You must free the returned pointer with SDL_FreeRW(). Depending on your
+ * operating system and compiler, there may be a difference between the
+ * malloc() and free() your program uses and the versions SDL calls
+ * internally. Trying to mix the two can cause crashing such as segmentation
+ * faults. Since all SDL_RWops must free themselves when their **close**
+ * method is called, all SDL_RWops must be allocated through this function, so
+ * they can all be freed correctly with SDL_FreeRW().
+ *
+ * \returns a pointer to the allocated memory on success, or NULL on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeRW
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to free an SDL_RWops structure allocated by
+ * SDL_AllocRW().
+ *
+ * Applications do not need to use this function unless they are providing
+ * their own SDL_RWops implementation. If you just need a SDL_RWops to
+ * read/write a common data source, you should use the built-in
+ * implementations in SDL, like SDL_RWFromFile() or SDL_RWFromMem(), etc, and
+ * call the **close** method on those SDL_RWops pointers when you are done
+ * with them.
+ *
+ * Only use SDL_FreeRW() on pointers returned by SDL_AllocRW(). The pointer is
+ * invalid as soon as this function returns. Any extra memory allocated during
+ * creation of the SDL_RWops is not freed by SDL_FreeRW(); the programmer must
+ * be responsible for managing that memory in their **close** method.
+ *
+ * \param area the SDL_RWops structure to be freed
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocRW
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops * area);
+
+#define RW_SEEK_SET 0       /**< Seek from the beginning of data */
+#define RW_SEEK_CUR 1       /**< Seek relative to current read point */
+#define RW_SEEK_END 2       /**< Seek relative to the end of data */
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to get the size of the data stream in an SDL_RWops.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro.
+ *
+ * \param context the SDL_RWops to get the size of the data stream from
+ * \returns the size of the data stream in the SDL_RWops on success, -1 if
+ *          unknown or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWsize(SDL_RWops *context);
+
+/**
+ * Seek within an SDL_RWops data stream.
+ *
+ * This function seeks to byte `offset`, relative to `whence`.
+ *
+ * `whence` may be any of the following values:
+ *
+ * - `RW_SEEK_SET`: seek from the beginning of data
+ * - `RW_SEEK_CUR`: seek relative to current read point
+ * - `RW_SEEK_END`: seek relative to the end of data
+ *
+ * If this stream can not seek, it will return -1.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWseek() is actually a wrapper function that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `seek` method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro.
+ *
+ * \param context a pointer to an SDL_RWops structure
+ * \param offset an offset in bytes, relative to **whence** location; can be
+ *               negative
+ * \param whence any of `RW_SEEK_SET`, `RW_SEEK_CUR`, `RW_SEEK_END`
+ * \returns the final offset in the data stream after the seek or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWtell
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWseek(SDL_RWops *context,
+                                          Sint64 offset, int whence);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the current read/write offset in an SDL_RWops data stream.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWtell is actually a wrapper function that calls the SDL_RWops's `seek`
+ * method, with an offset of 0 bytes from `RW_SEEK_CUR`, to simplify
+ * application development.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro.
+ *
+ * \param context a SDL_RWops data stream object from which to get the current
+ *                offset
+ * \returns the current offset in the stream, or -1 if the information can not
+ *          be determined.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWtell(SDL_RWops *context);
+
+/**
+ * Read from a data source.
+ *
+ * This function reads up to `maxnum` objects each of size `size` from the
+ * data source to the area pointed at by `ptr`. This function may read less
+ * objects than requested. It will return zero when there has been an error or
+ * the data stream is completely read.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWread() is actually a function wrapper that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `read` method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro.
+ *
+ * \param context a pointer to an SDL_RWops structure
+ * \param ptr a pointer to a buffer to read data into
+ * \param size the size of each object to read, in bytes
+ * \param maxnum the maximum number of objects to be read
+ * \returns the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_RWread(SDL_RWops *context,
+                                          void *ptr, size_t size,
+                                          size_t maxnum);
+
+/**
+ * Write to an SDL_RWops data stream.
+ *
+ * This function writes exactly `num` objects each of size `size` from the
+ * area pointed at by `ptr` to the stream. If this fails for any reason, it'll
+ * return less than `num` to demonstrate how far the write progressed. On
+ * success, it returns `num`.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWwrite is actually a function wrapper that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `write` method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro.
+ *
+ * \param context a pointer to an SDL_RWops structure
+ * \param ptr a pointer to a buffer containing data to write
+ * \param size the size of an object to write, in bytes
+ * \param num the number of objects to write
+ * \returns the number of objects written, which will be less than **num** on
+ *          error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_RWwrite(SDL_RWops *context,
+                                           const void *ptr, size_t size,
+                                           size_t num);
+
+/**
+ * Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWclose() closes and cleans up the SDL_RWops stream. It releases any
+ * resources used by the stream and frees the SDL_RWops itself with
+ * SDL_FreeRW(). This returns 0 on success, or -1 if the stream failed to
+ * flush to its output (e.g. to disk).
+ *
+ * Note that if this fails to flush the stream to disk, this function reports
+ * an error, but the SDL_RWops is still invalid once this function returns.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro.
+ *
+ * \param context SDL_RWops structure to close
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RWclose(SDL_RWops *context);
+
+/**
+ * Load all the data from an SDL data stream.
+ *
+ * The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated) for
+ * convenience. This extra byte is not included in the value reported via
+ * `datasize`.
+ *
+ * The data should be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * \param src the SDL_RWops to read all available data from
+ * \param datasize if not NULL, will store the number of bytes read
+ * \param freesrc if non-zero, calls SDL_RWclose() on `src` before returning
+ * \returns the data, or NULL if there was an error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.6.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile_RW(SDL_RWops *src,
+                                              size_t *datasize,
+                                              int freesrc);
+
+/**
+ * Load all the data from a file path.
+ *
+ * The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated) for
+ * convenience. This extra byte is not included in the value reported via
+ * `datasize`.
+ *
+ * The data should be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.10, this function was a macro wrapping around
+ * SDL_LoadFile_RW.
+ *
+ * \param file the path to read all available data from
+ * \param datasize if not NULL, will store the number of bytes read
+ * \returns the data, or NULL if there was an error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.10.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile(const char *file, size_t *datasize);
+
+/**
+ *  \name Read endian functions
+ *
+ *  Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read a byte from an SDL_RWops.
+ *
+ * \param src the SDL_RWops to read from
+ * \returns the read byte on success or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteU8
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_ReadU8(SDL_RWops * src);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read 16 bits of little-endian data from an SDL_RWops
+ * and return in native format.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the data returned will be in
+ * the native byte order.
+ *
+ * \param src the stream from which to read data
+ * \returns 16 bits of data in the native byte order of the platform.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadBE16
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops * src);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read 16 bits of big-endian data from an SDL_RWops and
+ * return in native format.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the data returned will be in
+ * the native byte order.
+ *
+ * \param src the stream from which to read data
+ * \returns 16 bits of data in the native byte order of the platform.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadLE16
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops * src);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read 32 bits of little-endian data from an SDL_RWops
+ * and return in native format.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the data returned will be in
+ * the native byte order.
+ *
+ * \param src the stream from which to read data
+ * \returns 32 bits of data in the native byte order of the platform.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadBE32
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops * src);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read 32 bits of big-endian data from an SDL_RWops and
+ * return in native format.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the data returned will be in
+ * the native byte order.
+ *
+ * \param src the stream from which to read data
+ * \returns 32 bits of data in the native byte order of the platform.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadLE32
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops * src);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read 64 bits of little-endian data from an SDL_RWops
+ * and return in native format.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the data returned will be in
+ * the native byte order.
+ *
+ * \param src the stream from which to read data
+ * \returns 64 bits of data in the native byte order of the platform.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadBE64
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops * src);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to read 64 bits of big-endian data from an SDL_RWops and
+ * return in native format.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the data returned will be in
+ * the native byte order.
+ *
+ * \param src the stream from which to read data
+ * \returns 64 bits of data in the native byte order of the platform.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadLE64
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops * src);
+/* @} *//* Read endian functions */
+
+/**
+ *  \name Write endian functions
+ *
+ *  Write an item of native format to the specified endianness.
+ */
+/* @{ */
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write a byte to an SDL_RWops.
+ *
+ * \param dst the SDL_RWops to write to
+ * \param value the byte value to write
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ReadU8
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteU8(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint8 value);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write 16 bits in native format to a SDL_RWops as
+ * little-endian data.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the application always
+ * specifies native format, and the data written will be in little-endian
+ * format.
+ *
+ * \param dst the stream to which data will be written
+ * \param value the data to be written, in native format
+ * \returns 1 on successful write, 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteBE16
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write 16 bits in native format to a SDL_RWops as
+ * big-endian data.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the application always
+ * specifies native format, and the data written will be in big-endian format.
+ *
+ * \param dst the stream to which data will be written
+ * \param value the data to be written, in native format
+ * \returns 1 on successful write, 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteLE16
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write 32 bits in native format to a SDL_RWops as
+ * little-endian data.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the application always
+ * specifies native format, and the data written will be in little-endian
+ * format.
+ *
+ * \param dst the stream to which data will be written
+ * \param value the data to be written, in native format
+ * \returns 1 on successful write, 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteBE32
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write 32 bits in native format to a SDL_RWops as
+ * big-endian data.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the application always
+ * specifies native format, and the data written will be in big-endian format.
+ *
+ * \param dst the stream to which data will be written
+ * \param value the data to be written, in native format
+ * \returns 1 on successful write, 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteLE32
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write 64 bits in native format to a SDL_RWops as
+ * little-endian data.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the application always
+ * specifies native format, and the data written will be in little-endian
+ * format.
+ *
+ * \param dst the stream to which data will be written
+ * \param value the data to be written, in native format
+ * \returns 1 on successful write, 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteBE64
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to write 64 bits in native format to a SDL_RWops as
+ * big-endian data.
+ *
+ * SDL byteswaps the data only if necessary, so the application always
+ * specifies native format, and the data written will be in big-endian format.
+ *
+ * \param dst the stream to which data will be written
+ * \param value the data to be written, in native format
+ * \returns 1 on successful write, 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WriteLE64
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
+/* @} *//* Write endian functions */
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_rwops_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_scancode.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_scancode.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  *  SDL_Event structure.
  *
  *  The values in this enumeration are based on the USB usage page standard:
- *  http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf
+ *  https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/documents/hut1_12v2.pdf
  */
 typedef enum
 {

bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_sensor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/*
+  Simple DirectMedia Layer
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file SDL_sensor.h
+ *
+ *  Include file for SDL sensor event handling
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_sensor_h_
+#define SDL_sensor_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+extern "C" {
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief SDL_sensor.h
+ *
+ *  In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+ *  with the ::SDL_INIT_SENSOR flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
+ *  for sensors, and load appropriate drivers.
+ */
+
+struct _SDL_Sensor;
+typedef struct _SDL_Sensor SDL_Sensor;
+
+/**
+ * This is a unique ID for a sensor for the time it is connected to the system,
+ * and is never reused for the lifetime of the application.
+ *
+ * The ID value starts at 0 and increments from there. The value -1 is an invalid ID.
+ */
+typedef Sint32 SDL_SensorID;
+
+/* The different sensors defined by SDL
+ *
+ * Additional sensors may be available, using platform dependent semantics.
+ *
+ * Hare are the additional Android sensors:
+ * https://developer.android.com/reference/android/hardware/SensorEvent.html#values
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    SDL_SENSOR_INVALID = -1,    /**< Returned for an invalid sensor */
+    SDL_SENSOR_UNKNOWN,         /**< Unknown sensor type */
+    SDL_SENSOR_ACCEL,           /**< Accelerometer */
+    SDL_SENSOR_GYRO             /**< Gyroscope */
+} SDL_SensorType;
+
+/**
+ * Accelerometer sensor
+ *
+ * The accelerometer returns the current acceleration in SI meters per
+ * second squared. This measurement includes the force of gravity, so
+ * a device at rest will have an value of SDL_STANDARD_GRAVITY away
+ * from the center of the earth.
+ *
+ * values[0]: Acceleration on the x axis
+ * values[1]: Acceleration on the y axis
+ * values[2]: Acceleration on the z axis
+ *
+ * For phones held in portrait mode and game controllers held in front of you,
+ * the axes are defined as follows:
+ * -X ... +X : left ... right
+ * -Y ... +Y : bottom ... top
+ * -Z ... +Z : farther ... closer
+ *
+ * The axis data is not changed when the phone is rotated.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetDisplayOrientation()
+ */
+#define SDL_STANDARD_GRAVITY    9.80665f
+
+/**
+ * Gyroscope sensor
+ *
+ * The gyroscope returns the current rate of rotation in radians per second.
+ * The rotation is positive in the counter-clockwise direction. That is,
+ * an observer looking from a positive location on one of the axes would
+ * see positive rotation on that axis when it appeared to be rotating
+ * counter-clockwise.
+ *
+ * values[0]: Angular speed around the x axis (pitch)
+ * values[1]: Angular speed around the y axis (yaw)
+ * values[2]: Angular speed around the z axis (roll)
+ *
+ * For phones held in portrait mode and game controllers held in front of you,
+ * the axes are defined as follows:
+ * -X ... +X : left ... right
+ * -Y ... +Y : bottom ... top
+ * -Z ... +Z : farther ... closer
+ *
+ * The axis data is not changed when the phone or controller is rotated.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetDisplayOrientation()
+ */
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * Locking for multi-threaded access to the sensor API
+ *
+ * If you are using the sensor API or handling events from multiple threads
+ * you should use these locking functions to protect access to the sensors.
+ *
+ * In particular, you are guaranteed that the sensor list won't change, so the
+ * API functions that take a sensor index will be valid, and sensor events
+ * will not be delivered.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.14.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockSensors(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSensors(void);
+
+/**
+ * Count the number of sensors attached to the system right now.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of sensors detected.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumSensors(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param device_index The sensor to obtain name from
+ * \returns the sensor name, or NULL if `device_index` is out of range.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceName(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param device_index The sensor to get the type from
+ * \returns the SDL_SensorType, or `SDL_SENSOR_INVALID` if `device_index` is
+ *          out of range.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorType SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceType(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param device_index The sensor to check
+ * \returns the sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if `device_index` is out
+ *          of range.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceNonPortableType(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the instance ID of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param device_index The sensor to get instance id from
+ * \returns the sensor instance ID, or -1 if `device_index` is out of range.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorID SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Open a sensor for use.
+ *
+ * \param device_index The sensor to open
+ * \returns an SDL_Sensor sensor object, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Sensor *SDLCALL SDL_SensorOpen(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Return the SDL_Sensor associated with an instance id.
+ *
+ * \param instance_id The sensor from instance id
+ * \returns an SDL_Sensor object.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Sensor *SDLCALL SDL_SensorFromInstanceID(SDL_SensorID instance_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object
+ * \returns the sensor name, or NULL if `sensor` is NULL.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetName(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to inspect
+ * \returns the SDL_SensorType type, or `SDL_SENSOR_INVALID` if `sensor` is
+ *          NULL.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorType SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetType(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
+
+/**
+ * Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to inspect
+ * \returns the sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if `sensor` is NULL.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetNonPortableType(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
+
+/**
+ * Get the instance ID of a sensor.
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to inspect
+ * \returns the sensor instance ID, or -1 if `sensor` is NULL.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorID SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetInstanceID(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of an opened sensor.
+ *
+ * The number of values and interpretation of the data is sensor dependent.
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to query
+ * \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
+ * \param num_values The number of values to write to data
+ * \returns 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetData(SDL_Sensor * sensor, float *data, int num_values);
+
+/**
+ * Close a sensor previously opened with SDL_SensorOpen().
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to close
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SensorClose(SDL_Sensor * sensor);
+
+/**
+ * Update the current state of the open sensors.
+ *
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if sensor events are
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * This needs to be called from the thread that initialized the sensor
+ * subsystem.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.9.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SensorUpdate(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+}
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* SDL_sensor_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

bsp/simulator/SDL2-2.0.7/include/SDL_shape.h → bsp/simulator/SDL2/include/SDL_shape.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
   Simple DirectMedia Layer
-  Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1997-2022 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
@@ -44,33 +44,38 @@ extern "C" {
 #define SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE -3
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a window that can be shaped with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
+ * Create a window that can be shaped with the specified position, dimensions,
+ * and flags.
  *
- *  \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
- *  \param x     The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
- *               ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
- *  \param y     The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
- *               ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
- *  \param w     The width of the window.
- *  \param h     The height of the window.
- *  \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS with any of the following:
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL,     ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED,
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN,     ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE,
- *               ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED,  ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED,
- *       ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS is always set, and ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN is always unset.
+ * \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
+ * \param x The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ *          ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param y The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ *          ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param w The width of the window.
+ * \param h The height of the window.
+ * \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS with
+ *              any of the following: ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL,
+ *              ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED, ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN,
+ *              ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE, ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED,
+ *              ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED, ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS is always set,
+ *              and ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN is always unset.
+ * \return the window created, or NULL if window creation failed.
  *
- *  \return The window created, or NULL if window creation failed.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyWindow
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateShapedWindow(const char *title,unsigned int x,unsigned int y,unsigned int w,unsigned int h,Uint32 flags);
 
 /**
- * \brief Return whether the given window is a shaped window.
+ * Return whether the given window is a shaped window.
  *
  * \param window The window to query for being shaped.
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the window is a window that can be shaped, SDL_FALSE if
+ *         the window is unshaped or NULL.
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the window is a window that can be shaped, SDL_FALSE if the window is unshaped or NULL.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
  * \sa SDL_CreateShapedWindow
  */
@@ -106,29 +111,35 @@ typedef struct SDL_WindowShapeMode {
 } SDL_WindowShapeMode;
 
 /**
- * \brief Set the shape and parameters of a shaped window.
+ * Set the shape and parameters of a shaped window.
  *
  * \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be set.
  * \param shape A surface encoding the desired shape for the window.
  * \param shape_mode The parameters to set for the shaped window.
+ * \return 0 on success, SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT on an invalid shape
+ *         argument, or SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW if the SDL_Window given does
+ *         not reference a valid shaped window.
  *
- * \return 0 on success, SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT on an invalid shape argument, or SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW
- *           if the SDL_Window given does not reference a valid shaped window.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
  * \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
- * \sa SDL_GetShapedWindowMode.
+ * \sa SDL_GetShapedWindowMode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowShape(SDL_Window *window,SDL_Surface *shape,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the shape parameters of a shaped window.
+ * Get the shape parameters of a shaped window.
  *
  * \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be retrieved.
- * \param shape_mode An empty shape-mode structure to fill, or NULL to check whether the window has a shape.
+ * \param shape_mode An empty shape-mode structure to fill, or NULL to check
+ *                   whether the window has a shape.
+ * \return 0 if the window has a shape and, provided shape_mode was not NULL,
+ *         shape_mode has been filled with the mode data,
+ *         SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW if the SDL_Window given is not a shaped
+ *         window, or SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE if the SDL_Window given is a
+ *         shapeable window currently lacking a shape.
  *
- * \return 0 if the window has a shape and, provided shape_mode was not NULL, shape_mode has been filled with the mode
- *           data, SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW if the SDL_Window given is not a shaped window, or SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE if
- *           the SDL_Window given is a shapeable window currently lacking a shape.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
  * \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
  * \sa SDL_SetWindowShape